The URL can be used to link to this page

CF-Deforest SC-CN 860725 COP LL MUNICI PAC SERVICE CENTER 73~. !~ FOREST ROAD COPPELL , TEXAS ARCHITECT CALVERT E~ CO. / ARCHITECTS , INC. 1501 ELM STREET CARROLLTON ,TEXAS 75006 (214) 446 -0495 CIVIL & STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS HENNESSEY ENGINEERING , 1NC. 1409 W. 3RD. STREET CARROLLTON , TEXAS 7 5005 MECHANICAL- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS CAFFEY/SAYERS CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1140 EMPIRE CENTRAL NO. 550 o~,~s , TEXAS ":"" "' '"'SET ,ICI, 31 ADDENDUM NO. 1 COPPELL MUNICIPAL SERVICE CENTER # July 25 i986 g£ClL CA~ CONST. CO., INC. NOTICE TO BIDDERS: A. This Addendum shall be considered part of the Contract Documents for the above mentioned project as though it had been issued at the same time and incorporated integrally therewith. Where provisions of the following supplementary data differ from those of the original Contract Documents, this Addendum shall govern and take precedence. B. Bidders are hereby notified that they shall make all necessary adjustments in their estimates on account of this Addendum. It shall be construed that each Bidder's Proposal is submitted with full knowledge of all modifications and supplemental data specified herein. NOTE: SHEET SP-2 DOES NOT EXISTz BUT WAS INADVERTANTLY LISTED ON BOTH THE COVER SHEET OF THE DRAWINGS AND THE INDEX TO DRAWINGS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. DELETE THESE LISTINGS. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS: ITEM NO. 1: Sheet 2: CHANGE Detail 203 steel reinforcing to read #3 @ 12" on center each way. ITEM NO. 2: Sheet 3: GHANGE Wall Section flags on Storage Barn Exterior Walls FROM Detail 602 TO Detail 402. ITEM NO. 3: Sheet 3: CHANGE Exterior Wall designations FROM 11 ITEM NO. 4: Sheet 3: ADD Note to Storage Building Floor Plan: "Chain Link Partitions running North to South shall extend to roof deck and shall run beside roof trusses. Chain Link Partitions running east to west shall extend to 9' above finish floor." ITEM NO. 5: Sheet 3: Detail 302: DELETE references to Alternate #5. ITEM NO. 6: Sheet 5: Detail 503: CHANGE steel channel designation to M.G. 12x10.6 STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS: ITEM NO. ?: Sheet S-2: CHANGE Concrete slab thickness on Details 1, 2, & 3 FROM 4" to 5" ITEM NO 8: Sheet S-4: CHANGE all roof overhang dimensions FROM 4'0" ~9 2'0" and adjust overall building dimensions to 34'x 169'respectively. ITEM NO. 9: Sheet S-5: CHANGE all detail flags on Fuel Island Foundation and Roof Framing Plans FROM S-4 TO S-§. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ITEM NO. lO:Sheet E-l: Reference Note at front entry gate: DELETE Note stating: "Fixture supplied by ...... ADD Note stating:"Provide and install pole mounted lighting fixture by Kim Lighting, Inc. #EKG 501/250 HPS 120/HS/A25 with PSA/3OA/DB-A pole mounted on 24" diameter by 60" deep concrete pier. ITEM NO. 11:Sheet E-4: ADD circuit LB-37, one 20A I pole breaker w/ 2-#10 & 1-#10 Ground in 3/4" conduit. PLUMBING DRAWINGS: ITEM NO. 12:Sheet P-3: CHANGE North Arrow to point upwards on sheet AND CHANGE water and sanitary sewer service lines to point downwards on sheet. ITEM NO. 13:Sheet P-3: ADD note at Catch Basin: " 18" square by 18" deep concrete catch basin with cast iron open grate removable top. SPECIFICATIONS: ITEM NO. 14:SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS: Page 5: DELETE the reference to Paragraph 11.3.1 stating: "Delete the words 'All Risk' from the 7th and 21st lines". ITEM NO. 15:Section lA: SUMMARY OF WORK: ADD under ALLOWANCES FOR ITEMS: Item No. 2. Section 4A, Unit Masonry Allow the following unit price for face brick: $ 210.00 per 1,000 brick FOB job site. ITEM NO. 16:Section 2S: CONCRETE PANEL FENCE SYSTEM: CHANGE Line 7, Page 1 (Computer Controlled Access Equipment) FROM Section llA ~ Section llF. ITEM No. l?:Section 4A: UNIT MASONRY: ADD the following: PAVERS: City of Coppell standard "Uni-Decor" interlocking pavers manufactured by Pavestone. Field color shall be dark red, with light gray accent bands. Lay out standard field color uniformly to avoid the use of less than half size unit pavers. Provide accent banding using 4"x8" rectangular "Holland Stone" in light gray. All pavers shall be 2 1/2" thick ~ pigmented concrete set on a minimum 1" sand leveling bed. ITEM NO. 18:Section lOB: Toilet Accessories: ADD: TA-5 Shower Curtain Rod #560-A END OF ADDENDUM NO. ADDENDUM NO. 1 2 COPPELL MUNICIPAL SERVICE CENTER TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 - 3 _ SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 1 - 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Advertisement for Bids 1 - 1 ' Instructions to Bidders, AIA A?O1 I - 5 Supplementary Instructions to Bidders ! - 4 Construction Bid Form 1 - 4 CONTRACT FORMS Contract: Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, AIA AIO1 1 - 4 GENERAL CONDITIONS General Conditions of the Contract -- for Construction, AIA A201 1 - 19 Supplementary General Conditions 1 - 8 - SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION i - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS lA Summary of Work ! - 2 -- lB Alternatives i - 2 1D ~Submittals 1 - 3 1E Quality Control 1 - 4 - 1F Temporary Facilities and Controls 1 - 3 1G Material & Equipment 1 - 1 1H Project Closeout 1 - 2 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK AND UTILITIES 2A Site Clearing 1 - 1 2B Earthwork I - 5 -- 2N Concrete Curbs, Walks, Paving 1 - 5 2P Termite Control 1 - 2 2S Concrete Panel Fence System 1 - 2 -- 2T Chain Link Fencing 1 - 2 2Y Underground Irrigation System 1 - 1 2Z Landscape Work I - 4 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 3A Cast-in-Place Concrete 1 - 7 3C Post Tensioned Concrete I - 6 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 4A Unit Masonry 1 - 2 DIVISION 5 - METALS 5AP Pre-Engineered Steel Structures 1 - 6 5J Miscellaneous Metal 1 - 2 -- 5L Lightgage Metal Framing 1 - 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS TC - i COPPELL MUNICIPAL SERVICE CENTER TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 6 - CARPENTRY 6E Carpentry 1 - 2 6G Architectural Woodwork 1 - 3 DIVISION ? - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ?G Building Insulation 1 - 1 7K Shingles 1 - 1 7P Flashing and Sheetmetal 1 - 1 7T Joint Sealers 1 - 1 DIVISION 8 - DOORS, WINDOWS, AND GLASS 8A Glass and Glazing 1 - 1 8J Hollow Metal Work I - 2 8L Aluminum Doors & Frames 1 - 6 8Q Sectional Overhead Doors I - 1 8S Builders Hardware 1 - 5 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 9D Gypsum Drywall i - 2 9E Acoustical Ceilings I - 2 9F Cement Fiber Board 1 - 1 9N Resilient Flooring 1 - 1 9R Carpeting 1 - 2 9T Painting 1 - 4 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES IOAE Baked Enamel Toilet Partitions 1 - 2 1CB Toilet Accessories 1 - 1 lOC Metal Lockers 1 - 1 10F Firefighting Devices 1 - 1 IOK Flagpoles 1 - ! iOR Chalk Boards 1 - 1 1CS Specialty Signs 1 - 1 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT llC Maintenance Building Equipment 1 - 3 llF Fuel Management/Access System 1 - 8 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS Not Used DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used TABLE OF CONTENTS TC - 2 COPPELL MUNICIPAL SERVICE CENTER TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS -- 15250 INSULATION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15492 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM 15800 AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING & VENTILATING 15980 MOTOR FUEL FACILITIES DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL -- 16000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 16050 RACEWAY SYSTEM AND ACCESSORIES 16100 CONDUCTORS _ 16150 WIRING DEVICES 16200 PHOTO ELECTRIC CONTROL 16300 SAFETY SWITCHES 16350 FUSES -- 16400 BRANCH CIRCUIT AND LIGHTING PANELBOARDS 16540 LIGHT FIXTURES 16550 LAMPS 16600 BALLASTS 16650 CONNECTIONS TO OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 16700 AIR CONDITIONING POWER CONTROL WIRING TABLE OF CONTENTS TC - 3 COPPELL MUNICIPAL SERVICE CENTER SCHEDULE of DRAWINGS COVER SHEET A-1 SITE PLAN A-2 OFFIGE BUILDING FLOOR PLAN & ELEVATIONS A-3 STORAGE BARN/FUEL ISLAND PLAN A-4 WALL SEGTIONS A-5 SCHEDULES & DETAILS A-6 EQUIPMENT PLAN A-? REFLECTED CEILING PLANS A-8 LANDSCAPE PLAN SP-1 SITE GRADING PLAN AND DRAINAGE AREA SP-2 SANITARY SEWER PLAN & DETAILS S-1 FOUNDATION PLANS S-2 FOUNDATION NOTES a DETAILS S-3 FRAMING PLANS, DETAILS, & NOTES S-4 FRAMING PLANS, DETAILS, & NOTES S-5 DETAILS M-1 HVAG FLOOR PLAN & SCHEDULES P-1 PLUMBING SITE PLAN P-2 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - MAINTENANCE BUILDING P-3 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - STORAGE BARN P-4 PLUMBING SGHEDULES a DETAILS E-1 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E-2 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN E-3 POWER FLOOR PLAN E-4 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS SD - 1 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS The City of Coppell, Texas will receive sealed bids on a -- General Contract(s), including mechanical and electrical work for the construction of a Municipal Service Center facility located at ?32 DeForest Rd., Coppell, Texas. All Bids must be on a lump sum bas/s; segregated bids will not be accepted. Bids will be received at: Coppell Central Fire Station 616 S. Coppell Rd. Coppell, Texas 750~9 until 3:00 pm on Thursday, July 31, 1986. -- Bids received after that time will not be accepted. Bids will then be opened and publicly read aloud. Final approval of the low or acceptable offering by the General Contractors shall be made by the Owner within thirty (30) days of receipt of the bids. Drawings and Specifications may be examined at the -- Architect's Offices: Calvert & Co/Architects, Inc. 1301 Elm St. #201 Carrollton, Texas ?5006 at the Consulting Engineers, Offices and at: Texas Contractor Plan Room F.W. Dodge Plan Room -- 2510 National 1111W. Mockingbird La. Garland, Texas 75041 Dallas, Texas 75229 -- A.G.G. Plan Room 11111Stemmons Fwy. Dallas, Texas 75229 Bonafide prime bidders may obtain up to two complete sets of bidding documents, and prime sub-bidders, for Mechanical and Electrical work may obtain one complete set from the -- Architect's Office in accord with the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders of the Specifications, and on deposit of Seventy-five Dollars ($75.00) per set. Bid security in the amount of 5~ of the Bid Amount must accompany each Bid in accord with the Instructions to Bidders. The Owner reserves the right to waive irregularities and to reject any or all Bids. ADVERSISEMENT FOR BIDS 1-1 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A701 Instructions to Bidders 1978 EDITION Use only with the 1976 Edition of AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. DEFINITIONS 6. POST-BID INFORMATION 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 7. PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 8. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER 4. BIDDING PROCEDURES AND CONTRACTOR 5. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 9. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS Copyllght 1970, 1974, (~ 1")78 by lh4. American Inslltule 4)[ Ar(hih.(l% 17~g N~'w YoCk Av~,nue, N W., Wa~hmgt~n, D C. 2{~. tlghl laws gl Ihe tJnlle(J Slali~s and wall be subje(t 1~ legal pr()~.( ul,Jn A~ DOCUMENT A~I · INSTRUCTIONS T() BIDI)[RS · rIIIRD ~[)IJIC)N · MAY 197}1 · AiA~e · ~.)1978 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCI41TECTS, 1735 NEW Y()RK AVE., N.W., WASIIINGTON, I). C. 2IX~ A701-1978 I __ [ INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE I 2.1.3 iii,, Bid i'. ba,~,d upcm lJle maleri.ds, systems and Uqlliplllell[ requirc, d by the Bidding Documents without __ DEFINITIONS ex~ epuon. 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Advertisement or vitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the bid form, other ARTICLE 3 _ sample bidding and contract forms and the proposed BIDDIN~ DOCUMENTS Contract Documents including any Addenda issued prior to receipt of bids. The Contract Documents proposed for 3.1 COPIES the Work consist of the Owner-Gontractor Agreement, 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets ()~ the Bidding the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplemenlary [)ocumenl~ from the ~ssuing office designaled m lt~e Ad- and other Conditions), the Drawings, lhe Specifications vertisemenl~rlnwlatmn It, Bid in the number and for the and all Addenda issued prior lo and all Modifications deposit sum, if any, stated therein. The deposit will be issued after execution of the Contract. refunded lo Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and re- 1.2 ~il definitions set ~orth in the General Conditions of turn Ihe Bidding Documenls in good c(mddion within the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, or ten daysalt~.r receipt of Bids. [he cost of repldccment of in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bid- any missing or damaged documents wdl b~ deducLcd ding Documents. from the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award ' 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued may retain the Bidding Documents and his deposit will be by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract refunded. which modify or interpret the Biddin~ Documents hy 3.1.2 Biddin~ I)ocumenls will not be issued directly lo additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections, flub-biddy.rs or r~thers unless specihcally offered in the -- Adverhsement or Invilali~m lo Bid. 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly ~igned proposal lo 3.1.3 Bidcler~ shdll use complete set~ of Ih(l(lin~ do the Work or designated portion thereof for the sums stipulated thereto, su'bmitled in act ordance witl~ the Bid- menls m l.'epari,~g Bids; neilher tim Owner nor fl~e Archi- tect assume any responsibdity for errors or mismlerpreta- __ ding Documents. lions resullillg from the use ~1 incomplete sets ~f B~dding 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for whl(:h I)()( u111(2111s. Ibc Bidder oil's,rs to perform die Work described in the ~.!.4 Ihe Owner or the A~chllect in making (.()pies Bidding Documents ,is Ihe base. to which work ~ay be tim Ili(hling I)(~(um(.r~ts ,~vad,,hle (m lira .d.~ve terms d(; slated in ALternate Bids. ,ind (It) not ('(ml(,r a Ii( ('nsc ~Jr grant lor any ()tiler use. 1.~ An Alternale Bid (or Allernale) is an amount slaled in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECIlON OF BIDDING -- of the Base ts,d if the corresponding change in the Work, DOCUMENTS as described in the !liddingl)o~um('nts, i~accepted. 3.2.1 Ih(hh,r,, ,m~l ~ub-l)l~hh~rs shall i~r(m~ptlv mm~y Archil~(t tH' any ambiguity, m(~n~i~len(y ~r e:r~,r 1.7 A Unit Pri(~, is an amount slated m Ibc Bid as a p~l~e per tlllil ()f meast]rement for malerials or serv,cus as de they mdy d~,,cow,r Hpon examm.,l,rm ~1 tim Ihddmg i)(~- scribed in the Bidding Do('Hments or in the proposed uments ()[ ill the slle an(J J()rdJ (,m(hlion~. Contract Documents. 3.2.2 BHkh'r~ and ~ub-bld(h,rs requiring cldrih~ aJ~on Hlt~,rl)r~,l,ll~t~n r)[ Iht' Bidding I)(~t:UmelltS s[i,llt make a 1.8 A Bidder is a person or enhty who submits a B,d. whiten ,equest wbi(l~ ~ball ma('h the An i.te, t al least 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or enhty who submits a bid sevell days prior to Ibc dale I'o~ r~.( r, ipt of Bids. to a Bidder lot materials or labour for a portion of the 3.2.3 Any mteH)relalion, cormcl,m or ~hange Work. Biddin~ I)~umenls will Im made by Addendum Inter- pretah()ns, (orreclir)ns ()l ch,ngr,s ()f the J~id(Jirlg ARTICLE 2 menls made m any other manner w. II not be binding, and ~idders shall not rely upon such [nterpretalion% correc- BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS ti.n~ and cleanses. 2.1 l-ach Bidder by makin~ his Bid r~,presents thaI: 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS 2.1.1 He has read and underslands lhe Bidding Docu- 3.3.1 ]'b,, materials, prr~(lu('ls and equipm(,nt described fn(,nts and his Bid is made in a('c()r(jance therewilh, in Ihe Ihd(hng I)()~.tlmenln eslablish a shmdafd (ff required .... 2.1.2 I lc has visited The silt,, has familiarized hims~,lf f,n~ t.m, dimensi~m, appe.mm('~, und (lualily to be met wilh the local condilions under which lhe work is to be by any proposed subslitulion. performed and has correlaled his obse~alions with Ibc 3.~.2 Nr) sul)slihilion will I)e considered prior fo receipt reg~irements of the proposed Contracl Documents. .ff Bids unless wrillon request for approval has been re- AIA DOCUMENT A71111 · INSTRUCTI()NS T() IHI)I')[RS · TIIIRI) I'I)ITI()N · MAY FITfl · AIA''e · 6~F)7II lite AMERICAN INSTITUTE ()F ARCIIITEC]'.;, 1735 NEW Y()RK AVE., NW., WASItlN(;I()N, I). ('. :R#.I(~(~ A701-1978 2 ceived by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation, or some for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall inchJde the other legal enlily Each copy shall I)~, signed by the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder substituted and a complete description of the proposed to a conlract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give substitute including drawings, cuts, performance and test the sl,d,[, f)f incorp~ralion and have the corporate seal data and any other information necessary for an evalua- affixed. A I~id submilled by an agent shall have a current lion. A stalement setting forth any changes in other mate- power of all(~rney alta(heal certifying the agent's author- rials, equipment or other Work that incorporation of the ity to bind Ihe Bidder. ~ubstitute would require shall be included. The burden 4.2 BID SECURITY of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval or dis- 4.2.1 If so ',tipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation approval of a proposed substitution shall be final, to Bid, each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required by Arlich; 9 pledging 3.3.3 If the Architect approves any proposed substitution Iha! ti~e Bidder will enler inlo a Contract with the Owner prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals on the terrns staled in his Bid and will, if required, furnish bonds as described hereunder in Article 7 covering the made in any other manner, faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Con- all obi,gallons arising lhereunder. Should :he Bidder re- tract award unless specifically provided in the Contract fi~se to enler into such Contract or fail to furnish such Documents. bonds if required, the amount of the bid security shall be -- 3.4 ADDENDA f~rfe,led I~ lira Owrler as liquidated damages, not as a 3.4.1 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are penahy. The amount of the bid security shall not be for- known by the Architect to have received a complete set feited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to of Bidding Documents. comply with (;ubparagraph 6.2.1. 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for in- 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required it shall be written on spection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that AIA Document A310, Bid Bond, and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the ~urety shall affix purpose, lo the I)ond a certified and current copy of his power of 3.4.3 No Addenda will be issued later titan four days ailorney. prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain tile bid postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until eilher fa) the Contract has been execL, led and bonds, 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submilling his if required, have been furnished, or (b) th(: specified lime bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and he shall has elapsed so Ihat Bids may be withdrawn, or (c) all Bids acknowledge their receipt in his Bid. have been rejected 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS ARTICLE 4 4.3.1 All copies of Ih(: Bid, Ihe bid security, if any, and BIDDING PROCEDURE any other documents required to be submitted with the _ Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The 4.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS envelope silall be addressed to the party receiving the 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to the Bi(l~, and shall I)e identified with the Project name, the form included with the Bidding Documents, in the quan- Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the desig- tity required by Article 9. nated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by If Ihe I~i(I is senl by mail the sealed en,.'el(~pe sh.~ll be typewriter or manually in ink. ,,nclo,.ed in a s~'parale mailing envelope with the notation "S[AI_I I) I~11) FN(.LC)S£D" on the [ace thereto'. 4.1.3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, 4.3.2 I~,(I., shall be ieposdecl at It~e des,gnaled Iocatl~n and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount prior to the time and dat~, for receipl of Bids indicated in written in words shall govern, tile A(Ivethsement ,.)r Invitation t(~ Bid. or .m', extensi~an Iht, r~,~l nl,l(J¢~' hy Addendum. I'hds r(.'c~'ived ,,Iter the time 4.1.4 Any interlineation, alteration or erasure must be and d.,ie I'~r re(rapt of Bids ,.viii be r(durne¢l um~pened. initialed by the signer of the Bid. 4.3.:1 liw Bi(hler shall assume full resp~)nsJi)ditv for 4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall l)e bid. If no change tifn,.l¥ dulivery ,it the lo< .lli(~n designaled fl)r rec~'~pt of in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." i~ids. 4,,1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions 4.:L4 ()r'al, h'h'ptHmi~ ~ h'iegr.qlhi( I~;id...m~ Invalid Of the Work have been reqm,sled, th~. Bidder may, with- will n(~t ret ewe ( ()n%,deratioll. OUt fodeiture of his bid securily, state his refusal to accept award of Jess than the combinati~m of Bids he so slipu- 4.4 MOI)IFICATION OR WIItlDRAWAI. OF IUD lairs. The Bidder shall make no addilional slipulations ,~n 4.4.1 A I~,(I may n~l h~' m()difit'd, wilhdr.lWn or canceled the bid form nor qualify his Bid in any other manner, by the Bidder durinR Iht, stipulated time period following 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall include the legal name the lime ,,nd dale designated for the receipt of Bids, and O[ lite Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a each Bidder so agrees in submitting his Bid. .... AIA DOCUMENT AT01 i INSTRUCII()NS 1() I]ll)lJI KY, · rtllRI) I'I)ITI()N · I'vIAY 19711 · AIA"-' ,, ,~ AT~11~ THE AMERICAN INSTIIUTE C)F ARCItlfLCIS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASIIINf;I'()N, il. (.:. 4.4.2 Prior to the time and dale designated for receipt 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn 6.2.1 Tbe Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place desig- whom award of a Contract is under consideralion and no -- nated for receipt of Bids. Such nolice shall be in writing later than seven days pri~)r to lhe expiration of the time over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram; if by for withdrawal of Bids, furnish to tile Bidder reasonable telegram, written confirmation 'over the signature of the evirlen(e that tbe Owner bas made financial arrangements Bidder shall be mailed and poslmarked on or before the I() I'ulhll lilt, (:()nlra(I ohiig.lli()ns. Unless such reasonable -- date and time set for receipt o~ Bids, and ,t shall be so eviden(e i', furnished, the Bidder will not I)e required ID worded as not lo reveal the amount of Ihe original Bid. exe(uh, the ()wner-C~mlraclor Agreement. 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are 6.3 SUBMI'FTALS .... then fully in conformance with Illese Instrt,cti~m'~ Io 6.3.1 Ihe Ilidder ~hall, wilhin ~ev~,n day~, of notification Bidders. of selection for the award of a Contract I<~r the Work, 4.4.4 Bid security, if any is required, shall be in an ,,t,bm~I the f()ll(~wmg information to the Archilect: amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. .1 a designation of the Work to be performed by the Bidder wittl hi~; own forces; ARTICLE 5 .2 the proprietary names and the suppliers of princi- pal items or systems of materials and equipment _ CONSIDERATION OF BIDS proposed for the Work; 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS .3 a list of names of the Subcontractors or other per- 5.1.1 Unless stated otherwise in the Advertisement or sons or entilies (including those who are to furnish Invitation to Bid, the properly identified Bids received on materials or equipment fabricated to a special de- time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud. An sign) proposed for the principal portions of the abstract of the Base Bids and Alternate Bids, if any, will Work. be made available to Bidders. When it has been stated 6.3.2 Tile Bidder will be required to establish to the sat- that Bids will be opened privalely, an abstract of the isfaction of Ibc Architect and the Owner the reliability -- same information may, at the discretion of the Owner, and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to be made available to the Bidders within a reasonable furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding time· Documents. 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS 6.3.3 Prior to the award of thc Contract, the Architect -- will notify the Bidder in wrihng if either the Owner or the 5.2.1 The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Architect, afler due investigation, has reasonable objec- Bids and to reject a Bid not accompanied by any required lion to any such proposed person or entity. If the Owner bid securily, or by other dala required by the Bidding or Architect has reasonable objection to any such pro- -. Documents, or to reject a Bid which is in any way incom- posed person or entily, the Bidder may, al his option, plele or irregular. I1) wilhdraw his Bi(J, or (2) submit an acceplable sutlsti- 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) lute person or entity wilh an adjustment ~n his bid price 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Conlract lo (:over the difference in cost occasioned by such substi- -' to the lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has lution. Tile Owner may, ,it his discrehon, a(:cepl the ad- been submitted in accordance wilh the requirements of jested bid price or he may di,_;qualify Ihe Bidder. In the Ihe Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds (:wml of eHh¢,r wilhdrawal nr (lisqualil'icali(m .nder this available. The Owner shall have the right to waive any Subparagraph, bid security will not I)e forfeited, notwith- informality or ill'egu ar ty in any Bid or Bids received and standing the pr()visions of Paragraph 4.4. I. Ioaccept the Bid or Bids which, in bis iudgment, is in his 6.3.4 Persons and entitms proposed byti~el{idclerand to own best interests, wlmm the Owner and lhe/\rchHe('t have made m) reason- ~.. 5.3.2 The Owner ,d~all have th(; ~ight It) accept Alter- able oblecti(m under the provish~n,; ()f ~,l,bparagraph r~.3.3 nates in any order or combination, unles~ otherwise mu%t I)(, used (~n lhe Wurk I'~)r whi(h Ihey were proposed ~pecifically provided in ,,'~rti(:le (), and to determine the and shall nol I)e (:hanged except wilh the vcnllen consent low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and of th~, Ov,,ner and the Architect. the Alternates accepted. ARTICLE 7 ARTICLE 6 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND POST BID INFORMATION MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS 6.1.1 Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under 7.1.1 Prior ID execution of the Contract, if required in consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request, Art, h? 9 hereinafler, tile Bidder shall furnish honds cover- -' a properly executed AIA Document A305, Contractor's lng tile faithful performarlce of tile Contract and the Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been payment of all obligations arising thereunder in such form previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to and amount as the Owner may prescribe. Bonds may be the issuance of Bidding Documents. secure(I through the Bidder's usual sources. If the furnish- AIA DOCUMENT A7~1 · INSTRUCTIONS TO RIDDERS · TtlIRD EDITION · MAY lSlTfl 'J AIA~ · 0;.)1978 THE AMERICAN INSTI1UTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASIIING[ON, I). C. 2000~ A701-1978 4 in8 of such bonds is stipulated hereinafter in Article 9, shall De writlen on AIA Document A311, Performance /he cost shall be included in Ihe Bid. Bond and lahor and Malerial Payment Bond. 7.1.2 If the Owner has reserved the right to require that 7.2.3 Th(, Bidder shall require tile attorney-in-fact who bonds be furnished subsequent Io the execution of tile exe("ut(,~ the required h~)nds on behalf of the surety to Contract, the cost shall be adjusted as provided in the ,,ff~x II~,,r~,{~ a (:~rlified an(I (urrent copy ~f hi% i)~)wer Contract Documents. ()1' ,ittorm,y. 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be obtained fr(m~ other than the Bidder's usual source, any ct~ange in c()~l ARTICLE 8 will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS CONTRACTOR 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not lal~,r than the date el' execuli()n ()1' the Con- 8.1 IORM TO B[ US[D tract, or if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in 8.1.1 Unl(,~,s otherwise required in the Biddin~ response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior t¢~ mt.nt~. Ih~, A~reemenl for the Work will I)e wr~Iten ~n commencement of the Work, submit evidencesatisfact~ry Ab\ [)l~umenl A'IOI, Slandard Form r~f A~4reement I~,e- to the Owner that such bonds will he furnished, twuen (,)wner dnd Contraclor, where the basis of payment 7.2.2 Unless otherwise required in Article 9, the bonds is a Stipulaled Sum. ARTICLE 9 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS AIA DOCUMENT A701 · INS1RUCEIONS T¢) IIII)I)ER% · TIIIRI) [I)lll~r)~'; · M~Y 197~1 · AIA~ · (~:1197FI 5 A701-1978 [HF AMERICAN INSTIrU/E OF ARC. IIIT[CES, 1735 NI:W YORK .AVE., N.W., WASIIIN~.;J~)N, l) C. 20006 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. SUPPLEMENTS 2. SALES TAX EXEMPTION 9. LABOR LAWS AND WAGE RATES - 4. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 5. BIDDING PROCEDURE 6. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS _ ?. PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR & MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 1.! The following supplements modify, change, delete, or add to the Instructions to Bidders. Where any part of the Instructions to Bidders is modified or voided by these Articles, the unaltered provisions of that part shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 2: SALES TAX EXEMPTION 2.1 For the Owner's State Sales Tax Exemption, the accepted bidder shall notify the Architect of his contract amount broken down between materials and labor within 48 hours after - such request in order that these prices can be included in the Contract. ARTICLE 3: LABOR LAWS AND WAGE RATES _ Attention is called to the fact that bidders must comply with all State Labor Laws including applicable requirements of Vernon's Penal Code and Vernon's Civil Statutes. - Wage Rates: The Contractor is required to pay not less than the minimum current rate of per hour wages of the various classes of labor for like work in the locality where work is being performed. The Owner will not consider any claims for additional -- compensation made by any Contractor because of payment by the Contractor of any wage rates in excess of the current applicable rates. All disputes in regard to the payment of _ wages in excess of current rates shall be adjusted by the Contractor. ARTICLE 4: BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1.1 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "3.1.5 Bonafide Prime Bidde=s - may obtain up to three complete sets of bidding documents from the Architect in accordance with the Advertisement fo= Bids." SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - SIB - I 1.1.2 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "3.1.6 Bonafide Prime Sub- bidders for Mechanical and Electrical Work may obtain one complete set of bidding documents from the Architect in accordance with the Advertisement for Bids." 1.1.3 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "3.1.7 No partial sets will be issued. Prime Bidders and Prime Sub-bidders may obtain additional copies at reproduction costs." 1.1.4 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "3.1.8 Those who do not submit bids will be subject to forfeiture of deposits unless bidding documents are returned to the Architect in good condition at least two days before bids are received." ARTICLE 5: BIDDING PROCEDURE 1.1.5 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "4.1.8 Bids shall be made on unaltered bid forms furnished by the Architect. Fill in all blank spaces and submit two copies. Bids shall be signed with name typed below signature. Where bidder is a corporation, bids must be signed with the legal name o~ the corporation followed by the State of Incorporation and legal signature of an officer authorized to bind the corporation into contract" 1.1.6 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "4.1.9 Names of Principal sub-contractors must be listed and attached to the Bid, as shown on "Attachment--Proposed Sub-contractor List." There shall be only one sub-contractor named for each classification listed." 1.1.? ADD pARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "4.2.4 Bid security shall be made payable to the Owner in the amount of 5~ of the bid price. Each bid must be accompanied by either certified check or bid bond issued by surety licensed to conduct business in the State of Texas. 1.1.8 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "4.2.5 The successful bidder's security will be retained until he has signed the Contract and furnished the required performance and payment bonds. The Owner reserves the right to retain the security of the next two lowest bidders until the bidder enters into Contract, until 15 days after bid opening, whichever is the shorter. All other bid security will be returned as soon as practicable" 1.1.9 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "4.2.6 If any bidder refuses to enter into a contract, within ten days after he has received notice of acceptance of his bid, the Owner will retain his bid security as Liquidated Damages, but not as a penalty." SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SIB - 2 -- 1.1.11 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "4.5 BASIS OF BIDS" 1.1.12 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "4.5.1 Bids will be received -- as designated in the Advertisement for Bids." 1.1.13 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "4.5.2 Method of Bidding; _ the Owner invites the following bids: Base Bid: General Construction, including mechanical, plumbing, and electrical work. Alternative Bids: Section lB 1.1.14 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "4.5.3 The Bidder must include all unit cost items and alternatives included on the bid form. Failure to do so may be cause for rejection of bid." ARTICLE 6: CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 1.1.14 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "5.3.3 Not withstanding any delay in the preparation and execution of the Contract, each bidder shall be prepared, upon written notice of bid acceptance, to commence work within ten days following _ receipt of official written order of the Owner to Proceed, or on date stipulated in such order. 1.1.15 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "5.3.4 The accepted Bidder -- shall execute Contract within six days following its presentation." ARTICLE ?: PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR & MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND _ 1.1.16 ADD PARAGRAPH: "8.1.2 Performance Bond: The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his sureties as a guarantee of good faith on the part of the Contractor to execute the work in strict accordance with the plans and specifications, and terms of the Contract." 1.1.17 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "8.1.3 Payment Bond: -- McGregor Act Statutory Payment Bond; solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the contract accordance with the Texas Public Works Bond Law, Articles 5160 thru 5472 Vernon's Texas Statutes as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature, 1959 termed the Mcgregor Act of 1959." --- 1.1.18 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "8.1.4 Both Bonds shall be in the amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total contract price for the project, and shall be in force _ for one year from and after the date of completion and final acceptance by the Owner." SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUGTIONS TO BIDDERS -- SIB - 3 1.1.19 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "8.1.5 No sureties will be accepted by Owner who are now in default or delinquent on bonds or who are interested in any litigation against the Owner. 1.1.20 ADD PARAGRAPH AS FOLLOWS: "8.1.6 Failure or neglecting to deliver bonds, as specified, shall be considered as having abandoned the contract and the bid security will be retained as liquidated damages, but not as a penalty." END OF SUPPL~/~ENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SIB - 4 PROJECT: COPPELL MUNICIPAL SERVICE CENTER TO: City of Coppell P.O. Box 478 - Coppell, Texas 7§019 CONSTRUCTION BID I have received the fo/lowing documents: Plans and Specifications titled "Coppell Municipal Service Center". I have also received and acknowledge Addendum Numbers: -- and have included their provisions in my bid. I have examined both the documents and the site and submit the following bid: In submitting this Bid, I agree: To hold my Bid open for a period of thirty (30) calendar _ days from date of receipt. To accept the provisions of the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders regarding disposition of bid security. To enter into and execute a Contract, if awarded on the basis of this Bid, and to furnish Guarantee Bonds in accord -- with Article 7.5 of the General Conditions and the Supplementary Instructions to Bidders of these Specifications. SERVICE CENTER BID: (All Work detailed in the Contract Documents) -- To accomplish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. _. To complete the Work within consecutive calendar days from the date of signing of formal Contract. I will construct this Project for the lump-sum Base Bid Price -- as follows: BASE BID: - Dollars ($ ) ALTERNATIVES I will include the following alternitives as specified substitutions for the costs listed: -- ALTERNATIVE #! ADD the Computerized Wheel Balancer (#1) as specified in Section llC - Maintenance Building Equipment. _ ADD the sum of: Dollars ($ ) CONSTRUCTION BID ! ALTERNATIVE #2 ADD the Tire Changer (#2) as specified in Section 11C - Maintenance Building Equipment. ADD the sum of: Dollars ($ ) ALTERNATIVE #3 ADD the Engine Diagnostic Tester (#3) as specified in Section 11C - Maintenance Building Equipment. ADD the sum of: Dollars ($ ) ALTERNATIVE #4 ADD the Brake Lathe (#5) as specified in Sect/on 11C - Maintenance Building Equipment. ADD the sum of: Dollars ($ ) ALTERNATIVE #5 ADD the Electro/Hydraulic Lift (#6) as specified in Section llC -Maintenance Building Equipment. ADD the sum of: Dollars ($ ) ALTERNATIVE #6 ADD the Front End Machine (#7) as specified in Section -Maintenance Building Equipment. ADD the sum of: Dollars ($ ALTERNATIVE #? ADD the Metal Shelving (#8 & #9) as specified in Section 11C -Maintenance Building Equipment. -- ADD the sum of: Dollars ($ ) -- CONSTRUCTION BID 2 --- ALTERNATIVE #8 ADD the Ice Machine (#1§) as specified in Section 11C -Maintenance Building Equipment. ADD the sum of: Dollars ($_ ) ALTERNATIVE #9 ADD the Metal Lockers (#24) as specified in Section -Maintenance Building Equipment. - ADD the sum of: Dollars ($ .... The undersigned contractor agrees to furnish al/ labor and materials for any additional work ordered by the Owner and for which no preagreed price has been fixed for the net cost of such extra labor and materials plus percent for overhead and profit. I have attached to this Bid the required bid security and a -- listing of the prime sub-contractors. -- PROPOSED SUB-CONTRACTOR LIST: Plumbing Work: Heating and Air Conditioning Work: Electrical Work: Roofing Work: _ Masonry Work: Fuel Management/Access System: CONSTRUCTION BID 3 BIDDER: Bid of (Hereinafter called Bidder) a Gorporation/partnership/individual State (strike out inapplicable terms) doing business as Date: By: (Signature) Title: Address: (Seal - if a Corporation) END OF CONSTRUCTION BID CONSTRUCTION BID 4 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A?O1 - Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis ot payment is a STIPULATED SUM 1977 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY I$ ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION Use only with the 1976 Edition of AIA Document ,4201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. -- This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year of Nineteen Hundred and BETWEEN the Owner: and the Contractor: The Project: The Architect: -- The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below. Copyright 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, © 1977 by lhe American Institute o[ Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washinglon, D. C. 20006. ReDroduction o[ the material herein or substantial quotation o[ its provisions wilhout permission o[ the AIA violates Ihe copyright laws o[ the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA OOCI. JMENT Al01 · OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT ® ELEVENTH EDITION · JUNE 1977 · AIA® ©1977 · THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101-1977 I ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this A§reement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawin§s, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after exe- cution of this A§reement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this A§reement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Article 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for (Here insert the ca/~tion descriptive of the Work as used on other Contract Documents.) ARTICLE 3 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion shall he achieved not later than (Here inser~ any special provisions tot liquidated damages relating to tailure to ~'omph,le r~n ~irne ) AIA DOCUMENT A101 · OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT ® ELEVENTH EDITION ° JUNE 1977 ° AiA® ©1977 · THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101-1977 ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM -- The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of The Contract Sum is determined as follows: (State here ~he base bid or other lump sum amount, accepted alternates, and unit prices, as applicable.) ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as pro- vided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the day of the month as follows: Not later than days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and equipment incorporated in the Work and percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract _ Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the entire Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to percent ( %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for all _ incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents. (If not covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents, here insert any provision for limiting or reducing the amount retained alter the Work reaches a certain stage ot completion.) -- Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate entered below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project. (Here /nsert any rate of interest agreed upon.) (Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's pr/ncipal places nl business, the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Specific legal advice should be obtained with respect to de/et/on, modification, or other requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) AIA DOCUMENT Ale1 ' OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT * ELEVENTH EDITION " JUNE 1977 ' AIA® ©1977 ® THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101-1977 3 ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor when the Work has been completed, the Contract fully performed, and a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings designated in those Conditions. 7.2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: (List below the Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary, and other Conditions), the Drawings, ~he Specifications, and any ,Addenda and accepted alternates, showing page or sheet numbers in all cases anc~ dates where applicable.) This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. _ OWNER CONTRACTOR AIA DOCUMENT A101 ® OWNER-CONTRACT()R AGREEMENT · ELEVENTH EDITION · JUNE 1977 · AIA® ~,~1977 ® THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 171~.5 NEW Y()RK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101-1977 4 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Documenl A201 General Co. nditions of .the Contract - for Construchon THIS DOCU~IENT ItAS I~dPO~r,4NI tiC;Al ~ r~NbI. QU~'N('I:S: CON.C;ULTATIC)N WITH AN AIIf)RNiY 15 INC()URA(,il) WIIIt RlSl'l¢ I 1¢~ lis fl, I()DIII(AI'ION 1976 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 8. TIME 2. ARCHITECI' '9.PAYMEN fS AND COMPLETION -- 3. OWNER I0. PR()TECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 4. CONTRACTOR - 1'1.INSURANCE 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12. CHANGES IN THE WORK - 6. WORK BY OWNER ()R BY '13.UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION SEPARATE CC)NTRACT()RS ()F WORK -- 7. MISCELLANEOUS PR()VISIONS 14. 'IERMINATI()N OF THE CONTRACT l'h~. dot umerH ha'. been al)l)roved and end()rsed by The A~,~( i,m,d (k'neral ('()nlra( I()[~ ()f America. I ~,H~rlght I'll I. I~)1'~, lill~l. I'lZq, ICtl;' I')~I. 1*)%8, l~lt*l, I(~)~, Iql,l,. 1'16.'. I'1:'11 ' I~ '. hy Tim ~rlll'll(,lll In,.llluh. (Jl' ~( hll('cl% INDEX Acceptance oi [~ef~ctive o~ Non-Contormin$ Work . .6.2.2, 13.3 Cleaning Up ..................................... 4.15, 6.3 Acceptance of Work .................. 9.~.5. ~I.R.I. 9.~L I. 9.~L ~ Commencement o~ the Work, Conditions Relating to.. 3.2.1, 4.2, Ace,s to Work ................................ 2.2.5, 6.2.1 4.7.1, 4.10, 5.2.1, 6.2.2, 75, 9.2, 11.1.4, 11.3.4 Accident Pr~enlion .............................. 2.2.4, 10 Commencement ~t the Work, Definition of ............. 8.1.2 ACtS and Omissions ........ 2.2.4, 4A8.3, 7.4, 7.6.2, 8.3.1, 10.2.5 Communications ..................... 2.2.2, 32.6, 4.9.1, 4.16 Additional Costs, Claims ~or .................... 123 Completion, ~min~alion ~ t~ C~lract .................... 2.2, 4.3.3 Condillon~ Relalmg to . . . 2.2 16, 4.11 4.15, 9.42, 9.9, 1322 All Risk Insurance .................................. 1~.3.1 CO~ETION, PAYMENTS AND .......................... 9 ~low~c~ ........................................... 4.~ Completion. Substanhal .... 2.2.16, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.2, 9.8, ~3.2.2 A~ical~s f~ Pay~nt .................. 2.26, ~.2, ~.3, 9.4, C.mpliance w~tl~ Law~ ................ 13, 2.1.~, 4.~. 4.7, 411, 9.5.3, 9.6.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9 9.~, 142.2 7.1, 7.7, 102.2, 14 Approvals ............... 2.2A4, 3.4, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.12.4 through C~¢e~ed C~dit~as ............................... 12.2 4A2.6, 4.12.8, 4.18.3, 7.7, 9.3.2 Consent, A~ilral~ ................ 2.2.7 ~hrougi~ 2.2.13, 2.2.19, 62.5, Whiten ...22.18, 4.14.2, 72. 7.6.2, 9.8.1,902, ~9 ~, lq.3.9 7.9, 8 3.1, 11.3.7, 11 .J.8 Contra~t, [)ehmh~)n o~ ...................... 1.1.2 ARCHIT[~ ............................................ ~ Conl~,~ct Admmisual~on ........................ ~.2, 4.3.3 Architect, ~ili~ nj ................................ 2.1 C[~mra~.t Award and Fxecuh~n, Architect, Extent of Authori~ .... 2.2, 3.4, 4.12.8, 5.2. 6 L 7.72, Relat,ng to ..... 4.7.1. 4.1(), 52, 75, 92, I~.14, 113.4 813, 8.~.1, 9.2, 9.3.1, 94, 9.5.3, 96, 9.8, ~kg. 1, 9.'L ~, 12.1.1, CONI RA~ DOCUMENTS ........................... 1 12.1.4, 12.31, 12.4.1, 131, 1L2.1, 13.~.5, 14.2 (,,nlhl~ ()~ Ar(hile('l, Limilalions o[ Aulhor;ly and Retpl~n~ibilily ..... 2.2.2 ( ,~l)ll.s i utn,~i~.d through 2.2.4, 2.2.10 through 2.2.14, 2.2.17, 22.18, Con/riel D~umnls, Dehnltion ~)t ..................... 1.1.1 4.33, 4.12.6, 5.2.1, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.55, 12.4 Conlracl S~, Defmll~on of ....................... 9.1.1 Archilect's Additional Servic~ . .3.4, 7.7.2, 13.2.1, 13 2.5, 14.2.2 ('()nlr,14l IiITT(', Ih,hnlr~,m ,)i ......................... 81.1 Arcl~itect's Approvals ...... 2.2.14, 3.4, 4.5, 4.12.6, 4.12.1f, 4. I ~. 3 CONTRACTOR ......................................... 4 Architect's AulhoriW to ReJect Work .... 2.2.13, 4.5, 13.1.2, 13.2 C~ntra<tor, Definition o~ .......................... 4.1, 6.~.2 Architect's Copyright ................................... 1.3 ('~n~tra* I~r's ImlH~yees ...... 4 L2, 4.4.2, 4JL1, 4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1 Architect's Decisions .......... 2.2.7 through 22.13, 6.3, 7.7.2, thr~ugh 10.2.4, 10.2.6, I0.3, 11.1.1 7.9.1, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.6.1, 98.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1 Contractor's Li/hilily Insurance ........................ 11.1 Architect's Insp~tions .............. 2.2.13, 2.2.16, 9.&1, ~.9.1 Contra(h)r'% Relall()n~hip with Archil~t's Inslructions .......... 2.2.13, 2.2.15, 7.7.2, 12.4, 13.1 Separale (~onlra(:t~r~ and Owner's Forcus ......... 3.2.7, 6 Architect's Interpretations ......... 2.2.7 through 2.2.10, 12.3.2 ('~nlra('t()r'~ Relah(~n~hip with Architecl's On-Sale Ob~rvalions ...... 2.2.3, 2.2.5, 2.2.6, 2.2.17, Subconlra~ hn~ ......... 1.2.4, 7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Contra(lot's Relahon*h~p w~th the Archilect ....... I.I 2, 2.2.4, Architect's Prolect Represenlalive .............. 2.2.17, 2.2.18 225, 22.10, 221 ~, .I ~ ~, 4.5, 47 f, .112 h, 41iL I13.6 Architect's Relationship with Conlractor ..... 1.1.2, 2.2.4, 2.2.5, C()nlra( r(n's R,,[)r~,~entati~)n~ ............ 1.2.2, 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.33 2.2.10, 2.2.13, 4.3.1, 4.5, 4.7.3, 4.12.b, 4.18, 11.3.6 (<mira< h~r'*, K,'H)(m',il)ihly Architect's Relationship with Tho~c Performing lhe W~rk ............... 4. L2, 4.18, 10 Subcontractors .................. 1.1.2, 2.2.13, <L5.3, ~).5.4 (:()nlr,l( h~r% E~.w[,w ~[ Q(~nlra(l I)o¢ umenl~ .... 1.22, 4.2, 47.3 Architect's Representations ................. 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 C~nlra(h~r'~ Rtghl I~) Slop lh~, W~k .................... 9.7 Ar/ishc Effect ....................... 1.2.3,2.2.11,2.2.12,7.9.1 C~,~lra~t~r'~ RiglH h~ [~,rm~nale Ih(: Conlra~t ........... 14 1 Attorneys' Fe~ ........................... 4.18.1, 6.2.5, 9.~.2 C~mlrac lor'~ ~lbmn/als ............... 2.2.14, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, Award ot Separale Conlracts ......................... .G.I.1 Award ot ~on/racts arid Other C~lracls [or (onlra< lot% %tll)ermh~n(J('n/ ..................... P~S Ot l~ W~ .............................. 5.2 C~nlra(h~r'~ quporvlst¢~n and Bonds, Lien ......................................... 99.2 C~nslru~llon Pr~lcedures .......... 1.2.4, ~.~ Bonds, Performance, Labor and Malerlal Paymenl .... 7.5, ~.~.~ (onlra, lual I iahddy h~lir,lnr~.. .............. 111.3 Building Permit ....................................... 4.7 ( ~rdmal~(m an(I Certdicate of Substantial Completion ................... 9.8.1 ('~rr~,lah(n~ .... I 2.2, I 24, 4 Certificates of Inspechon, lesting or Approval ........... 7.7.3 (~[)[(.~ I t]rn]~l~e(l~i I)raw,ng~ and ~p~,cd,cali~m~ ..I ~, L2.5, 5.3 Certificates ~d Insurance ........................ 93.2, 11.14 Corre~'tion of Work ............... '~ ~, ~4. K) 25, 13.2 ...... 6, (~o%t, Ih,t,~H,,)n ()t . 12.14 Cerlifical~ fo~ Payment . ) ~ 2.2. I0, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.5.5, ~)6.1 ................................. 9.7.1,~)8.2,9.(L1,~.~.3,12.1.4, 14.2.2 C~)~ts ..... ~4, 4R.J,,I 1~2, ~ ~ L 611, 62'L 625, 6 L 77.1, .............. 1~, ~.4, 4.823, 523, 7.7.2, , ChangeOrde~ 1.1.1, '~ e 772 'LT, II 1.1,11 t~, 12 I I, 1214,12. L I~ 12, 15.2, 14 &3.1, 97, 99.3, 11.3.~, lq.3.5, 11.'L~, Cullin~ ~nd Palchin~ nj Work ................... 4.14,6.2 ~ ~l(,.1 ~, 12.1, 13.12, 13.,..), I~.3.1 I),m~,[~' h) I[,' W~nk 62 4, ~, _ ~, '} ~.1, Chan~e Orders, Definition of ........................ 12.1.1 I~) 21 .), 1~ ~. I1 L 13.2.6 (HANGES IN THE WORK ........ 2.3. l~. t. I I I 12 Damagf,~. ( lamls f~r ......... G.1.1, 6 25, 74, 8 ~ 4, ~Lh.12 Cllims for Additional Cosl (~r Tmte ....8L2, ~.3.L 12.2.1, 12.3 [3am.lg~,s for Dohw ................... 6 I I, 8.'~.4, 9.7 Claim~ lot Damages .............. ~.1.1, h.2.5, 7.4, 8.1, 'L6.1.1 I)ay, Ih'hmh,n~ ~1 .................... 81.4 AIA DOCUMENT A201 · (;INFRAL CONI)III()N~ ()[ ltl[ (()NLRA( i :~)~ ( ()~%lR[J( [xccUtl()n an(I Pr()gr(,~, ()l th*, ~%'l)rk I.I L I._.~, 2.'2.~ ..... I. MISCFILANIOtJS PROVISIONS .................. 7 Contra( t [) ( um('nt~ ........................ 1.2, .1.7.1 Mulual Re~p{)n~ibilily ................................ 6.2 Failure o[ Paymenl hy ()~¥n(.r .~.7, 14 1 ~<~lu,,. ~V~dh.n ' ~ 13, l(Jent,hcafion ()1' Cuntract Document~ .................. 1.2.1 ()*(upan(v . ............................ ~LI.~.').5 5, 11.3.9 Identificahon ot Subcontracturs and Suppliers ........... 5.2.1 ()n-Sm. Insp*,('t,(n~, i)y th(, Archilett ........ Inlormalion and <) R. I, q ().I In~tructi()ns h~ the OWNE~ .......................................... 3 Jfl~Llr,trl(,' (] }llll)dlll(,%, ('{ fl~(~flf h) I),lllldJ ()(( upancy . ... I 1. ~.*) ( )wfl(,r % ~I'I,IIIIHI%IIIII with %uh( tHllr,l( h ~r~ .......... J 1.2, 9.5.4 In~uran(:c C~ mpam,,% 5(,llJ(,m(,nl With ................ I I.{.~l Own(,r% Riehl to Carry Dui Ihe Wor~ ........... Inh'nl (~J Owoi, r'~ Riehl hi (:Jean ()p .................. .i I', .... ' ~.] th(, Cuntra(-I Documenl~ ... 1.2. J, ~.2.'lO, 2.2.13, ~.2.'14, 12.4 Ow.er's Riehl ID Perh)rm W~)rk and lo Award Inlerest .............................................. 7.11 Separale Conlra( Is ................................. 6.1 LdJ)or J )i~pLIteS . AIA I)OCgM[N[ A~I · (,iNI RAI (()NI)III()N~ ()r it1[ (()NLRA( I J('K ((IN~IR(~( 11~)~4 · lilIRIJlNIII II)III()N Payment, Failure of ................ 9.5.2, 9.6.1.3, 9.7, 9.9.2, 14 SUBCONTRACTORS ..................................... 5 Paymenl, Final ...................... 2.2.12, 2.2.16, 9.9, 13.3.1 Sul)contra( tot% Definition c~[ ............................ 5.1 Payments, Progress .......... 7.8, 7.9.3, 9.5.5, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 12.1.4 Subcontractors, Work by ............... 1.2.4, 2.2.4, 4.3.1, 4.3.2 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ........................... 9 Subconlraclual Relations ............................... 5.3 Paymenls In Subcontraclors ................. 9.5.2, 9.5.3, 9.5.4, Sul)mHlals .................... 1.3, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, ,! 6.1.3, 11.3.3, 14.2.1 ').3.1, 9.8.1, 9.9.2, 9.9.3 Paym~flls Withheld .................................... 9.6 5ul)r(~galion, Wa,vet ~t .............................. 11.3.6 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond . .7.5 Subslanlial Completion ...... 2.2.16, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.2, 9.8, 13.2.2 Permits, Fees and Notices ..................... 3.2.3,4.7,4.13 ~,ul)slat~tial ('()mph,h(,% [)efinllic)n (~( ................... 8.1.3 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF .............. 10 Substilut,(m ~,1 ~,ui)(ontractors ................... 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Product Data, Definition of ........................... 4.12.2 Suhsliluh~n ~t lt,, Architecl .......................... 2.2.19 Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples and .... 2.14, 4.~.1,4.12 Suhstituh¢~n~ ~( Materials .4.5, 12.1.4 Progress and Completion ........................ 3, 7.9.3, 8.2 Sub-subcontractors, Dehnihon o~ ....................... 5.1.2 Prosr~ss Payments ........... 7.8, 7.9.3, 95.5, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 12.1.4 Suhsurfac~ ( ,~nditicm,~ ............................... 12.2.1 Progress Schedule .................................... 4.10 Successors and Assigns ................................ 7.2 Project, Definition of ................................. 1.1.4 Supervision and Conslruclion Procedures . 1.2.4, 2.2.4, 4.3, 4.4, 10 Prol~.ct Rep~esentatwe ............................... 2.2.17 Superintendenl, ("~ntra(t~r", ..................... 4.9, 10.2.(~ Properly Insurance ................................... 11.3 Surety, ¢:~m,~ent ol~ .............................. 9.9.2, 9.9.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY .............. 10 ~,urw'y'. ............................. 3.2.2, 4.1~.'~ Regulations and Laws ..... 1.3, 2.1.1, 4.b, 4.7, 4.13, 7.1, 10.2.2, 14 Taxes ................................................ 4.6 Rejection o( Work ........................2.2.13, 4.5.1, 13.2 Termination hy Ihe Contractor ........................ 14.1 Releases o~ Wa~ver~ and L~ens .................... 9.9.2, 9.9.4 Termination by Ihe Owner ............................ 14.2 Representat,ons ............. 1.2.2, 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.4.2, 9.6.1,9.9.1 Terminatu,~ (ti tlu_~ At( hitect ......................... 2.2.19 Representatwes ............................ 2.1, 2.'2.2, 2.2.17, TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT ...................... 14 .... 18, 1.1, 4.1, 4.~t, 5.1, 9 ~ { Tests . .2.2.13, 4.3.3, 7.7,9.4.2 Responsibility for Those Pertorming ti~e Work ..... 2.2.4, 4.3.2, Time .................................................. 8 6.1.3, 6.2, 9.8.1 Time, Definition ()~ .................................... 8.1 Retainage ....................... 9.3.1,9.5.2.9.8.2,9.9.2,9.9.3 Time, Delays and Extensi()ns of ........... 8.3, 12.1, 12.3, ~3.2.7 Re~iew of Contract Documents Tin,, In,f% Sp,,cifi( . ................. 2.2.8, 2.2.12, 3.2.1, 3.4, by the Contractor ........................ 1.2.2, 4.2, 4.7.3 ,1. I0, 5.3, ¢, ..... ?.92, 8.2, 8.3.2, ~L3.3, 9.2, 93.1, Reviews ot Contractor's Submittals by (I.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 11.1.4, 11.3.1, 11.3.8, 11.3.9, Owner and Architect ..... 2.2.14, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2 I .... 12.~, 1L2.2, 13.2.5, 13.2.7, 14.1, 14.2.1 Rights and Remedies ...... 1.1.2, 2.2.12 ..... 13, 3.3, 3.4, 5.3, 6.1, Title to Work ................................... 9.3.2, 9.3.3 6.3, 7.6, 7.9, 8.3.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 10.3, 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.2.2, 14 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK ............. 13 Royalties and Patents ................................. 4.17 Uncovering ot Work .................................. 13ol S-qely of Persons and Properly ......................... 10.2 Uniorseen C(m(htic)n,~ ............................. 8.3, 12.2 Safely Precautions and Pro,rams .................. 2.2.4, 10.1 Unit Prices ................................... 12.1.3, 12.1.5 Samples, Definition of ............................... 4.12.3 Use ()f D()( uments ....................... 1.1.1, 1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and ..... 2.2.14, 4.2, 4.12 Use ot Sile ..................................... 4.13, 6.2.1 Samples at the Site, Documents and .................... 4.11 Values, Schedule ()f .................................... 9.2 Schedule of Values ' .9.2 Waiver c~f Cl,~tlns hy the Contractor .... 7.6.2, R.3.2, 9.9.5, 11.3.6 Sche¢luh', P~ogre,~s ................................... 4.10 Waiver ,d ( lam~,, hy Ih,' ()wn~.r ...... 7.6.2, 9.9.4, 11.3.6, II 4.1 Separate Contracts and Contractors ..... 4.14.2, 6, 11.3.6, 13.1.2 Watw:r ol L,ens ...................................... 9.9.2 Shop Drawings, Definilion ()f ......................... 4.12.1 Warranl¥ ,it,ll W,lrr,inlt,,,, .... 2.2. Ih, 4..5, 9. I. I, 9.8.1, 'J9.4, 13.2.2 Shop Drawings, Product Data and S~mples ... 2.2.14, 4.2, 4.12 Wealher Delays ...................................... 8.3.1 %ire, Use (~f ..................................... 4.13, 6 2.1 Work, [),.l',ltlion ~H .................................. 1.1.3 S,te Visit% Archilect'~ ................ 2.2.3, 2.2.5, ,!.2.6, 2.2.17, Work by Owner or by Separate Contractors ................ 6 7.7.1, ~ " ~ ~ 9.9 /., .4, ~.4.,, 9.f~.1, I Writh'n ("~m',,,nl ...... 2.2.18, 4.14.2, 7.2, 7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.3, 9.9.4 5,lc In~)pect,ons ............. I ....... 2. J, ,..). I0, 7.7, 9.~3. I, 9.9. I Wr$tten Intc. rl)r,,lah~)f~, 1.1. I, 1.2.4, 2.2.8, 12.3.2 '~ ' Wrillen Notice ..2.2 R, 2.2.12, 3.4, 4.2, 4.7.3, 4.7.4, 4.9, 4.12.6, Special Inspecli()n and Testing ........................ 13, 7.7 ... Spe~iilcah()ns ............................... 1.1.1, 12.4, 1.3 4.17.7, 4.17, 5.2 I, 7.3, 7.4, 7.7, 7.9.2, 8.1 2. 8.1.2, ~.3. J, Slatutesot Limilations .................... 7.9.2, lJ3.2, 13.2.7 9.4.1, 'Lb.1, 9.7, 9.9.1, 9.9.5, 10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.3.1, 11.3.4, Slopping the Work ...................... 3.3, 9.7.1, 10.3, 14.1 11.3.5, 11.?, 7, 11.3.8, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Stored Materials ............ 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1, 13 2.5 Written ()rders ................... 3.3, 4.9, 12.1.4, 12.4.1, 13.1 4 A201-1976 AIA# · (c~ I'176 · lilt AM[RICAN IN~,I'IH. Irt_ (ti ARCI'IIII('I';. 171'i NIW Y(iRK AVI. NIII, NW, WASIIIN(;T()N, ItC. 20006 __ GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT F()R C(')NSTRUCTI()N _ ARTICLE 1 1.2.2 By exeLutlng the Contract, the Contractor represents ' that hr. has visited the sile, familiarized himself with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS local conditions under which the Work is to be per- formed, and correlated his observations with the require- 1.1 DEFINITIONS meats (>f the Contract Documents. 1.1.1 THE CONTIIACT DOCUMENTS 1.2.3 [he talent of the C(mtract Documents is to include The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contrac- all ilems ne(_essary for tile prol>er execution and rumple- tot Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, lion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple- -. Supplemenlary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the mentary, and what is rr:quired by any one shall be as Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all I)in(hng as if rerluired by all. Work nol covered in the Con- Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A tracl Dr)('uments will not be required unless it is consistent Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as being -- signed by bolh parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written ne(e%%ary ID prr)(lu('(, Ihe inlended re~;t,lls. Words and ab- ,nterpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub- brevhHion,, which have well-known te.::hnical or trade paragraph 2.2.8, or (4) a written order for a mi'nor change meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accord- in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to Paragraph ante widl ~uch recognized meanings. 12.4. The Contract Documenls dc) not include Bidding Documents such as the Advertisement or Invitalion to 1.2,4 The organization of the Specifications into divisions, Bid, the Inslructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Con- sell.in% and arm, le,,, and the arrangement of Drawings tractor's Bid or portions elf Addenda relating to any of shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work these, or any other documents, unless specifically eau- am(~nR Suhcr)ntractors or in establishing the extent of metaled in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. Wr)rk ir) he performert by any trade. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS _~ The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construc- 1.3.1 All I)rawings, Specifications and copies thereof lion. This Conlract repre%ent% the entire and inlegrah,(J furnl.,h(,~t hy Ill(, Art hilecl .irt, and ,.hal! romain his prop- agreement between the parties herelo and supersedes all erly Ih,'v al,' h~ hr: ir, ed (rely wilh re~l)eCt lo this Project prior negoliallons, representati~ms, or agreements, either an(I ..n, not ti) be used t)n any other pa)jeer. VVith tile written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified ('xl('i)lunl iH' (,~ne ¢.'onlr.l(I '-el for each party to tile Con- (inly hy a M~)(lihcalion a,, del'int,d in Suhparagraph 1.1.1. Ir,Il'f, '~il(Jl ri(l,( um(.fltS ,Irl~ ID lie ri'turned <;r snitably The Contract Documents shall nol be construed lo create ac((~unle(l h)r ID lhe Ar(hHecl on request al the c(;mple- any contractual relationship (if any kind belween Ihe Ar- lion of the Work. Suhn~i%,,i()n ()r distribution to meet oi'fi- · chitect and the Contractor, but tile Archilect qlall be ri,il ri're,Iai(ny rl'qu~rt.nlenls or for olher purpuses in entitled to performance of obligati(ms inlended lot his c()nm.t mm wilh Itl,, I'ruie<l is not l~) be construed as benefit, and lo enforcement lhereof. Nothing contained puJ)li(,H,(nl in der(~gati(Jn of Ihe Architect's common law ,n the Contract Documents ~,hall creale any contractual c()pyri[4hl ~,r ~)llH,r reserved rights. . relationship between the Owner or the Architect and'any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. ARTICLE 2 1.1.3 THE WORK ARCHITECT __ The Work compr,se,, tile c(imph:h:d construction required 2.1 DEFINITION by the Contract Documents and includes all labor neces- sa~ ID produce such construction, and all materiak and 2.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to equ,pment incorporated or lo I)e mc(lrporaled in such prachce arc hih,t lure, (>r an entity lawfully practicing .. construction, ar(:hilecture identified as such in the Owner-Contractor 1.1.4 THE PROJECT Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract I)r)cumenls as if singular in number and masculine in The Project is Ihe total conslruction of which the Work gender. The lerm Archilecl means the Architect or his performed under the Contract Documents may be the aulhr)rized representative. '- whole or a part. 2.2 ABMINISTRAIlON OF THE CONTRACT 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 2.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the 1.2.1 The Contract Documenls ,dlall be signed in not le~s (:onlral I as herc, irlai'ler described. -' than triplicate by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or the Contractor or bolh di) not sign the Condi- 2.2.2 Tile Architect will he the Owner's representative lions of the Conlract, Drawings, Specifications, or any of during construction and until final payment is due. The th(, other ('onlract [-),~('lnllenl,,. Ill(, Ar(hilect ,dlall ich,n- Ar(hih,ct will a(Ivi%(, and toast,It with Ihe Owner. The -- lily such Documents. Owner's inslructions Io the Contractor shall be forwarded AIA DOCUMENT A201 · (.;I NLRAL C()NI)IIII)NS (if ltll: cONrRACI I()R I (JNSIRLI( II(IN · IIIIRIIINIll I lilII()N · AU(;IJSl 1976 through the Architect. The Architect will have .~L, Ih(;r~W ,,hr~'.v I) h~ht,/ Io ~.' I ~(,r, ,md w,II m~t be liable for the by written instrument in acc(>rdance ~ith Subp,uagrapl~ 2.2.11 Ih~. /~rlJtl:(t((':, rJt.Cl'.li)J~ ill mai[gr', relalin~ 2.2.18. .~rli~li( (,th,ti wdl hi. Im,I if (J)flSl~Jt,t~l 2.2.] Thc~ Archile{'l will vi~ll die ~lle al inlefvuJ% ,ll)l)r~)- Ih(, (,~J~lf,lll I}~l priate to the stage of consJrucJiofl [o f,tmiliarize himself 2.2.12 ,,~lly (I,iim, d~put~. <, ~,lll(~r uldlti,r in gl~nerally with the prlJgri,~s an(I (itlaiily J~l' Iht2 Wl~rk all(I J)i,lwi,t, ii thl~ (.(mir,loller ,,nd fbi2 Owner reJerled lu tJ~e lo de,ermine in general ii the Work is proceeding m ac- Archih.~ l, t,xcJ,j)l lJll~sg l(~Jdllrl~ I() drll~llC cordance with Ihe Conlracl Documenls. However, lhe vided in Slit)paragraph 2.2. I I and except lho~e which have Architect will not be required to make exhauslive or con- IJeen w,livl,~i by Ib~, m,lkin~,, ~r ,u cel)l,m~ of I'inal pay- tmuous on-sde inspeclion~ to d~eck file qualily or (juan- menl ,~s puw~(h.,d ,fl ~Llbpardgraphs t}.0.4 end ')9.5, shall tity Of the Work. On the basis of his on-site observations be sol)it,( l Io ,l¢bilr,llil~ll upon th~2 wr~tlen demand as an architect, he will keep the Owner iniormed of the Iher party, i lowever, nj)demand [or ~rbitralion of any such progress ot the Work, and will endeavor to guard lhe claim, (lispule or other mailer may be made until the Owner against de[eels and deficiencies in the Work o[ the earlier ot (1) the date on which the Architect has rendered Contractor. a wrillen decision, or (2) Ihe lenlh day alter It~e part~es 2.2.4 The Archilecl will not be responsible for and will have presented their evidence to the Architect or have not have control or charge o[ conslruclion means, meth- been gwen a reasonable opl)orluntty to do so, if the ods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safely Archilect has not rendered his wrillen decision I)y that precautions and programs in connection with Ihe Work, d,de. When such a written decision of Ihe Architect slates and he will not be responsible for Ihe Conlracto~'s Jailure (1) lhal lhe decision i~ final but subiect lo appeal, and to ca~ out the Work in accordance with the Conlracl (2} thaj any demand for arbitration otd claim, dispute or Documenls. The Architect will nol be responsible for or olber mailer (:over~,d by ~u~:t~ decision must be made have control or charge over the acts or omissions of the w~lhin Ihirly days aJler the dale on which the party mak- Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their a~ents or em- in~ the demand receive~ the wrillen decision, failure to ployees, or any other ~rsons performinR any of the demand arbitration within said Ihirty days' perioci will re- Work. ,.ell m Il.' Ari hiN,i I',, (1('( i~ion hi~(~mlinR l'm,d ,ind I~indin~ upon lhe Owner and the Contractor. If the Architect 2.2.5 The Architect shall at all limes have access lo the renders ,~ de~'i~llm aJJl,f arbilrallon pr~ceedin~;s ha~e been Work whereYer il is in preparation and pro~ress. The inihalt'd, ~u(b (Ic'(~iun m,~y I~, unl(~re(J as Contractor shall provide facililies R~r such access ~ Ihu will m~l ~up~,~:de any arl~ilr.di~m proceedings unlL~s3 the Architecl may perform his functions under Ihe Conlract de~i~ion i~ acceptable lo all parlies concerned. Documents. 2.2.13 [he Archil~,cl wdl have aulhorily Io reject Work 2.2.6 Ba~ed on Ibe Archilecl'~ ~JJ)~,rvalion~ ,ind an ,,vale- which ~Ji~s n~)l (i~n~Jrm Io lhi~ Conlrdct alton of lhe Contractor's Applicali(~ns for Yaymenl, Ihe Wbenew~r, m hi~ opini~m, he con~iders Archilecl will determine lhe amounl~ owing to lhe ('on- ,l(Ivi~,ll~l,, h, 1t,, implJ.m~nl,mc~n o[ tim inlent ~( the tractor and will issue Cerlificales for Paymenl in such C~)nlracl [)o~'ummd~, he will have aulhority ~o require amounls, as provided in I)ara~raph ~).4. ~lie~ iai in~lm~ hi)ii (ir lo,.,tln~ ()l lhe Work in ac(ordanco 2.2.7 The Architect will be the interpreter of Ihe re(loire- wilh StlJ)l)dr,l~raj)J~ 7.7.2 wJmlher fir not merits o¢ the Contract Documents and the judBe o( the then i,ibri(,d(td, in,lalled ()r c()mpleled. H()wever, neither performance thereunder by both lhe Owner and C7()n- lhe Ar('h~N,(t'..lulh()rilv lr~ ;.t under lhi~ SubparaRraph tractor. 2.2.1~, nor ,my cie( ~.~n made t)y him in ~oo(I faith either 2.2.8 lhe Ar(Jlilecl wdl rt,rldel llllelp~ul.llll>n~ ilJ,ll,~aly r~t~ I~ any duly ~>r rJ'spon~,bdHy i~l lbo Ar(;Jlitect lo the reasonable promptness and in accorcianLe will~ any hme ~'mpl~w~'e% ~>r ,my (Hhi,r i)(,r~(~n performin~ any o~ the limil a~reed upon. Eilher party to Ihe Contracl may make W~rk. written request to Ihe Archilecl for such interpretalions. 2.2.14 The Ar~'hiled will review and approve or take 2.2.9 Claims, disputes and other malters in question be- oilier appropriale action upon Contractor's submittals lween Ihe Conlraclor and the Owner relatin~ Io Ihe exe- ~ (-h a~ Sh,~p DrawinR% Producl Data and Samples, but c:ulion or proRress of the Work or the interprelation ~I the ~nly fl~r conR>rm.mce wilh lhe design concept oi the (onlract Po(umenls st~,ill Ix, reR, rred inilially I~J Ibc Wl~k ,md wilh Ihl, in~rmali(Jn ~pw,n in Ih(, Crmtr,~ct Architect for decision which he will render in wrilin~ I)~ (umenl~. Su('Jl a~hon d~all be taken wilh reasonable wilhin ,i reasonable lira(,, i~r¢~mllln('ss ,,~ ,is I(~ i',luse nr) (Jr)Jay. TJljr pr~val (~f ,I spe~'iflc item shall not indicaJe approval ~.2.10 All inlerpretalions ,md d.cisions of Ihe Archiler:l shall be consislenl wilh the inlent of and reasonably in- ,in ,issl,mhly (~f whi(-h lhi. ilr,m i~ a cr)mponenl. retable from lhe Conlra(l Do~umenls and will be in wril- 2.2.1S Tim Al(hd,,~l will I;rt,pare Chan~e ()triers in m~ ()r m die form ot drawinRs. In his c:apacily as inler- ~()r(lan(.e wilh Arli(l~, 12, an(I will have nulhoril,/ to order pre/er and judge, he will i'n(leav()r I~ ,el:ere Jailhful I)er- ,mn~)~ ~ h,nl~(,~ m I1., Wf)rk ,l~ I~r()vided in 5uh[)ar,ti~raph formance by holh the Owner and Ihe Contractor, will nol '12.4.-I. AIA I)OCUMEN[ A~I · (;[NI RAI. (;()NI)III()N~ ()1 IIII (_()NIRA( I I{~K (I~N~IRIJt II()N · JlIIRIILNIII 2.2.16 The Architect will conduct inspections lo deler- 3.2.5 Unles~ otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- mine the dates of Substantial Completion and fin,il corn- m(,nt%. Ihl? (:onlra('l~)r will be furnished, ~ree of charge, pletion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the all c(q)ies (If Draw n~s and Specifications reasonably nec- Owner's review wrilten warranlie~ and relalecl do('umenl~ (,s~,,ry f~r the ('xe(:ulion (~[ Ih~. W()rk. required by the Contract and assembled by the C~mlrac- tot, and will issue a final Certificate for Paymenl upon 3.2.6 The Owner shall fc)rward all instructions to the compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 9.9. ('()nlractor through the Archilect. 2.2.17 If the Owner and Ari hilt'ti ,l~r(~e, th(~ Ar('hil(~('l 3.2.7 TI,, l~)r(.~i~ln~ .Ir(. in ,iddili~n fo (~th~,r duliu% and will provide one or more Project Represenlalives lo r~'sl)~m~ibililies (~j Ihe ()wner enumerated herein and assist the Architect in car~in~ (Jut hi~ responsibilities at e~p,~,ally Iho~e in respecl lo Work by Owner or by the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of Separate Contractors, Payments and Completion, and In- authority of any such Project Representative shall be as ~ur,mce in Articles (,, 9 and 11 respectively. set forth in an exhibit I~ he im'orp,~raled in the Conlr,,(:l 3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK Documents. 3.3.1 If Ihe C()nlr,l(Ior fail~ 1o correct defective 2.2.18 The duties, responsibilitie~ and limilalions of au- r~'qu,red hy IMra~raph I'L2 ~)r p~'rsi~/ently fails to carry thorityof the Architect as the Owner'~ represenlativedur- out lhe Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- in~ construction as set forth in ~he Contract Documenls menlo, the Owner, by a wril~en ()rder sifined personally will not be modified or extended wilhoul wrillen (~n- ~r t~ ,m a~enl ~pe(ifically so empowered by the Owner sent o~ the Owner, the Con/raclor and the Architecl. in wrilln~, may ord(~r d~e (:ontraclor I~ stop lhe Work, or any po~lion lhereo(, unlil ll~e cause for such order has 2.2.19 In case of the lerminalion of the employment of be~n eliminaled; however, this ri~h~ of the Owner to the Archilecl, the Owner shall appoint an archilecl ~I~F) d~e Work sh,dl n~l ~ive rise h~ any duty on the part a~ainsl whom lhe Conlractor make~ no reasonable objec- c~( ff~e ()wner h~ exercise lhis ru~h~ for the benefll of the lion wh~e %t.ilus undt,r the ('t)lllr,ll-t I)(J('L menls shall I)(t ('{~nh.l( I~1 ~r ,iny ~Hh~.r p~'r~[l f~r enlily, except to lhe lhal DJ the former archilect. Any dispule ia conneclion i'xl(,nl required I)y StJbpara~raph 6.1.3. with such appoinlmenl 5hall be subiecl lo arbilrali()n. 3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK ARTICLE 3 3.4.1 If lhe C(mlracll~r defaulls or neglecls lo c~rry out Ihe W~rk in ,Irr()rdan(e wilh Ih(, Contract [')ocum(,nts OWNER an(I I'diJs wilhin s, wt, n (lays ,~[l(,r receipl (~1 wrillen notice (rJ~lT1 lb(, ()wner Ir) (.(Jmn,,n((, and ('rmlinue correction ].1 DEFINITION (~[ su( h (hffdull r~r negle('l wilh diligence and promptness, Ih~, ()wm,r may, ,l[lPr sJ,v(,n days frJllowin~ re~eipl by the 3.1.1 l'he OWlll,r is JJle pL'r~()ll ()[ enllly idenlit'ied as sud~ ('l)lllr,ll I(~r ~f dn ,id(Jili()nal wrlll(Trl IlJJll('l~ dlid ~n the Owner-Conlractor Agreement and is referred Io pr~'lu(Jic~ Ill ,lily (~lh~,r ri,mi,dy, hl~ may haw,, make. lJlr()Ll~hl)uI JJle Conlracl Dl)cUlll(,llls as if ~inguJar in num- ~u~ h (l~,l' c ~nc~c,~. In ~u( h ~a~e ,in appropriate Change bet and masculine in gender. The term Owner means the Order ~hall he is~u~,(I dedu(ling from the paymenls then Owner or his authorized represenlalive, or Ih~'re,lJler due lh~ ( (mlra('lor lhe Cosl of correcting 3.~ INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED ~u~ h dl,ficmn(:i~,~, inJ'luding (~m[)en~ah(~n for Ihe Archi- OF THE OWNER h~cl's nddili~)nal sc, rvi(e~ made necessary hy such default, m'~d~,~l ~r Milur~,. Su(h .l(lil)fl hy lhe Owm~r ,mci lhe 3.2.1 The Owner shall, al die r(~qut~l o~ Ihe Conlraclor, ,inl~Jiinl (h,lrge(I h~ Ih~, ('(~nlractor ,ire t)olh ~uh~gct [o the at the time of execulion of the Owner-Conlraclor Agree- pri~r .ipl)rlwaJ ()1' the Ar('hH~?(J. If Ihe payment~ Ihen or ment, furnish Io the Conlraclur re,lSonabJe evidence thai lhl'r~',H'l~.r dui. Ih(, ('~mlra('l(~[ ,ire n~)l ~ufficienl I~) Cov(~r hlJns under the C()nlrdcl. Unit, ss ~u(Jl re,lSOfl,lJ)Je i~vi- dence is furnished, Ihe Conlracl()r is ooi required ID execule the C)wner-C~nlrach)r A~4rJ,em~,nl ~r l~J com- ARTICLE 4 mt,me /h~, Work 3.2.2 The Owner ~hall ~urni~h ,dl %urv~ ,~ dc'scrlbin~ ll~· CONTRACTOR physical characteristics, le~a IimihH~on~ and u~ilily Io~,~- 4.1 h(>n~ f()r Ihe sit(. of ti.' Pr(qe('l. and ,, h'~al c.h'~ r,[)li~m rff 3.2.3 Ex(:~I)I as provided in Suhp.Jragraph 4.7.1, Ih(, hi lhu~lff;h(iul lhe ('~)l~lr,l(I I)(~('Lll~1(~J~ ,1~ if ~fl~lll,lr in menl% a~essmenls arid (:Jlar~(,~ ri~(juir(,(J I'()r Ibc (~)n~lr~l( Jili..inN Jill, (i)nJf.lf il Jr ii[ bin ,llllhJJrj/i,~J Il(in, i1~t, ()~ occupancy t)[ J)('rlll,llll,nJ ~llLli'Ju[(,~ (Jr Ell[ J)l'r- manent (hanRes in exislin~ fa(-ililie~. 4.Z RLVI[W OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.].~ Inh)ll11.1Jj()ll ()r ~erv~('l'~ Lllld(~l Ih~, Ownitr'~ (()nJri)J Ih(, ( i)lllr,t('l J)f)(um(~nl~ .llld ~h.lJJ ,il ()~ce rep(irt ~halJ h(, furnished hy Ihe Owm,r wilh ri',i~()nable [)ri)midi. ~r( hill'( J ,lily ('rr~)l, II1( ()ll~l~l(,n( y ()r ()nll~l()fl Il(~ ill,iV (Jib- ness to .~w)id delay in Ih(t ord(.rly l)r(~re~h <)f Ih(t W()rk. (()v~,r. 'Ih,. ('()nlr,l('l(Jr ~Jl,llJ n~)l J)jt Ii,il)if. Il) lJlft ()wner (Ir AIA DOC * (;LNIRAI C()N[)IrH)NS ()F IIIE CC)N1RA('r I()R (I)N~IRII( Illin · IIIIRIFfNIII II)Ill(IN * /~I~f;U~r the Architect for any damage resulting from any such fees, licenses ,nd inspeclions necessary for the proper errors, inconsislencies or omissions in the Contract Docu- execution and completion of the Work which are custom- menls. The Conlractor shall perform no portion of the drily secured alter execulion of the Contract and which Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where are legally required at the time the bids are received. required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or 4.7.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply Samples for such portion o~ the Work. with all law% ()rdinan(:e~, rule~, regulations and [aw~ul of 4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRU~ION PROCEDURES ders ()[ any public authority bearing on the performance 4.3.1 The Contractor shall supe~ise and direct the Work, of the Work. using his besl skill and attention. He shall be solely re- 4.7.3 II ~ not Ihe responsibility of the Contractor to sponsible for all construclion means, methods, tech- make certain that the Contract Documents are in accord- niques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating ante with applicable laws, s/alutes, building codes and all portions o{ the Work under the Contract. regulations. If lhe ('onlractor observes that any of the 4.3.2 The Contractor ~hall be reslx~n~ible to the Owner ('()lllrdcl I)(~(.umenls ,ire al vari,~nce therewith in any re- for the acts and omissions et his employees, Subcontrac- ~pect, h~ ~hall pr~m~ptly nobly the Archit~,ct in writing, tors and their agents and employees, and other persons and any necessary ~hanges shall be accomplished by ap- performing any of the Wor~ under a contract with the propriate Modification. Contractor. 4.7.4 If 4.3.3 The Contractor ~hall nol be relieved from hi~ obit- be ~(Jlllrary lO ~llCJl IdWS, ordinances,, rule~ and regula- gations to perform Ihe Work in acc~rdance wilh Ihe h(~n~, and wilh~)~H ~u('h n()li~e h~ Iht~ Archilect, he shall Contracl [)ocumenl~ e~th~,r by the achwtte~ or duhe~ ~)t ,i,.,,tn.~(, lull u,~p(~n~d,lity tl~,'.,,l(~r .m(J ~h,,ll heur ,dl c~t~ the Architect in his administration (~f lhe Contra<'[, <)r by ,lllrlJ)uLihht inspections, tests or al)l~rovals re(itlirt'd (~r I~,'d~lm('(J lu~- 4.U ALLOWANCES der Paragraph 7.7 by persons olher than the C()nlractor. 4.8.1 Ih,, (<}n/rather ~h,,ll in<lude in the Contract Sum 4.4 ~BOR AND MATERIALS ,,11 alh~w,m<c.s ~lnle(I in lh~, ( ~}nlra('t I)ocumen~. Item~ 4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided tn the Contract L)<~cu- ((Tv.~r~.d by Ihe~e allr~w,m(e~ ~h.dl he ~upl)lied fr~r ~uch menls, the Contractor ~hdll pr(wide and pay for all Idhor, ,11111)11111., and by ~u( h i)(,r~(~n~ m, die ()wn<~r m,iy (Jirect, materials, equipment, tools, construchon equipmenl and hul It~(, ( <mlract()[ will n~)t t)e re({uired to employ persons machinery, water, heat, utilities, Iransp()rla~ion, and olher ,1~,1il)~I wl,(~m h(, mak~,~ ,~ r~,,~(m.~t)h~ obje( ti~[I. facilities and services necessary for Ihe proper execulion 4.8.2 Unless olherwise pr()vi(le(I in lhe Contract Docu- and completion of the Work, whether lemporary or per- manent and whelher or not in('orporaled or to he inc~)r- .1 Ihe~(, all{~w,lnce~ ~hall (:()v~,r lhe cost lo tl~(' Con- p()rale(I in Ihe Work. tracl(~r, les~ any applicable Ira(lc discount, of the 4.4.2 The Contractor ~hall al all lime~ enforce ~lricl di~- m.H(,r~al~ and e(luil)m{,nl required I)y the all~)wance cipline and Bood order amon~ his employees and shall nol delWered al the s~le, ,u~d all applicable taxes; employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone no~ .2 lhe Conlractor's c()st~ for unloading and handling skilled in the task assigned tn him on the site, labor, in~tallalion co, ts, overhead, prof- ,I and other expenses contemplated for the original 4.5 WARRAN~ ,,ll(~wance ~hall he in('luded in lhe Contract Sum and 4.5.1 The Conlractor warrant~ Io Ihe Owner and ll)e n~)t in lh(~ dlh~wan(e; Architect that all malerials and equipment furnished .3 whenever Ihe c~)~t is more Ihan or les~ than the under this Contract will be new unless othe~ise speci- alh)wance, the (. ()nlract Sum shall be adjusted ac- fled, and lhat all Work will be of ~o<)d qualily, free from ((~rdinAly by Chnnge Order, Ibe amount of which faults and defects and in c()nR)rmance with the (:onlracl w,II D~)cuments. All Work not conforming Io these require- Ih~ ~ile, lahor, in~lall,,li~)n co,l~, overl~ead, profit ments, including substitulions nol properly approved and and ~lher expenses. dulh()rized, may he (:()n~dered (h,[e('tive. If re(luired by the Archilect, the (:()nlracl()r ~hdll iurni~b sali~fa('l()ry evi- 4.~ SUPfEINT[NI)ENT dence as to fl~e kind and quality ()f materials and equip- 4.'t.1 ]h~. ('(mtr,~(tor ~hdll (,mph)~,. ,~ ~)mp(:hmt ~uperin- menl. This wdrranty is not limlled ~)y Ihe prow~ion~ of I,'l)d(,tll and nec(,~ary assi~lanls wh~) ~hall h~, ,n ,~ttend- Paragraph 1'~.2. ,u~(,. ,,I Ih~, Pr()i('('l ~ile during th,, l)r{)gre~ (~f Ihe Work. 4.6.1 1he Contra(lor sh,dl pay all ~ales, c~)nsumer, LJ~e hm(l,ng and olher similar laxe~ for Ih,, Work or I)(~rh(m~ thereol ni{ah,~l~ ,h,,ll b,, (()~)l'~rm~.<l ~n wrlling. ()d~,r <()mmuni- provided by lhe Contractor whi(h are legally enacled al (.,ll()n~ ~h,Jll 4.7 P[RMITS, F[[S AND NOTICES 4.10 4.7.1 tJnh,s~ oth(,rwi~,, pr()vided in the Contra(t I)o('u- 4.10.1 ~h,, ('()nlra( l~r, immi'(Jhll('lv .d'li,r h,,mg awarded ~ng permit and for all other permits and Aovernmenlal ,ind Ar( hit~,cl's AIA DOCUMENT A2QI · (;ILNLRAI. CONI)ITI()NS {)F THE (ONTRA( I ule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related p(~rt.m., o1' the Work shall be in accordance with ap- to the entire Project to the exlent required by the Con- I)r()ved submittals. tract Documents, and shall provide Rw expeditious and practicable execution o[ the Work. 4.13 USE OF SITE 4.13.1 Ihe Contractor shall coniine operations at the site 4.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE h~ areas imrmilled hy law, o~dinance% permits and the 4.11.1 ~he Contractor shall maintain at the site fo~ the (3retract I)ocumenls and shall not unreasonably encum- Owner one record copy o[ all Drawings, Specifications, her the sm: with any malerials or equipment. Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record all changes 4.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK made during construction, and approved Shop l~rawing% 4.14.1 lt~e ( rmlracl()r shall Im responsible for all cutting, Product Data and Samples. The~e shall be avadable to ~llm)', :. p,m lung Ihal may he required to ~mplete the the Architect and shall he delivered to him for the Owner W~rk ,,~ h, m.ke il, s~,ver,~l par~s fll h,wqh('r pruper[y. upon completion ~f the Work. 4.14.2 Elm ('onlractor ~h,fll not damage or endanger any 4.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES poru~m ,)1 lJl~, ~'o;k or th~. w~rk of the Owner or any 4.12.1 Shop [)rowings are drawing% diagrams, schedules s<,p.lr. Ht, <,~nlract~)rs I)y ~ulllng, patching', or otherwise and other data specially prepared for lhe Work by Ihe ahermg any work, ot by excavation. The Contractor shall Contractor or any Subcontractor. manufacturer, supplier m~l cut or otherwise oiler the work of ti~e Owner or any or di%tr~butor to illustrate some porllon ol the W~Jfk. $(,p,~r,.t(. ~ ~nlr,JLl(~r ex(cpi with the wr~tlen consent of the ()wm,r ,.n(J (ff ~u(h $('pdlal(' cunlraclor. ~'he Contractor 4.12.2 I'ruducl Data are illustramm~, slandard sd~edule~, ~hall n{)t um(~a~onat)iy wdhhold horn d~e Owner or any performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and sep.uale contractor his con,.,enl t(.) cutting or otherwise other reformation furnished by Ihe Conl~actor lo illuslrale alle~mg the Work. a material, product or syslem for some portion ()[ the Work. 4.15 CLEANING UP 4.15.1 The C()nlra(tor al all times shall keep the premises 4.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illuslrale free lrom ac(umulalion ()~ w,:~le materials or rubbish malerials, equipment or workmanship and establish caused I)y his operations. Al Ihe c(~mplelion of the Work standards by which the Work will be judged, he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from 4.12.4 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit, an(I ahiml the Project as well as ,ill his tools, construc- with reasonable promplness and in such sequence as to lion equipmenl, machinery and surplus materials. cause no delay in the Work ()r in the work o[ the Owner 4.15.2 I~ Ihe Conlractor fail~ to dean up al the comple- or any separate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product lion of the Work, the Owner may do so as provided in Data and Samples required by Ihe Contract Documents. Paragral)h 3.4 and the cosl Ihereo[ ~hall be charged to the 4.12.5 By approving and submitting 5hop Drawings, Contractor. Product Data and Samples, the Conlractor represents that 4,16 COMMUNICATIONS he has determined and verified all materials, field meas- 4.16.1 Th,. Contractor shall forward all communications uremenls, and field conslruclion criteria related lherelo, I() Il,, ()whet lhr(~ugh Ih(, Ar(hitect. or will do ~(), and that he has checked and coordinaled the information conlained within such submillals with 4.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS the ~equ~rement~ o[ the W~tk and ol the C(nHra(:t [Jo~u- 4.17.1 Ihe Contractor shall pay all royalhes and license ments, fees. I1(, ~hall defend all suils ()r claims for infringement 4.12.6 1he Contractor shall nol he relieved of responsi- .[ any palent r~ghls and ',hall save the Owner h.~rmless l'r{)m I()s~ ~)n ac((~unl there()f, ex(ept that the Owner shall bilily R)r any deviation from the requirements of the he r~,,i)()nsil)l(~ for ,dl ~u(h h)~ when a particular design, ('{mtra(:t I)()~ umenls hy lhe Ar('hile('l's approval o[ Shop I)h~wmgs, Ih(~duct I).da ~r ~.m~l)h'~ under Suhpa~,,~hH)h m.mtiht( Iuu'r~ ~ specil'm(I, but if the Contractor has rea- 2.2.~4 unless the ('onlract~)r has ,i){,c~l'ically informed the ,.~m I~. helieve thai Il,, (h.si)'.r~, I)ro(~'s~ ~r I)u~{luct speci- Ardlile(I In writing <~t ~ud~ (Jl,vhlti()n ,11 the time ()[ ~ub- II~'(J I~ .in Illlrlng(,nl(,ill (H .1 patent, h~, ~l~all be responsible m~on and lh{~ Ar( Jlill,i'J ha~ ~ivl,ll wrHlen al)pr(~val I() - l(ir ~11( Jl Jl)~ Ilnh,~ Jl(, jJrl)lllj)lJ~, ~lV{,% ~Jl(Jl Hll(Hlil.lJion to ii' ~pe(i[i( devialion, the ('t)ltJr,i('l(Jr shall nol J)e reliew.,(! Ihe Ar( hih'ct. frf)m responsibility for error~ or omissions in Ih,, Shi~p I)rawings, I)ro(lucl f)ahi ()r Samples I)y the Al(hilecl's 4.18 INI)EMNIHCA[ION approval Ihereo[. 4.18.1 I'o lt~e fullest exlenl permitted by law, the Con- 4.12.7 H~e Contra(lot ~hall direct si)e(ifi(: allenlion, in lra(:to~ shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and wrHm~ or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Produ(:t Data tile Ar( hilecl and Iheir agenls and employees from and ~)r Sampl(,s, to r(.visi(ms ()lher than Iho~e requesled hy aRainsl all claims, (lama~(,s, h)~ses and expenses, including the Au hilect on previous submittals, hul m)l hmih,(I to alt~m('ys' fees, arising out o[ t)r result- in~ [r()m the perf(~rmance (ff the Work, provided that 4.12.8 N() p~)rtion of Ihe Work re(luirin~ ~uhmis~ion of a any su(h (latin, damage, h~ss ()r expense (1) is altributable Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample shall be corn- to bo(IHy injury, si('kness, disease or death, or to injury menced until the submittal has been approved hy the to or (Je~lru(:li()n of t.m~ihle property (other than the Architect as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.14. All such W(~rk itselfl including the Io~s o[ use resulting therefrom, · ~1~~ * ,,.~ FITh · IIII AMI~I(AN IN%llltJII. ()1 AECIIIII{'I~, I/~', NI~¥ and (2) is cau:~ed in whole or in parl by any negligent ,icl %uc h I)r~l)~',~'d F)er%~)n ~)r enlily. Failure ~[ lhe Owner or I)[ UflIiN~I(}I1 Of the C(~lllraLIor, any 5ubt(~nhdclur, any(me A~ hnu~ I lu ~('ply I~Umq}lly sh,~ll c~mslllule nohce of no directly or indireclly employed by any of them or anyone reas~m.~bie objecl,on. for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of ~.2.2 ih(, (~onlractor shall nol contract with any such whether or not it is caused in part by a pa~ty indemnified I)r~lX~S~,d p~.rs~n ~r enlily 1~ whom Ihe Owner ~r Ihe hereunder. Such obligation shall nol be construed lo ne- Architect has made reasonable objeclion under the provi- gate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obli- sions of Subparagraph 5.2.1. The Contractor shall not be gallon of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any required 1~) ((mlr.~('t wnh anyone Io whom t~e has a rea- l)arly (~r persun des(rih('(I in d~is I'ah)graph 4.1~L ~n.dde (d)l~'( 4.18.2 In any and all claims against Ihe Owner or the 5.2.3 If Ih(, ()whet ()r ll)e Ar~ hiled ha~ reasonable ()bjec- Architect or any of their agents or employees by any I~on t(~ ,,ny su(h i)r~q)()~ed [){~r~()n or chilly, lhe (:onlrac- employee of Ihe Contractor, any Sul)(:(mtra(:lor, any()n(~ I(~r d~,dl ~ut)mH ,~ ~uh~liluh~ I(~ whelm Ih~. ()wn(~r ~r d,reclly or indireclly employed by any oi Ihem or anyone Ar( hH(~(t h~v, n(~ r(',~<)nal)l<, (,bje(.l[~m, ,md lhe C~)ntract for wh()~e acts an~ of them may be liable, the indemnifi- Sum ~hall h(, m( r,'a~,d (~r (l~'~ r~'.~(,d hv th~ diff~'r~'n(e cahon obligahon under lh~5 Paragrapi) 4.18 ~hall nol be ('<)~1 o(:(a~ioned I)y ~uch gllb~lilllli(~fl and an a[)prr)prh]le limited ,n any way by any limilati()n ()n lhe amount or (hang(, ()r(h'r ~h,HI b(, i~uir(i, h(~w~:v(~r, n(~ m(.rt.,~(~ type of damages, compensalion or benefils payable by or Ih(, C()nll,l(l 5urn ~hdll h~, all~)wi:d for any ~=,ch f(~r lhe C~)fllraclor (ir any Sub(()nlra(.l()r under wf)rk{,~' Iir~n mlh,.,,, 1l~4. ( (mir.l( h)r Ii.u, .u h.(I I)r~,mplly ,lll{J or worknlen'~ ('Ollll)efl~atlun ,icrc, dl~al~Jlly benehl act~ or ',pi)fi~v(,Jy in ~HJ)mHtm~ n,im,'~ ,l~ r,~(juir(:d J)y olher employee benefit acls. ~rat)h ~.2.'I. 4.18.3 The obligations of lt~(, C()nlraclor under this Para- 5.].4 lh~, ['{,nlr,lt h)r ~h,~ll nl,lk(, I1~ ~tlJ)~l~tllh()n for graph 4.18 ~hall noi extend I() file liability oJ the Archi- SuhtiJnlr,l(h)r, p{trs()n (}r enhly prevl()u~Jy seJgCted if the leer, hJ~ agefllS or employees. ,,ris,ng (~ul oJ (1) the prep,i- ( )wrl(,r (~r Au Jllh'{ I rlhlk(,% ri',l%rJn,lJ)J(, (,J)l~,(h~Jn If) ~,tiCh ration or approval of map~, drawings, opinions, reporl~. 5.3 SUBCON'i RACTUAL RELATIONS the giving ~ or lhe tailure ~o g~v(~ d~recllons or ti(ms by the Archilect, his agen~ or employees pr()vided 5.3.1 By ~m ,~p[)ropriale agreemem, wr~lten where legally such giving ~)r failure to give i~ the primary cause of the required f~)r validiw, lhe Contractor shall require each injuryor damage. Sub(:onlracl()r, lo Ihe exlenl of the Work to he per- ARTICLE 5 formed by the Suhc()nlractor, Io be bound to the Con- Ira( I(~r l)v Ih~, h~rm~ (~{ d~e (~mlr.l(l [)ocum~nl% and I() sume t()ward the ('ontractor all the obligations a~d re- 5UBCONTRA~ORS ~ponsd)iliti,.s which the Conlractor, hy d~ese Documents, 5.1 DEFINITION a~ume~ I()ward d)e ()wrier and the Archilect. Said agree- 5.1.1 A 5ubconlractor is a person or enl~[y who has a dj- menl shall pr~,~erw~ and pr(m:<l Ihe righls ()~ th(, Owner rect contract with the Contractor Io perform any ()[ lhe and lhe Archilect under the Contract Documents with re- Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred ~o spect ~() lhe Work Io be perf()rmed hy the Subcontractor ~hrough()u~ the Contract Documem~ as i~ ~ingular in num- ~o lhal d~, ~uh('()n~ra(:tmg there~ wdl not prejudice such her and masculine in gender and means a Subconlraclor ri~hls, and shall all()w Io the Subc~nlracl~)r, unless specifi- ()r hi~ authorized represenlalw('. Th~. lerm Suhcon~raclur ('ally pr()vided (~th~'rwi~<, in Ih~. O()ntract()r-Suhc()mractor does nol ~nclude any ~eparale contractor or his subc()n- agr('em~,nl, th(~ h{'ne~H (~f all righ~, r~medie5 an(l redress tractors. .tg.m3~l Ih(, ( ()nlra( l(~r lhdl th(, ('onlra('l(~r, hy lh~,~0 meuls, ha~ d~am~l Ihe ()wner. Where appropriate, the 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor i~ a person or enlity who has a ( (~nlr.~( t()r ~hal[ r(,(luir~, e.~<h %(~t)(:onlra('t(~r t~) enter dire(t or indireci c()nlract wilh a 5ut)c()nlractor I~ p~r- ~mul.~r ,~gu.~,m('nl~ w~lh hi~ ~uh-~ut)~()nlract~rs. The form any of the Work al Ihe sile. 1hi, lerm Sub-suhcon- h.l( h~r ~Jl.lll m.lkl, .l~,~il.lhl(, I(~ (,,l(:h [)rrq)~e(J Iraclor is reJerred Io Ihrou~h()ul Ih(~ Conlracl ~ocumenl5 Ira(l(Jr, I)r~)r I~) Il,, ~'x~'( tJll()n ()f Ih(~ Sul)(:onlr.lcl. ('r)pies a~ if singular in numher ,m(t ma~(uline m ~en(ler an(I ~1 lh(. ((~Hr.l(I I Jr~ uiIil,lll,, h~ whi( Jl Ih~. ~llJ)(,mlr,J( h)r means a 5uJ~-~ubc()nlraclor or ,m aulh(n~zed ~el)r~,sunla- will J)., I){~und by thi~ I',m~rdph 5.3, and id(,ntify I(~ Ihe hve thereof. Sub(r)nlra( I()r any lerm~ .]nd conditions of Ihe proposed 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER ~uh( r~nlhl~l whir h may h,, a~ vari,mce wilh Iht, (-()nlra( t CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF 1HE WORK I) ~( ~(,nl~ Iai h f~uJ)((~nlrai hn q~all slmil,uJy maku 5.2.1 gnh,ss ()lherwi~e re(lum,d by the C(mtracl menls or the Biddin~ I)ocuments, Ihe Crmlra(:lor, as ~oon ARTICLE 6 as praclicable after Ihe award ()f lhe ('~)ntracl, ~hall fur- nish lo the Owner and the Arch.lecl in wrilin~ the names WORK BY OWNER OR BY (ff the persons or enlilies (includin~ tho~e who are Io fur- SEPARATE CONTRACTORS nish materials or equipment fabricaled to a special design) Droposed for each of ~he principal porl~ons o~ the Work. 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND The ArchiteCt will promDlly redly to lhe Contraclor in TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRA~S writing stating whelher or not the Owner or lhe Ar(:hilecl, 6.1.'1 lhe ()wner reserwts lhe right to perform work re- after due invesligation, has reasonable objection to any lale(I lo lhe I'rojecl with his own forces, and to award AIA DOCU-~EN~-~I · (;I NLRAL CONI)I[I()NS ()FII1[ C()NIRA( [ I()R C()N',IRU(:H()N · [IIIRrEt:N[II E[)ITI()N · AIIGUST 10 A201-1976 AIAW · (~) I*JZh · IIIE AMLRI(AN INSIIIUIL ~)1 AR(tlIIL( I'h 1/15 NIW YI)KK AVEHU[. N.W., WASHINGJON, D.C. 2~ separate contracts in connection with ~)ther p,.)rtions ()[ .mad chart,t thc' r:,~t Ihe~eof t() the cunlrdctors responsible the Project or other work on the site under these or similar ti~eref~r ,l'. tl~: Arch~lect ~hall del~:.mm,ne ~o be ju;t. Conditions of the Contract. I[ Ihe Conlhlclor clan~,, that delay or addilional cost is revolved bec]use oi such aclion by the Owner, he shall make ~uch claim ,,~ pro- ARTICLE 7 v~ded elsewhere in tl~e Conlracl got umenls. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 6.1.2 When ~eparale conlracts are awarded for difierenl porl~ons ot lhe Project or olhef work on lhe sile, the lerm 7.1 GOVERNING LAW Conl~aclor in the Contracl Documents in each case shall mean lhe Contracto~ who executes each separale Owner- 7.1.1 Th(, (~onlra(:t st~ll be ~overned by the law of the Conlrac/or Asreement. place where the Project is located. 6.1.3 The Owner will p~ovide for the coordination of the 7.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS work of his own forces and of each separate contractor 7.2.1 The Owner and the Conl~actor each binds himself, wl~h the Work of lhe Conlractor, who shall c~pera/e his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives therewith as provided in Paragraph 6.2. to the olhe~ parly hereto and to lhe pariners, successors, 6.2 ~UTUAL ~NSI~IUTY assigns and legal representatives of such o/her parly wilh specl lo all covenanls, a~reemenls and obligations con- 6.2.1 The Conlractor shall a~ord the Owner and separate lathed in Ihe Contract Documents. Neither pa~ty to the contractors reasonable oppo~lunity fo~ the introduction Contract shall assign the Conlract or sublet it as a whole and slora~e o[ their materials and equipment and lhe wilhoul the writlen consent of lhe other, nor shall the execulion of thei~ work, and shall connect and coo~dinale Conlracto~ assign any moneys due or to become due his Work with theirs as requi~ed by Ihe Contract Docu- him hereunder, without the p~ious written consent of meats. Ihe Owner. 6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for 7.3 WRI~EN NOTICE proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner 7.3.1 Written nolice shall be deemed to have been duly or any separate conl~actor, the Contractor shall, p~ior Io served ~f delivered in person lo the individual or member proceedin~ wilh lhe Work, promptly ~eporl to Ihe A~chi- ~ Ihe hrm or enlily ow lo an o~ficer of Ihe corpo~alion for tect any apparenl discrepancies or defects in such other whom ,I was intended, or if delivered at or sent by re,is- work thai render il unsuilable lot ~u('h I)r()per execulion lered or r ertihed mall lo Ihe lasl bus,ness address known and resulls. Failure o~ the Contractor so to report shall h) him who ~ives lhe nolice. con~tilule an acceptance of Ihe Owner'~ or separale con- tradors' w(,k as hi and proper lo receive his Work, ex- 7.4 CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES ct,pi as Io defects which may subsequenlly become appar- 7.4.1 Sh()uld eilher pnrly lo die Conlracl suflrr injury or rent in such work by olhers. (lama~e lo person or prr)l)erly I)e~ause o[ any act or orals- 6.2.3 Any costs caused by defeclive or ill-timed work sion of the olher parly or ()[ any ()[ h~s employees, afients dlall be b()rne hy d~e party responsible thereior. ~r r)lher~ h~r who~e at:ts he ~. h'~bdly I~,~ble, claim shall be made ~n wnhn~ it) su(:h ~)ther party wilhin a reasonable 6.2.4 Should Ihe Conlraclor wron~iully cause damage to time after the (i~sl ()h~ervan(e ol such injury or damage. the work or property oi Ihe Owner, or to other work on ~he ~,le, Ihe Conlraclor shall promplJy remedy such dam- 7.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND age as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 7.5.1 The Owner ~hall have Ihe right to require the Con- 6.2.5 Should the Contract~)r wrongfully cause damage lo lracl()r h) furnish h()nds covering ~he failhh~l pe~fl)rmance Ihe work ()r t)roperlv ()i any ~el)ar,He contract(~r, the Con- ()~ Ihe ( (n~lr,~cl and Ihe payment o~ all obh~ahon~ ansing ~ractor shall upon due notice pr()mp/ly attempt to sellle d~ereund(,r ,~ nn(I ns requ,rt,d ~n Ihe Biddin~ Documents wnh ~uch olt~er conlractor by a~reement, or olherwise Io or in d~e (:()nlract Documenls. resolve the dispute. If such separate contractor sues or ,inflates an arbilralion proceedin~ a~ainst the Owner on 7.6 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES account of any damase alle~ed Io have been caused by 7.6.1 The dulies and obligations imposed by the Contract ~he Contraclor, the Owner shall noilly the Contractor [)ocHmenls and II~e ri~hl~ and remedies available the~e- wh() shall defend such pr()c(,e(lin~ at Ihe Owner's ex- under ~hall he ,n add,lion Io and not a limitalion of any pease, and if any jud~ment or award aRainst the Owner dulies, ohli~alion~, ri~hls and remedies otherwise im- arise~ therefr()m Ihe Contracl()r ~hall pay or satisfy il and p()~ed ()r ava,labh~ hy law. ~hall reimburse Ihe Owner for all atlorneys' fees and ('(mrl ~r arhdrali()n co~l~ whi('h Ihe Owner ha~ recurred. 7.6.2 N~) ,~ch(m ~)r iailur(, I() acl hy Ihe Owner, Architect 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP or Contrarh)r shall ('()nslilule .~ waiver of any right or duty alf(~rd(.d any ol Ihem un(h'r Ihe Contract, nor shall any 6.3.1 If a dispute anses between the Contraclor and sepa- ~uc'h ,~(lion or faih,re I() a('l ('onslitule an approval of or rate conlraclors as Io their responsibility for cleanin~ up acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be as required by Paragraph 4.1~, the Owner may clean up sperifi~,~lly .~Rre~'d in writings. AIA DO~U~E~T A201 · QENERAL CONDITIONS OF lite CONTRA('I I~R ( ~ )NSTR~)C[I()N · IIIIE[JlNIII [DIFI()N · AIJ(;US[ AIA~ · (? I'176 · [iii AMIRICAN IN~IIIUIE ()F ARCII iL( ~, I;{S NIW Y{iRK AVINIII NW, ~VA~IIIN(;If)N, [).C. 2~ A201-1976 11 7.7 TF. STS required if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbi- 7.7.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, trallon. No person olher than the Owner or Contractor rel~ulalions or orders of any pubhc aulhorily hav,ng juris- shall h(~ mc luded ,~ an oru,,in,d third party or additional diction requne any portion ol the Work to be inspecled, Ihird parly lo all a[J)Hralion wilose ~nleresl or responsi- tested or approved, lhe Conlra('lor ~hall ~ive Ihe Architect hilily is m~ul)slanli,d. Any ~:onsent to arbilralion involving such inspection, testing or approval. The Contractor shall 'enl t(] ,irhilr,it,on ~f any dl~pul(~ m~t dus[rihed lherein bear all costs of ~uch inspechon~, le~l~ (~r al)pruval~ con- wllh dny I)(~[~(m rl~t nafne(J ~)r (Je~cril)ed therein. 'the ducted by public auth~irilies, tlnh,s~ (~lherwls~, I)rov,de(I, ~r~'R~ ~', ,~r~.unil,~il I(~ ,irJ)llral~, ,ind any tither Ihe Owner ~hall bear all Losls OJ ulhe~ IIl~pt'dlOllS, lesl~ h~ ,irhm,m, wlIJl dll ,Itllhll~lhlJ per~on or l)er~on', (July or approvals. Cllll~ellle(J hi Jly lJle p,lrhe~ ltl lhe Owner-Conlraclor A~reemenl q~all t)e ~pecilically enforceable under 7.7.2 I[ the Architect delermines lhal any Work require~ prevJilin~ ,~rhilrahl)n Jaw. Ihe ,~ward rendered by the special inspeclion, leslin~, or approval which 5ubpara- ,irhllral()r~ ~hall i)e t'mal, and iu(J~menl may [)e enlered ~raph 7.7.1 does not include, he will, upon wrillen au- upon il ~n accordance wllh ajlplicaJ)le Jaw ir1 arly courl I~orization trom t~e Owner, inslrucl the Conlraclor to havin~ iurisdicli~)n lhereo[. order such special inspection, leslin[ or approval, and lhe Conlr~clor shall 8ire notice as provided in SubparaRraph 7.9.2 Nol~ce ill Ihe demand f~)r arbilrall(m ~hall be filed t.7. I. IJ ~uch special inspecl~on or leslin~ reveals a I~ilure m wr~hn~ w~lJl lhe olh~r parly Io Ihe Own~.~r-C(~nlraclor oi lhe Work Io comply wilh the requiremenls of the Con- ~greemenl and wilh Ihe American Arbilralion A~socia- Iracl Documents, lhe Conlraclor shall bear all cosls Ihere- l~)n, and a copy q~all be filed wilh lhe Archilecl. The of, including compensalion for Ihe Arc~ilect's additional demand f~r arb~tr,llion shall be made wilhin the hme services made necessa~ by such failure; otherwise Ihe limils specified in Subparagraph 2.2.12 where applicable Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriale Change and in all olher cases wilhin a reasonable time after the Order shall be issued, claim, dispule or olher mailer in queslit~n has arisen, and in nil i,vl~tll ~hall il be made aJler lhe dale when inslitu- 7.7.3 Required cerliiicales o[ inspecl~on, lesli~ or ap- lion oJ Je~,ll ()r equitable proceedings b~sed on ~uch proval shall be secur~ by the Conlraclor and promplly claim, di~pule or ~)lher mailer in question would be delivered by him to lhe Archilecl. barred by Ihe applicable slalule of limilalions. 7.7.4 If lhe Archilecl ~ lo observe Ihe in~pe~ lions, lesls 7.~.] Unlt,~ i~lberw~e agreed in wrilin~, Ihe (]onlractor or approvals required by the Conlracl Documenls, he will ~hall carry ~Jfl lhe W[~rk anti maintain ils proRre~s durin~ (iii ~o prllmplly and, where i~racli(,ihle, al lhe ~ource ol ,Iny dd)ilhH~l)n pr~ce~'ding~, ,ind die Ownt, r ~hall supply, linue Io make payments lo lhe Conlractor in accordance 7.8 INT[IEST wHh Ihe (][)lllr,lcJ [)ocumenls. 7.8.1 Payments due and unpaid under lhe Conlracl ARTICLE8 Documenls shall bear inleresl from lhe date paymenl is ~Lle al ~Udl ral~ ~s die parhes may agree, upon in wrilin~ TIME or, in lhe absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing al B. 1 DEFINITIONS the place of the Projecl. ~.1.1 Unles~ olherwise pr~wided, lhe Contracl Time i~ the 7.~ ARBITRATION penod i)[ hme allollt,d in lhe Conlract Documenl~ for 7.~.1 All (Imms, disputes and olher mai(ers in question Sub~hlnli,ll (~)lllpll,lll~n ~lf lhe Work ,Is defined in Sub- belwi,en Ihe ( J)nlraclor and Ihe ()wner ar~ing oul oJ, or par,l~r.ll)J~ I~. l.J, int:lu(Jin~ aulh~ri/ed adjuslmenl~ Iherelo. relal~ng Il), the Conlract Documenl~ (.~r lhe breach lhere- of, except as i)rovide(J in Subparagraph 2.2.1 1 with re- 8.1.2 'fbi, (Jail, (if ( J illllll,fl('l,rnenl o[ Ihe L~rk i~ the dar(: ~pect to the Arch lecl'~ decision~ on matters relating 1() eqahli~h,,(l m a noh(e Io [)r.)(:t:e(I. If lhere i~ n() nolu~ artishc effect, and except for claims wh,ch have t)een pu)(ee(J, ~t q~all tie the dale ~,[ the Owner-C~nlra~tor waived by the making or acceptance (~f final payment a5 ,~gre(,m~,m (Ir ~u(h ()lher (Jail] as may be eslahli~hed provided by Subparagraphs 9.9.4 and 9.9.5, shall be de- dmrein. cided by arbHration ~n accordan(:e wilh the Construction 8.1.3 The [Jale oi Subslanlial Completion oi the Work or Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbilralion (h.~ign.)h,(I p()rli()n th(tmoJ is lhe [3ale cerhl'.ed by the ~()(iall()n th('n obtainin~ unh'~5 fbi, parti(,s mutually Ar~h,h,tl when (<m~tru(.lion i~ ~ul'Jicienlly (.(~ml)leh~, .n asree otherwise. No arbitration ar.sin~ out o~ or reJatin~ ,i(:c()r(lan(e wilh the Contract [J()cumenls, ~o the Owner to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolida- can ()ccul)y or ulilize the Work or desi~naled p*)[lion lion, ioinder or in any other manner, the Architect, his Ihi,r,,t~[ f(~r I1,. u~, G~r whi(h il i,~ inh,nded. emt)loye,,~ or c(m~ullanl~ (,x('(,I)l by writlen consent con- /aininR a specific reference to the Owner-Contractor 8.1.4 Th,, lerm day as u~ed in the Contract Documents A~reement and q~ned I)y the A~('hile('l, the Owner, Ih(, q~all ,,.,.,,, (,h,n(I,, d,,y unl(,~ ()lherw.~(. ~l)i.~ih( Contractor and any other person sought lo be joined. No de~iRnale(I. arbitration shall include by cons()lidation, joinder or in any other manner, parties olher than the Owner, the ~.2 PEOGRESSAND COMPLETION Contractor and any other persons ~uhstanlially involved 8.2.1 All hm,~ limits ~tate(I in the Conlr.)(:t I)()(:uments are .n a (()mmon question of fact or law, whose presence is (~f the e~('n(e of the *IA I)OCUMENT A~I · (;[NrRAI. C[)NI)I[I(iN~ ()f fit[ ('~)NTRA( I I()R ((INSlRII( II{~N · IIIIRII I NIII II)Ill{tN · AII~,II',[ 12 A201-1976 AIA~ · 'U pITI, · ltll AMIRI('AN INSIIIUII r)l AR(lillE( I~. I;'{', NI~ Y()RK AVINUI. NW, WA%IIIN(;I{~N, [)(. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of by ,,u(h data suh.~tantiating the Qontractor's right to pay- commencement as defined in Subparagraph ~1.1.2. lie m(,nl as lh,, ()whet ~)r die Archilect may require, and re- shall carry the Work fo~ard expeditiously with adequate fh'~ l~ng r('hunage, it any, as provided elsewhere in the forces and shall achieve Subslanlial Completion within Contra(~l Documenls. the Contract Time. q.3.2 ~hd,.~ ~lh~,rw~'.e i,(~wded in Ihe Conlract Docu- 8.3 DE~YS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME menl% paymenls will be made on account of materials or 8.3.1 Il lhe Conlractor is delayed at any hme in the proD- equq)menl not ,ncorporated in the Work but delivered tess of the Work by any acl or neglect ut Ihe Owner or and suitably ~lored al Ihe sde and, if approved in ad- the Architect, or by any employee of either, or by any vat,ce hy the Owner, payments may simdarly be made separate conlraclor employed I)y the Owner, or hy h~r m.lh.rhd~ (~r equq)n~c'nt suilalJly slored at some other changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, [ire, I(~c,Hion agreed up~)n in wriling. Payment~ for .:aterials unusual delay in lran~p()rtah()n, .l(Jv('fNe we.llh('r (()il(h- ,~r ~'~llnl)fW~f'rll ~l()ri'(J ,~fl ()f (d~ Ih~: ~ile ,;il,ill ~)(~ con- tions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties, dit,(~f~,.d up()n ~uhmi~ion hy the Contractor o~ bills of or any causes beyond the ('()nlractor'~ conlrol, or t)y de- ~,lh, ()r ~ll(h olh(,r pr()((,diir(,~ ~,lll~factory Io Ih(~ Owner lay authorized by the Owner pendin~ arbitration, or by Io e~t.,hh~h Ih~ ()wner'~ lille lo such materials o~ equip- any other cause which the Architect determines may m~,nr ,)r (nherwi~e prolect the Owner's in~erest, ~ncludin~ justity the delay, then the Contract Time shall be ex- .~ppli~.mhl(, insurance and transportation to the ~ite for tended by Change Order f(~r su(h reasonai)le lime a~ the liw~(, m,d('ri,,Is and equq)mtml ~tomd off fl~e site. Archilect may determine. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants lhat title to all Work, 8.3.2 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in m,,lerh~ls and equ,pment covered by an Application for writing lo the Architect not more than Iwenty days after I'aymef~/will pass 1() the Owner either by incorporation in ~he commencement of the delay; olherwise it shall be lhe c~m~lru(;li~m ~r upon lhe receipt of payment by the waived. In Ihe case o[ a continuing delay only one claim ('~.~h,,~ h~r, wh~cl,w~'r (~:<'ur~ first, free and clear of all is necessary. The C(Jnlraclor shall pre}vide an eslimale <~f li,.n~, (I.,~m~, ~'( Hrily ~lllere~l~ ()renc. umhrances, here~n- the probable eflect o1' such delay on the progress of the afler referred Io in this Article 9 as "liens"; and that no Work. W~,rk, malerials ~r ~,quipm~nl (ow,r~:d hy an Application h~r IMym~ml will h,~w~ h~e~ acquir('d [)y the Contractor, 8.3.3 If no a~reement is made stalin~ the dates upon ~r t)y any ~lher pers~)n performin~ Work at the site or which interpretalions as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.8 furnlshm~ maleri~l~ and equipmenl for the Project, sub- ~hall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be al- i(,(t N~ ,irl .u,,r('('nl('lll und('r which an inter(,sl dmrein or lowed on accounl o[ failure h~ iurnish ~uch inlerprela- an en(:umhran(e Ihereon is retained by the seller or other- lions un/il fifteen days after wrilten request is made wi~¢, nnl~'d IW Ih~, (:~lllr,l~ I()r ()r ~tl( h ~Hh~,r person. them, and n()t then unless ~uch Mail11 i~ reasonal)le. 8.3.4 Thi~ Paragraph ~.3 doe~ not exclude the recovery 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT ()( dama~e~ for delay by either party under other provi- 9.4.1 The ~rchite(t will, within ~even days a(ter ~he re- ~ion~ ()( the Contract ~ocuments. ceipt oi th~ Contractor'~ Application for Payment, either i~ue ,i Cerfifi('ale fc)r Paym(,nt to the Owner, with a ARTICLE 9 <()py t()the (:()ntra(t()r, h)r ~u(h amount as the Architect (Jet('fmin(,~ i~ pr()perly du~,, ()r n{)lify the Contractor in PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION wrltill~ hi~ rea~()ll~ f()r withh~)IcJinR a C(:rtlficate as pro- vided in Subparagraph 9.f~,1. 9.1 CONTRA~ SUM 9.4.2 [he i~uan(e ~f ,~ (:~rtificate f~ Payment will con- 9o1.1 The Cunlract Sum i~ slated in lhe Owner-Coniractor A~reement and, incluclin~authorized adiu~lments thereto, ~Ulul~.. ,~ representali~n hy the Architect to the Owner, h,~,d ~m ~l~ ~d)~,rvalu~n~ al ~h~, ~itc' as provided in Sub- ~ the t()tal amount payah[(~ hy the ()wner to tile (.:()nlra('- i)ar,lgr,q)h .... ~" ~ ,in(I the dala com[)ri~n~ the ,,XpFlication t~r f~)r the perf()rman(:e ~)( the W~)rk under lh~' ('<)nlra('t h,r l',~vm,,f~, II~,~t tl~, ~,~rk h,,, p,ogr(~(! u~ tt~e point I)()( umeflts, in(il( ,ll('(J: Ih,il, l() tile t)(,,,! (~ hl~ ~(nowt(~dge, ,nlormation 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES ,md h(,I..I, lh<. quahl¥ (~l' d~e ~¥,~rk i~ in a(:(:~rdance with 9.2.1 B(,f()r,, Ih~ fir~l Appli(a/i()n I(~ Paym(.nl, Ih(, C()n- Ih(, (()f~ll,l(I 13()('umenl~ (~uhie(l l~ an {.v,Hua~ion ~ the lrach)r ~hall ~uJ)n~il t() the Ar{hile(I a .(h(,(lule ,~1' vahu'~ ~V,)fk h~l ((nll(~fm.,rl(e willl Ill(, ( ~n f,~ct ,dl(J(',llJ'd I(~ Ihe vad~m~ p~)rh()n~ ~)i Ih(, W()rk. pr(,p,lred ,n ul)()n %tll)~hmli,iI ( ~ml)h'li~)n, tu Ihe rt,~uJr~ ~i any ~u(Jl I'()rnl .lll(I ~Ul)l)(.t(~(I by ~u(h data l() ~ul]~l,ifd,.ih' ~l.. (itli.fd h...I., f(.(tu,,,.(I IW ,,~ I~(uf~)rnl('d iJrl(J('r Ih(: a('('ura(v .l~ the Ar('hlto(t m,ly requir(, rh,~ ~(h,,duh,, un- I)()( um(,nl~, h) mnl()r (l(,viati~.l~ ~r()m the Contract Docu- I(?~ ()l)ie( led t() hy th,. Ar( hll(~t, q~all I)(. u~ed ()nly ,l~ ,~ m(,ul~ ((~rr,,, hihh, prs()r t(, ('()ml}lel,~)n. an(l t(~ any ~pecihc t).l~i~ t()r ih(' ('()fllra( t(,r'~ ~ppli( ,m,)n~ ff)r I',lymcnt. quahl,( ,H,()rl~ ~t,it,.(I in Jll~ ('(,rtific,~t(.)' and that Ih(. Q()n- Ira(hu ,,, ,.rmth.d I(~ IhiYm('f~l fn th(..,n~()u[lt 6.3 ArPLIEATIONS FOR PAYMENT th)w(.v,,r. I)y ,~uifl~ ,I (;('rtilt(:ate R)r t)aymfml, the Archi- 9.3.1 At lea~t ten day~ I)el()r~, the dah~ h)r each i)r(J~re~ h.( t ~h.,ll f.)l th~r,,l)y t)(, d~'em(:d to repre%(,nt that he t~as paymenl e%t.d)li~he(I in the ()wner-(;()rllr,lct()r ~r(.{~m(,nl. m.,(l(. (.~h.,u~liv~, ~)r ~'()nlint~)u~ ~)n-~it~' m~pe~tion5 tim (~()ntractor shall %ubm,t h) the Architect an itemi/(,(J (h(.( ~ th(. (luahty ()r (lU.mttly ()l the Work ,)r that I~e has Ai)[)h(,Hu)n for I~ayment. n()tarl/(~d if r('(luir~,(I. ~upI)()rte(I r'(.vi('w('(~ rl~(. ((m~lru( li()n me,iris, rneth(Jd% t(~chniques, .%e(lUence~ or I)rO~.edure.%, or Ihal he has made any exam- .~ re,,~mahle evidence Ihal lhe Work cannot be com- inalion lo ascertain how or for what purpose the C~)nlrac- pl(,led [~r the unpaid balance of the C~nlract Sum, lot has used the moneys p,evi~)usly I~u~d ()n ac(:uunl ot .5 dam,J~e lo lbo Owner or anolher contractor, the Contract Sum. .6 ~easonal)le evidence lhal Ihe Work will not be com- pleled wilhin Ihe Conlracl Time, or 9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS .7 p~,rsisl(~nl f,nhire Io carry oul the Work in accord- 9.5.1 Atter the Architecl has issued a Cerlificale rot Pay- nme wilh Ih~ ('~mlra('l menl, the Owner shall make i)aymenl in Ihe manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documenls. 9.6.2 When lbo abow~ ~r~unds in Subparagraph ~).6.1 are r~,m~w~.d, i),,ym~,nl d~all he mnd~, ~or am~unl', wilhheld 9.5.2 [he Contractor shall promplty pay each Subc~m- I)~,~,m~, ~1 Ihem. Iractor, up~m receipt o~ paymenl fr~nn lhe Own{~r, ~ul ~1 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT lhe amount paid I() the Contra(:lor ()n accounl of Sul)(()nlra(h~r'~ Work, lhe am~)unl I~)whi(h ~ai(I Suhi(.~ ~.7.1 I~ Ihi, Ar(hih,(l (l(.,.. m)l i~u(~ a ('(,rlifi~,Jl(~ f()r Jraclur ~s enlitled, relleclmR Ihe percenla~e aclually re- I'.iym~nl, II.{m~h n~lnuh ()~ Ih~,(;~mlra(.l()r, wilhm ,even tamed, if any, from paymenls Io the Conlraclor on ac- (Jay~ d(h'r u'(eipl ()( Ihe (;(m~r'a(l(~r's ,AppJicali()n ff~r Pay- count of such Suhcontract~)r's Work. The C()nlraclor shall, mi~n~, (Jr il {hi' ()wm,r d(.,~ n(~l pay lhe Cr)ntr.icl()r within I)y an appropriatea~reement wilh each 5ubct)ntracl()r, re- ~.~.~n d,ly~ .dler lh<~ dnh, ~'~h~bli~h~,d .n lbo C()nlr.~ct Clear(, each Suhcontra, t()r t~ mak4. p.,~'m.'nl% Jr) h.~ ~,J~- I~,~ IilTii,Pl~ .ifl~ .llllllllf)l (,'rl.li('d J~,.' ]Jl,. ,,M~lulect ~)r %tlJ)(l)llJld(J()l'5 in ~lflllJ,l[ fll,lnn(,f. ,l~%,lltJJ.~l ~ ,~rJilJl,lJl()fl. IJl(~rl TIT(, ~ :,nlra~t(~r [It,~v ~l.~.i,~ ,llJ(Jlll~)~t.i~ ~,!~'~ ",'rllll,jl [l()Jl(e I() the ()w~" 9.5.3 The Archilecl md}', ur1 re(jue~l allJJ ,ii hl~ di~(.r(,li()ll, Ill~, ,'~l( h,l(,( I, ~h~l~ l~l(, ~'~rk iiIlllJ j),lyln('nl ~Jl JJl(? iurnJ~h Io ,iny SIIJ)('Olil~a('J()l', ii' i)ra~ h( ,d)h., inJ()lnl,ili(Hi ~l~Vlli~', Jhl', tJi'i'tl ft'( ('IV~'IJ. I I,~. ( f)llJhl(I ~llfll ',hnlJ J~(~ re~;rdill~ IJle j)[tfCUl~J,l~('~ {)l (()nlpJt'hi)n ()f the allt()Ulll~ (l(,,l~(,(J J~v IJl~, ,1111()uiii ()j lh~ (.()rlJracl()r'. applied for by th~, C()nlra~l()r an(l Ih,~ ,l( ti(in lakefl Ih~,r~,- ~1~ , ~1 ~J,ul (J,,~%'n, ~h,lnv ,m,I ,,I,~rl-tip, '..vim h ,Jhlll I)~ ()n J)y the ~r('hlle(I ()n ,l(c()ufJt ()l ~'(~rk (il)lie J)y ~ll~Jl h'(h'(l J)~ .ipl)l()lJrl,lh, (.Jl,lll~(' ()rd~,r in ,i(((}r(Jani(t 9.8 SU~STANTIAL COMPLETION 9.5.4 Neilher th(' Owner nc~r lhe Archil~,~l ~hall hnve ()J)Jigallon I() pay ur lo ~e Io Ihe i)aynit, nl ()j ,iny m()llUyq 9.11.1 Wh(.n Ih(, C()lllra(li)r (~)r)~i~l(~rs thai lbo W()rk, or I() any Suhc()nlr,lctOr eX(el)l a% may ()lh(,rwi%(, be required n (l('~l~tl,lJi'(J iw)rli()n lh(~r~,~)l wJli(h J~ ,tc(:~.phlJ)h, I() the by law. ()wner, e~ ~ul)stanlially (:()mplele as defined in Sul)para- ~r,ll)h JJ. I {, Iht, (~{)rllr,l( J(Jr ~h;lll pr('p,~re f()r ~).5.5 N() (;erhfi('al(, h)r a I)r()Rre~ paymenl, n()~ ,iny I() Ih(' Ar'('hrh,(I ,1 IJ~t o( iH,ms to he compleled ()r col J)rJi~rJ'~ j),Wm(,nl n()r ,lflV parlJaJ c)r ('nlir(, Jl~(' ()r (i(('iJ- i'{'( h'(J. Ih(, J,JlJll[(, J() ii1( Ill(il, ,inV ll(,r~l~ ()1~ ~LI(Jl li~l i)an(y ()1 IJll, I~u)letl hy Ihe ()WlJi.r, ~hall conslilllle ,in n()l ,libor Ih(, r(,~l)~)fl~ii)~lity ()t Ih(' ('()lllra(lor lo ('()mpJele ,l((upl,in(e ,~i any ~'(~k n()l tn ,l((()r(J,ln(J, wilJl Ih(~ (;()11- all W()fk Jn ,l((()r(Jnflce wilh lJl(~ (;()nlr,l(;l I)()(:Llnlenl~. Ir,l( I J )[)( Ulllenls. Whell Ih(, ~r(hil(~cl ()n Ih(, t)a~i~ (~f an inspection deler- milll,~ Ih,il Ih(, W()rk (~r (h'.,i~naled p()~li[m ther(,~)f i~ ~uh- 9.~ ~AYM[NTS WITHH[LD, ~I,IIIli,lJIv ~ ~)llll)ll'll,, hi' w'll iJll'fl pr(,I)arP ,I ('erlil'i( ,lie 11.6.1 The /~rchile(l may (l('(IJnl, h) (erli[y J)a¥111elll an(J ~uJ)~l,lnli,d (~(llllpll'li(,i whi(h ~haJl eslaJ)lish Ihe J)ah, of may wilhhol(t hi~ (;(,rhli~ ,ill, I11 wh(dl. ¢~r in pad. I() Ih~' %ul)~l.lnlhd ('(,llph,lil~l), ~h,lll ~l,lh, lhl, r(,~l)()n~ihilili{,~ ~.~lt,lll II('~{,~dr¥ ~(,d~{)ll,~J)Jv 1(~ pl(~h,(I IJle ()wnel, ii in IJle ()wn{'~ nn(J Ii1(, ('()nlra(l()r [~)r socLIrily, nh~Jnl(~nnnce, h,~ {)t)mi~m h(, i~ LlnaJ)le l() n]ake repre~enl,~li[)ns I() Ihe he,il, ulilili{,~. (J,lm,l~(~ Il) Ihl, W()rk, and insuran(~', ,]nd ()wner ,)~ pr()vi(l(,d in S~ihpar,l~hli)h ().4.2. If Ihe Ar(t~ilecl ~h,lJl hx lin, Inll,, w~lhin wh~('h Ih(, ('(,~lr.~( h)r ~hnll tk Jln,lt)[{, I~) ill,lkf, reprl.~i,r~hJll()ll~ I() IJll, ()wrll,r ,is pr()- i)h,h, rill. ill,nl~ li~ll,[J IJli,rl,ill. ~',lrr,llllil*~ rf,quiri,(J hv th~, ~tiJe(J In ~uJJJi,if,l~lal)Jl (1.4.~ ,lll(J I() ((~rllly p,l~'llll'llJ ill Jill2 ( ()fill,l( I I)(){ IIIIl('flJ% ~Jl;IJJ (()fllf11('fl('(~ ()n th(~ I),ll(~ ()f nnl~)unl iH' Jhe /~ppli(',lli, Jn. he will ill)li(v the [~)nlr,i('lJ)r ~l,nlli.d ( ~nll~h.li()n ~J( Iht, ~,T,/()r~ t)r ct(,~i~ll~lll~(J ,,~ pr()vicJj,(J ill SLihl),ir,l~raph ~L4.1. If Ih{, (~l)nlr,t('t(~r ,111(l JJil,r~,(iJ tlllJ(,,,,, ~)lh(,rwi~l, prrwi(I,,{I in lh~ ~'t,rlit'ic;ll(, till, ,'~rlJllh,iI i,iIIIl{~l .17,~.1, ~111 ,i ll,xi,,i.lJ ,lllll)llllJ, Jill' ~llJp, l,lllll.lJ { ~lllJJh'h*,l IJu' { ~'lllt'll,lh' ~H' '~llJ),.hHllhlJ Arthil(,(I ~%.iJJ pl'(n~ij~lJ~ i%~[11, ,I ('t'rJllli,lle J'()l I),lyfll('lll ('()lllpl('ll()fl ',h,lJJ J)l' ',llJlllilJJi'(J Ii) Ihe ()wnl'r an(J the re~(,tlhlli(Hl~ lfl Iht' (3wrll,r Jill, ,,~r'( h,h'( I mdv ,~l~{) (lc( line hddn,~ .l~,,lll,(J h~ II1('111 in ~tl( h ('l,rtifi(,ll(, I)r,'vu~HkJv i~.,Jlt'(J, il) ~lllJl !~,l]J ,l~ II1,1¥ J)l, II!'(l'~,,,llV ill Ir,il h,r ,lll(J ,~'rlill(,lli~nl J~, IJ~, .,~r(Jllh,~'J, IJl~, ()wll~.l Jll~ J~j)lllll~ll J(i J)~d~'~l lJ~, ()~i~,I 11~111 Jl)~ J){,{,l(l~, i)j'; iJJ,J~,l, jl,i~ll~,llJ, I('lJ~,~ Jtll~'~ ,ilJjlpllll~,~)J ill ll'J,till,l?,i', ~J' I1,1( t J )l)l IIIIIl'llJ~. .3 fn~lur~' ~( till~ (;~mlr,ul~r h~ I11,~kl' p;Wmenl~ pr~)p- ~.9.1 J~p~m r~'~'il)l ~f ~'rilJl'll IlllJll~, Ih.il Ih~' W~r~ I,qllipllll,nl, ~ (,ipl , ~i .i I'ill.lJ Appli~ .~lJ~)n (~)r J~,tynl~,nl. Ih~, ..~r~'hih'~ I will promptly make such in,,pecti(m and, when he hnds Itl(, 9.9..5 Ih~, ,~cc~rphln(~' ~Jf final p~,ymenl shall constitute a Work acceptable under the Ccmlra~:l l)()cumenls ,~nd d~e ~v.u~.~ ,,I ,~ll claim~ by lhe Conlracl~r except those previ- Contract fully performed, he will promplly issue a final ~u~,ly m,~d~, in ~rilinR and identified by lhe Cerlificale Jot Payment slalin~ thai to Ihe besl t)[ i~is ,is un,.tqlh,d al Ih,: lime t~[ Ihe tinal Applic,~ii(~n for Pay- knowledge, information and belief, and on lhe h,~sis ~t his observations and inspections, the Work has be, eh corn- ARTICLE 10 pleted in accordance with the lerm~ and conditions of the Contrac~ Documem~ and Ihal the enlire balance R~und t~ PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY be due Ihe Comraclor, and holed in said final Cerlil'it:ale, 10.1 SAFETY PReCAUtIONS AND PROGRAMS is due and payable. The Archilecl's final Certificate for Payment will conslilute a further represenlati(m Ihal Ihe 10.1.1 lt~, (~.~lrd(.l~)r ~hall be resp~msit)l~, G~ inihaling, conditions precedenl to the Contractor's being entilled to mamh.nmg ,md supervising all safely pr~,caulions and hnal payment as set forth in Subparagraph 9.9.2 have been pu~gram~ m ~mnecmm wilh Ihe Work. fulfilled. i0.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 9.9.2 Neither the final paymenl nor the remaining re- 10.2.1 11., (:~.~{r,~(h~r st~,~ll h,k~, ,~11 ru,~m,~t~h, precau- tamed percentage shall becume due unllJ the (:c)ntraclur tf~.l~ I~)r th~ ~alttty ~f, and ~hall prc>v~de .,il reasonabl~ submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that all payrolls, pr()le(t,(m t<) pr(.vent damage, inlury (~r l(~ss bills for materials and equipmenl, and other indebledness .1 ,,11 (~ml)l~yee~ on the Work and ,dl ~)fl~er persons c()nnected wilh Ihe Work for which the Owner ()r hi~ wh(~ nldy t){, ,~ffe(h,d lhereby; p,operty might in any way I)e re,pons,hie, have been paid .2 ,,11 Ihe W()rk and all materials and equipment to (~r ~)therwise salisl'ied, (2) consent ()~ surety, i~ any, lo tmal I.. mc(~q)(~ra[~'(t lher~'m, wheth~'r m ~toragu on payment and (3i, i~ required by Ihe ()wner, other dala (fi[ the ~ile, under lh(~ cdre, cusl(~dy ur c()nlrol of eslablishin~ payment or satisfaction (~( all such ()blit~a- the ('()r)lra('lor ~)r ,,ny (~ his 5ubi,,13'l.Jclors Or lions, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens ar~s- ~uh.~t~J}( ()nit ~('l()r~' m~ out oi the Contract, 1(~ the exh'nl ,~n(J in ~ti('h h~rm a~ may I)e designated by the Owner. Ii any Sub( onlracl(;r ( hi(JiltS', Ir~,[" ~hruh~ J~i~n~, .~',~Jk5, refuses lo furnish a r~lease or waiver required I)v tt~t~ ;,~.,(J,,v,w,.. ~rt,< lur~'~ ~:~rJ ~t~ii ,~,¢ n(d .t~-.i~;rL~ted Owner, Ihe Conlract()~ may ~urnish a h~)n(t ~atisfacl()ry ~f) rum~w,H, rr,~(,~l'~r3 ,~, r~,plat~.m,,,n ~rt thi, c()ur~e the Owner t(, indemnify him aRa,nst ,my such lien. If any ~uch lien remains un~ahsfied afler all payments nre mail,,, th,, ('l)ntr,it'l()r ~hall r~'(IIn(J t() Ihe ()wm,r jif nl(~n 111.2.2 I1~,, ( <~nlf,,~ I,,~ ',h,,ll ~lv(, ,~ll n<,~,, ~,. ,,~*J eys that the latter may be c()mpelled to pay m (J,~char)~m~ wHh ,~11 ,,[)ph( al~h. L,w~, ,~rdm,,n(~:s, rulu,., r'~'~;~,,l~r~s and ~u(h lien, m('ludinR all ('(~I~ and reasonable atl()rney~' I,,wml ~)r(i(,rs ~n' ,my pHhli~ dllfh()rlty [)(~,,ru~R ~}n t]le safety 9.9.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final iniury ~)r (-(m~pl,,li()n Ih(,reo~ is mah, rially (lelay~,d thr()u~h no fault I(I.Z.3 Ih(. ( ~mh,,( l()r ~1~.~[I ~'r{'tt ,,lid m.~lrll.iln, .1~ re- ()l the Contractor or by the issuance o~ Chanse Order~ (luir~'(I hy existinl~ c<)nd,ti()n~ ,md pr(~Rress ,~f the Work, af~e('tin~ hnal completion, and the Archilect ~o conl'irms, all rea~(,~al)le sale~u,~r(l~ f()r ~a~ety and l)rotecti()n, in- the Owner shall, upon applicalion by the Contractor and ctudin~ p~)stin~ (I,~n~er si~n~ ~nd mher warnings aRainst (;(~rtificati(m by the Architect, and without lerminatin~ ha/ar(is, promulRatin~ safely r(,~ulati()m, dnd notifyin~ It,, (-~)ntract, make paym{,nl ,~ th~. h,dan('e du{, h)r thai ()wn,,~...,mi u'.,'~'. ~ .~(li.,~ ,.hi r['maininR balance for W()rk not fully c()mplet(,d or cor- 10.2.4 Wl,,n th~, u~(, r)r ',Ir)raRe ~)f expG)~ive~ or ~ther re(:ted is les~ than the retainaRe ~lipulated in the Contract ha/,~r(tr)u~ materials ()r ,,quipmenl is ne((,~sar¥ f~r the ,n Paragraph 7.5, the written c()n~ent ~)[ the surety I() lhe u1111{)~1 ~,.e ,md ~hall (,Irty ~)ri NLJ( h achviti('~ under payment ()~ lhe balance due tor that portion ()f Ihe W~)r~ ,,ul){,rvi~i(.I (~f pr~p{'rlv (lualiti('(J p~,r~(mn(,I. fully (ompleled and accepted ~l)all be submitted by the Cnntractor tn the Architect prior t() certification o~ such ]0.2.5 Ihe C()nlra(l(~r shall promptly remedy all damage payment. ~uch payment shall he made under the terms ()r I()~s ~olher than dam,~e or loss insured under Para- and (;ondili()n~ ~(wernin~ final payment. ('x('ept lhat il Rraph 1 I.{} t() any i)r()T)erty r(,[erre(I lo in Clau~,; 10.2.1.2 ~hall not c()n~litu/e a waiver of claims, an(I h).2. l.{ caused in whole ()r in [),irt by the C~)ntractor, ,lily N~il~('()ntractor, ,lfly Sub-subc(~ntractor, ~)r anyone di- 9.9.4 The makin~ of final payment shall constitute a rectly ()r indirectly empG)yed by ,my ~[ them, ()r h~' any- waiver ()( all claims hy the Owner (,x('ept Ihr)~e arihin~ ,,~,. I()f wh~)~(, ,1(1% .ifiy f)f Ih(,m may h,, li,~hl(, and .1 un~ettledlien~, and 1()2.1.~, ~'x(ept (I,m~a~e (. I(~,, allribuh~t)le to .2 faulty or defective Work ,,pp(,arin~ after Sub~lantia] .l( I~ (~r ()mi~i()n~ ~)( Ihe (3wm~r ()r A~, hit('.(I (~r .3 failure of the W()rk h) ('~)mply wilh Ih{, u'(imre- .mv, m~, f(~r wh(~' ,1( I,, ~'ill,'~ ~ th~.m m,W h~, li.~hG,. ltlertl~ ()~ the (~()ntracl I )f)('tllll~nls, ()r rl~,l ,Hhiht,hlhle t,) Ih(, ta;ffll {)r n(,~h~(,n(e (,* :ht~ .4 terms o( any ~pe('ia[ warranti~,~ r(,quired hy thu 1(, I'h,, h~,(,m,m~,. ~hli~,,.,l~()n~ ~)( the C',n~tr,~ t~)r .~r{' in ('()nlra( I I)o( ~Jm~'nl~. ,~(l(ht~(~u t,~ h~.. (~hlmat~(,l~ tm(l(,r I',lra~r,Hd, ,1. AIA ~CUMEN[ A~I · (,LNIKAL (()NI)III(.JNS ()l' lilt C()NfRA( ! f()R { ()N%IRLJ( III)N e IIIIRIIINIII I IHFI()N - /XIJ(,L)%I 1~7G AIA~ · lc) I~ITG · It{t; AMIRI('AN INSlITI~ll I~f ARI'HlifI'IS 171~ NIW Y(JRK AVI~IH ~VV. W,aSlIIN(;I~)N J)( ,'~1~ ~]JJl-'J~ 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible mere- coverages afforded under the policies will not be can- bet of his organization at the site whose duty shall be Ih· celled until at least thirty days' prior written notice has prevention of accidenls. This person shall be the Contrac- been gwen lo the Owner. tot's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Contractor in writing to the Owner and the Architect. 11.2.1 The Owner-shall be responsible for purchasin8 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part and maintaining his own liability insurance and, at his of the Work to be loaded so as !o endanger its safety, oplion, may purchase and maintain such insurance as 10.3 EMEIIGENCIES will protect him against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. 10.3.1 In any emergency affectin8 the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at his discretion, to 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall pur- compensation or extension of time claimed by the Con- chase and maintain property insurance upon the entire tractor on account of emergency work shall be deter- Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This mined as provided in Article 12 for Changes in the Work. insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the ARTICLE 11 Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and ex- tended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for INSURANCE physical loss or damage including, without duplication of 11.1 CONTRACTOR°S LIABILITY INSURANCE coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief. If the Owner does not intend to purchase such insurance for 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such the full insurable value of the entire Work, he shall in- insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below form the Contractor in writing prior to commencement which may arise out of or result' from the Contractor's of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance operations under the Contract, whether such operations which will protect the interests of himself, his Subcontrac- be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone dj- tors and fl~e Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by ap- rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- propriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged one for whose acts any of them may be liable: to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by failure of .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, the Owner to purchase or maintain such insurance and to disability benefit and other similar employee bene- so noilly the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all fit acts; reason;Ihle r'osts prop~,rly altrihulable theret~. If not cov- ered under the all risk insurance or otherwise provided .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, oc- cupational sickness or disease, or death of his in the C~ntract Documents, the Contraclor shall effect employees; and mainla,n similar property insurance on porhons of the Work stored off the site or in transit when such por- .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick- lions of the Work are to be included in an Application ness or disease, or death of any person other than for I'aymenl under Subparagraph 9.3.2. his employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal in- 11.3.2 The Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler jury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by and machinery insurance as may he required by the Con- any I),~rson as a result o[ nn ()l'lense directly or in- tracl I')ocum{.nl~ ()r by Iow /his insurance, ~hall include the inleresls of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontrac- directly related to the employment of such person Ir)rs and Sub-subconlractors in the Work. by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; .S claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, 11.3.3 Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11.3.1 is to because of injury to or destruction of tangible be adjusted with the Owner and made payable to the property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may and appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable .6 claims for damages because of bodily iniury or mort);age~, ('laos{, and ~1' Subparagraph 11.3.8. The Con- death of any person or property damage arising tractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any OUt of the ownership, maintenance or use of any insurance moneys received by the Contractor, and by ap- motor vehicle, propriale agreement, wrilten where legally required for validity, shall require each Subcontractor to make pay- 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall ments to his Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. be written for not less Ihan any limit~ of liability specified in the Contract Documents, or required by law, which- 11.3.4 The Owner shall file a copy of all policies with the ever is greater. Contractor before an exposure to loss may occur. 11.3.5 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance 11.1.3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 f~r risk~, olher than th~)',e described in Subparagraphs shall include contractual liabilily insurance applicable to 11.3.1 and 11.3.2 or other special hazards be included in Ih· Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18. tile property insurance policy, lhe Owner shall, if pos- 11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to lhe Owner sihle, include such insurance, and the cosl thereof shall shall he filed with Ihe Owner prior lo commencement of be charged Io the Contraclor by appropriale Change the Work. These Certificates shall contain a provision Ihat Order. AIA DOCUMENT A2~1 · GENf-R^L CC)NDITI()NS OF rile (':¢)N1RA('T I()R ('()N%TRI. ICrI()N · TIIII(I'I;I'NTIt [[)ITIC)N · ALJC;UST 1976 16 A201-1976 AIA~ · r.~ 1976 · rt1[ AMERICAN INSIIIUI! ()F ARCItlIECfS, 1735 NtW Y()RK AVENUI, NW, WASItlNt;r(JN, [.~C. 21~0~V, 11.3.6 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against ARTICLE 12 (1) each other and the Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, agents and employees each of the other, and (2) the CHANGES IN THE WORK Architect and separate contractors, if any, and their sub- contractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, 12.1 CHANGE ORDERS tot damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 12.1.1 A Change Order is a written order to the Contrac- 11.3 or any other property insurance applicable to the tot signed by the Owner and the Architect, issued after Work, except such rights as they may have to the pro- execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the ceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as trustee. Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Con- The foregoing waiver afforded the Architect, his agents tract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may and employees shall not extend to the liability imposed be changed only by Change Order. A Change Order by Subparagraph 4.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor, as signed by tile Contractor indicates his agreement there- with, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or appropriate, shall require of the Architect, separate con- tractors, Subcontractor.,, and Sub-~ubcontractors by ap- d,.~ £~(~nlrdct Time. propriate agreements, written where legally required for 12.1.2 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may validity, similar waivers each in favor of all olher parties order changes in the Work within the general scope of enumerated in this Subparagraph !1.3.6. the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being 11.3.7 If required in writing by any party in interest, the adjusted accordingly. ~\11 such changes in the Work shall Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured be authorized by Change CJrder, and shall be performed loss, give bond for the proper performance of his duties, under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu- He shall deposit in a separate account any money so re- ments. ceived, and he shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in ac- 12.1.3 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a cordance with an award by arbitration in which case lhe ~ hdn§e ~n lll~, W~rk ~hall b~, determined in one or more procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 7.9. If after oi; Ihe ~ollowing ways: such loss no other special agreement is made, replace- .1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly ment of damaged work shall be covered by an appropri- itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating ate Change Order. data to permit evaluation; .2 hy unil prices slated in the Conlract Documents or 11.3.8 The Owner as Irustee shall have power to adjust subsequently agreed upon; and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the .3 by cost Io be determined in a manner agreed upon parties in interest shall object in writing within five days hy the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or after the occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power, and if such obiection be made, arbitrators shall be percentage fee; or .4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4. chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9. The Owner as trustee shall, in that case, make settlement with the insurers in 1:2.1.4 If none of the meth~ds set forth in Clauses .~ccordance with the directions of such arbitrators. If dis- 12.1.~.1, '12.1.3.2 or 12.'1.3.3 is agreed upon, the Contrac- tribution of the insurance proceeds by arbitration is re- tDr, provided he receives a written order signed by the quired, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. Owner, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such Work shall Ihen be determined by the 11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a Architect on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Corn- savings of those performing the Work attributable to the pletion thereof, such occupancy or use shall not corn- change, including, in the case of an increase in the Con- mence, prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner trac! Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. and Contractor and to which the insurance company or In such case, and also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and 12.1.3.4 companies providin8 the property insurance have con- above, the Conlractor shall keep and pr~'.,ent, in such sented by endorsement to the policy or policies. This in- form as the Archilect may prescribe, an itemized account- surance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of lng together with appropriate supportin§ data for inclu- such partial occupancy or use. Consent of the Contractor sion in a Change Order. Unless otherwise provided in and of the insurance company or companies to such the C~ntract Documenls, cost shall be limited to the roi- occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld, lowing: cosl of materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery; cost Df labor, including social security, old age 11.4 LOSS OFUSEINSURANCE and un~,mployment insurance, and fringe benefits re- 11.4.1 The Owner, at his option, may purchase and main- quir¢,d by agreemenl or custom; workers' c,r workmen's rain such insurance as will insure him against loss of use compensalion insurance; bond premiums; rental value of of his property due to fire or other hazards, however equipment and machinery; and the additional costs of caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the supervisio, n and field office personnel directly attributable Contractor for loss of use of his property, including con- to the change. Pending final determination of cost to the sequential losses due to fire or olher hazards however Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Archi- caused, to the extent covered by insurance under this tect's Certificate for Payment. The amount of credit to be Paragraph 11.4. allowed by the Col~tractor to the'Owner for any deletion AIA OOCUMIENT A2~1 · ~"NERAL CONDITIONS Or THE CONTRACT fOR C()NC, TRUCII()N · IIIIRTI~ENTI-I EDITION · AUGUST 1976 AIAe ~, (~ 1976 · 1HE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 17.15 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2000~ A201-197& 17 or change which results in a net decrease in the Contracl The Contraclor shall carry out such written orders Sum will be the amount of the actual net cost as con- promptly. firmed by the Architect. When both additions and credils covering related Work or substitutions are involved in ARTICLE 13 any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis ()~ the net increase, if any, UNCOVERING ANO CORRECTION OF WORK with respect to that change. 13.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.5 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents 13.1.1 If any porhon of the Work should be covered con- or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities orig- trary to the requesl (}f the Architect or to requirements inally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change specifically expressed in the Conlract Documents, it must, Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the if required ill writing by the Architect, be uncovered for quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial in- his observation and shall be replaced at the Contractor's equity to the Owner or the Contraclor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted, expense. 12.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS 13.1.2 If any ()tiler portion of tile Work has been covered which Ih· Architect has not specifically requested to ob- 12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the ``eryc pri~)r lo beinp, covered, Ihe Architect may request performance of the Work below the surface of the ground I(~ ``e~' ',il( h W()rk ,,nd ii %hall he uncovered t)y Ih~ ('~¢)rl- ¢)r should concealed or unknown c¢)ndltion~ in an existing traclor. It ``uch W~rk b~? f(~und in accordance wHh the structure be at variance with the cundilion~ indicated by C.~)ntracl I)ot ument~, lh~ co~t of uncovering and replace- the Contract Documenls, or should unknown physical menl ~hall, by appr~priate (;hdnge Order, be charred conditi(~ns below Ih· surface (;f Ih(. ground ()r shouht Il.. ()wr..f Ii ~tJ~ h W()rk I)(. f(~ufl(] lldH rn a((r~f(lan~ ~' willl concealed or unknown condi/i()ns in an existing structure the (:rnllr,]cl I)o(umenls, the ( ontractor sha;l pay such of an unusual nalure, differmR materially from those ordi- (o~1~ unh,~,. ,I t)e f~und Ihdl Ibm (~ndih~n was caused narily encountered and Renerally recoRnized as inherent by Ih~ ()w~'r (~r a separale c(~nlractor ds provided in in work of the character provided for in this Conlract, be Arti~ le h, ,n whl~ h event the (~wner shall be resp~n~ble encountered, the Contract Sum shall be equilably ad- f(~r Ih· payment ~f such cosl~. lusted by Change Order up(~n claim t)y either party made within twenty days a~ter the first observance of the 13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK conditions. 13.2.1 1he ('onlractor ~hall promptly correct all Work 12.3 C~IMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST reje( I~,rl t)y I1.~ Ar(hite(l a~ defective or as faihng lo con- fl)tm h~ Iht, (~(,hlra(t [~r~cum(.nts whether observed 12.3.1 If the Conlractor wishes to make a claim for afl f()r(~ ~Jr .l~h,r SulJ~l,ulllal (:r)mf)J(Hi()n ,md whelh(;r ~)r ,ncr·as· in the Q~)ntract Sum, he shall give the Architect Mbrlcated. m~talled ~r completed. The Contractor shall wr,tten notice thereof within twenty days after the occur- bear all *~ts ~f correct,l~g such rejecte(J W~rk, includin~ reno· of the event giving rise to such claim. This nolice c~mpensati~n (or Ib~, Ar~hilect's additional services made shall be given by the C()ntractor before proceeding Io n(,(e~ary thereby. execule the Work, except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall pro- 13.2.2 It, within one year a~ter the Date of Substantial ceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim (~ompl,,tion of the Work or designaled portion thereo~ or shall be valid unles~ so made. If lhe Owner and the Con- willlig~ ~ne year ,IU~'r a( (:,.F)larl~ [. by the Owner ~f de~ig- traf. tor cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in naled equipment ~r within ~uch longer period ~)f lime the Contract Sum, it ~hall be d~.h,rmined hy the Archilect. may h(~ i~,(.~(rli),.d hy law ~r I~y ti,, term~ (~( .,ny apl~li- Any change ~n the Contract Sum resulting from such ~ablf, special warranly required by the Contract Docu- ~ laim ~hall he authorized by Change Order. menlo, any ~f the W~rk i~ f~und I~ t)e defective ~r n~t in a(cordance with th~' (~{~nlract I)o~uments, the C~)nlractor 12.3.2 If the C{)nlra('lor cl.,im~ Ihal additional co~t ~ in- ~hall c~)~r~'~l ii i~l()nll~lly after r('cuipt o( ,i written rl(~llce vr)lved because oi, bul nol limited lo. (1) any wrillen Ir()m Ill{. ()wrier h) (1(~ ~(~ IIn[(,,,~ Ihe Own(.r ha', previ()u~lv inh'rl)relahor~ pursuanl lo Sul)l)araRral)h 2.231, (2) any ~.v(~n d~(, ( ~)nlr.l(l()r a wr~llen ,l~(eplan(e ~)1 ~uc h cundi- order by the Owner to stop the W()rk pursuant to Para- ~i(.~. lh~,. ,d)li~ati~m ~hall '.urviv(, N'rmln.lti()fl (~f ~r,lph .L3 wher. the C()ntra(h)r w.~ n~)l ,11 L~ulI, {3) any (,).ha(I. Ih(~ ()w.ur ',h,~ll ~l~{' su(h n(n.~ pr~mplly written order fo~ a minor chan~e in the Work issued pur- al'l(,r (Ji~('()v('fy ()~ ilw, ~uanl to Paragraph 12.4, or {4) [ailur(. of paymenl by C)wner pursuant I~) ParaRraph qT. tho Contractor ~hall 13.2.3 ~Jlf, ( ()fllr,,(h)r ~hail mnl~)v(. ~u~nl die ~i1{, all make such claim as pr()vid(,d in SubparaRraph 12.3,1. t.)f)~ (~1 Ih~, W()rk wire h ,,re (h,l(.(liv(, ()r 12.4 MINOR CHANGES IN 1HE WOrK 4.~ l, 1{2.1 ,md 1{.2.2. ,ml('~ rc'm~val i~ waived HV ~he 12.4.1 The Archile(l will hav{. aulh()rily lO ()rder mm()r ( chanRes in the Work not inv~Jlvin~ an adjustmenl in the (:{)ntracl Sum or an exlen~i()n ()1' Ihe (:()nlract Time and 13.2.~ If dl{, ( ()nlrac h~r lad,. I(J (:orre(I (J~f~,( ~ive ~)r n()t incon~islent wilh Ih(. inr(,nl of the Contract ~)cu- ~()flf~rmul)~ W()rk .~ pr~v.(h,d in Subpa?,lKraph~ 4.5.1, and shall he hindin~ on th(~ Owner and tt~e C()nlra('t~)r. wHh IL.,~raph AIA DOCUMENT A2[11 · ¢,tNIRAL C'()NU'JIIIf)N5 (')F TIlE (t)',Jll~A( I I(IR (()N',IRLJ(' Tl(.'~'4 · TIITI:TI:FNTlt [l)lrl¢)N · AlJ~%lJbf 1976 18 A201-1976 AiA'~ · r(~ Iq't', · ItlI ,~,MII~II"AN IN%IIIIJII: r)f ^k('llll[( I~ h'{', NI~.V ','(H(K AVI".,IJI, 1'4'~V . WA'-.IIl'.~t';l¢)t-; [1, ?¢H)O(~ 13.2.5 If the Contractor does not proceed with the cor- having juri~,(Ji~'tion, or as a result of an act of government, rection of such defective or non-conforming Work within such as a declaration of a national emergency making a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi- materials unav,'~ilahh., through no act or fault of the tect, the Owner may remove it and may store the mate- Contractor ur a Subcontractor or their agents or employ- rials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If ees or dny other per~ons performing any o~ the Work the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal under a contract with the Contractor, or if the Work and storase within ten days thereafter, the Owner may should he ~Iopped for a period of thirty days by the upon ten additional days' written notice sell such Work Contractor because the Architect has not issued a Certifi- at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net ~ate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.7 or because proceeds thereof, after deducting all Ihe co~ts that should the Owner has not made payment thereon as provided in have been borne by Ihe Contractor, includin8 compensa- Paragraph 9.7, Ihen the Contraclor may, upon seven addi- tion for the Archilect's additional service~ made necessary li~)n.d day~' wrttt~,n m~li('e Io the Owner and lhe Archi- lhereby. I[ such proceeds of ~ale d() n()t cover all costs tear, lermlnate the (.onlract and re, over from the Owner wh,ch the Contractor should have borne, the di~erence ~)aym~,nf f~r all VVork executed and for any proven loss shall be clear,ed to the Contractor and an appropriate ~ustamed upon any materials, equipmenf, tools, construc- Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or uon equ.pmet~t and machinery, including reasonable thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover prol~t and damages. such amount, the Contractor shall pay Ihe difference to the Owner. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER 13.2.6 The Contractor shall hear the cost of making good 14.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if he all work of the Owner or ~eparate contractors destroyed make~ a general assignment for the benefit of his credi- ()r damaged I)y such c()rre[:lion or rem()val. Ior% ~ ~l a u,~,~v(,r is ,~ppoinlerJ ~)n account of his in- 13.2.7 Nothin~ conlained in thi~ Paragraph 13.2 shall be solven(y, or if he persislently or repeatedly re[uses or construed to eslablish a period of limilalion wilh respect iail~, excepl i~1 cases for whi('h extension of time is pro- to any other c~hli~nli()n which Ihe C()fllracll)r mi~hl have vi(led, Ir) ~upl)ly en(~uRh properly skilled w~rkmen or under the Contract [)ocument~, inc[udin~ Para~ral}b 4.5 I)r()t)~'r m.d~'~lal~, ()r if I,, f.ul~ to make pr~)mpt payment hereof. The establishment of Ihe tim(, period o[ one year to 5uh('~ntra,.t~r~ ~r for materials or labor, or persistently after the Date of Substantial Completion or such longer (Ji~re~ard~ I,lws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders period o~ time as may be pre~cril)ed I)y law or by the of any puhli~ authorily havint~ jurisdiction, or oti~erwise terms of any warranty required hy the Contract Docu- is ~ullty ~t a ~ul)slanlial violati~n ~f a provision of the ments relates only Io Ihe ~pecific obli~alion of fl~e Con- ('onlra(I [)~( umenl% Ihen Ihe Owner, upon certification tractor to correct Ihe Work, and has no relationship to by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justity such the time within which hi~ oblisalion ~o comply with the acli~n, may, wilhoul prejudi(e lo any right or remedy and Contract Documents may be sought Io be enforced, n~r a(ter ~ivinR lhe C~ntra( tzar and his surety, if any, seven t~ the t~me within which pr~ceedinRs may he com- days' wrdten noli(e, terminale the employment of the menced to e~tablish the Conlra( tot% lial~dily with respe~'t ('~nlra(:lor and lake possession of the site a~ of all mate- Io hi~ obliRations other than ~pecifi~ally to c~)rrect the r~al~, ,,qu~t)menl, I(~o[~, ~n~lru(tion eqtupment and Work. ma~hin(,ry lhere~n owned hy lhe C~ntractor a~d may l'.ni~h lhe W(~rk I)y whah.v~'r melhod he may deem 13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFE~IVE OR NON-CONFORMING expedient. In su~ h ca~e the ( ~nlractor sh,dl not be WORK titled 1~ r(,(eive any further payment unlil th~, Work is 13.3.1 If the Owner prefer~ I~ accept defective or non- fmish~,(t. conformin~ Work, he may do ~o in~tead of requirin~ ils removal and corre('tion, in which (',~e a (:han~e Order 14.2.2 If Ih~. unl~.fid I~.fl.m~(,~f lh~' (:~ntracl Sum i,xceeds w~ll be issued to refh'ct a r~,duclion in the Contract Sum the ((~,ls ~[ finlsitin~ Ih~, ~'(~rk, including compensation under an ~)rder o[ ,,ny ((~url r)r olher puBli(: aulhorily ('~llr,lll. AIA'~ - ~'J I'):'~ ·ltlr z\,%I[RI(:AN IN~,IIIIJi[ ()1 AI((':IIIIfC1N, 17~1'~ N[W Y()RK AVINI. JI, N~,V., W/\'-,IIIN(;I()N, I)(~. :Z(~l)ll¥~ A201-1976 19 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.0! AIA DOCUMENTS A201- THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION: The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, American Institute of Architects, AIA Document A201, Thirteenth Edition, dated August, 1976, Articles 1 through 14 inclusive, are part of the Contract Documents and shall binding as if incorporated herein. Where any Article of the AIA General Conditions is supplemented, the provisions being considered as added hereto. Where any article of the AIA General Conditions is amended, voided, or superseded, provisions of such Article not so specifically amended, voided, or superseded, shall remain in effect. The General and Supplementary General Conditions are for the guidance of the Contractor, and shall be considered as forming a part of each section of these Specifications and as such, shall be binding upon the Contractor and the various Sub- contractors for each separate branch of work insofar as they may be in any applicable thereto. 1.02 AIA ARTICLE 2 ParaGraph 2.2.?: Add the following to the end of the. first sentence: "terms such as tag directed', 'as instructed', 'equal', and 'approved equal' to be by the Owner". ParaGraph 2.2.8: At the end of the paragraph, add the following: "if Contractor fails to make such request, no excuse will be thereafter entertained for failure to carryout work in a satisfactory manner. Should conflict occur in or between Drawings and Specifications, Contractor is deemed to have asked for and obtained written decisions before submission of Proposal as to which method or materials will be required." ParaGraph 2.2.12: Change item two of the second sentence from "tenth day" to the "thirtieth day". 1.03 AIA ARTICLE 1 ~ 1.3.1: Revise as follows, "Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor wlll be furnished, free of charge twenty (20) copies of Drawings and Specifications for the execution of the Work. Any additional copies required by the Contractor will be supplied at the cost of reproduction." SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 1.04 AIA ARTICLE 4 In the first sentence change "immediately" to "within thirty days". ParaGraph 4.12.4: Add the following at the end of paragraph, "the Contractor shall submit four copies of shop drawings for the attention of the Architect". All shop drawings, regardless of the source of origin, shall be submitted via the Contractor. Pa~a~ 4.18.3: Delete the words "or failure to give" from the sixth and eight lines. 1.05 ARTICLE ? - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS: Paragraph Delete and substitute the following: "?.5 Performance and Payment Bonds: The Contractor shall execute and deliver to the Architect within three days after the signing the Contract, a Performance and a Statutory Payment Bond." A. Performance Bond - The approved form or security furnished by the Contractor and his Sureties as a guarantee of good faith on the part of the Contractor to execute the Work in strict accordance with Plans, Specifications and terms of the Contract. B. Payment Bond - Solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and material in the prosecution of the Contract, in accordance with Texas and Public Works Bond Law. Articles 5~60 and 5472-A- Vernons' Statutes as amended by Acts of the 56th Legislature 1959, termed the McGregor Act of 1959. C. Both Bonds - shall be in equal amount to one hundred .... per cent (100~) of the total contract price for the pro3ect installation. The bonds shall be in force for one year from and after the date of Substantial Completion and/or final acceptance of the entire pro3ect by the Owner (whichever is later). D. No Sureties will be accepted by the Owner who are now in default or delinquent on any bonds. All bonds shall be made on AIA Document A311 and shall be executed by an approved Surety Company doing business tn the State of Texas, and acceptable to the Owner. Each bond shall be executed by the Contractor and the Surety and each bond shall be accompanied by a separate power of attorney. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 2 Para~rap~ 7.4.1: Change the phrase "a reasonable time" to "sixty days". Paragraph 7.7.1: Delete the last sentence and insert: "...Inspections and Test required to establish compliance with the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, will be made by a pre-qualified, independent testing agency selected by the Owner with advice and counsel of the Architect. The cost of the initial services of such agency will be paid by the Owner. When the initial tests indicate non-compliance with the Contract Documents, any subsequent retesting occasioned by non-compliance shall be performed by the same agency and the cost thereof shall be borne by the Contractor." Paragraph 7.7.1.1: Add new sub-paragraph: "Inspections or tests required by codes or ordinances, or by a plan approval authority, and made by a legally constituted authority shall be the responsibility of, and paid for by the Contractor, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents." ParaqraDh 7.7.1.2: Add new sub-paragraph: "Inspection or testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor" ~ 7.7.3: Delete entire sub-paragraph and insert: "7.8.3 The independent agency employed by the Owner shall prepare the test reports, logs, and certificates applicable to the specific inspections and test and promptly deliver the specified number of copies of same to the designated parties. Other required inspection, testing, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and delivered by him to the Architect in such time so as not to delay progress of the work or final payment therefore". 1.06 AIA ARTICLE 8 TIME Para.~h 8.3.1: Add the following: "Extension of time due to unavoidable delays will not commence until thirty (30) days of said unavoidable delays are claimed by the Contractor and approved by the Architect. Such thirty (30) days has been determined as normal expected unavoidable delays and has been included in establishing the time completion for this project." SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 3 1.07 AZA ARTZCLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETZON Par~araph 9.3.1 and 9.3.2: Delete and substitute the following: "Between the 25th day and the last day of each month, the Contractor shall submit -- to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment on AIA Document G-?02 and G-?O2A, May 1983 edition, based upon the previously approved Schedule of Values, of the materials and labor incorporated into the Work, and of materials suitably stored at the site. Basis for payment shall be ninety percent (90~) of the total labor and materials less the aggregate ..... total of all previous payments. Provided the aggregate total of all monthly payments shall not exceed ninety percent (90~) of the Contract Price. Applications for Payment shall be supported by data substantiating the Contractor's right to - the entire work, and the receipt of Application for Payment, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to ninety five percent (95~) will be paid to the Contractor provided -- satisfactory evidence is furnished that all payrolls, materials, bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work have been paid." 1.08 ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE -- Paragraph 11.1: Amplify the paragraph by adding: "During the term of the Contract, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, purchase __ and maintain the following insurance in companies properly licensed and satisfactory to the Owner." A. Workman's Compensation, including Occupation Disease and Employer's Liability Insurance. 1. Workman's Compensation - Statutory 2. Employer's L/ability - at least $ 100,000 each accident. -- B. General Liability - including coverage for direct operations, sublet work, contractual liability naming the Owner and the Architect and completed operations =_ with limits not less than those that follow: 1. Bodily In3ury Liability: $ 500,000 each occurrence 2. Property Damage Liability: $ 100,000 each occurrence $ 300,000 aggregate Regarding Property Damage: Include Broad Form Property Damage - Remove "XCU" Exclusion (explosion, collapse, underground property damage). Contractual Liability to be in accordance with Article 4.18. C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance including coverage for owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles - with limits not less than: 1. Bodily Injury Liability $ 250,000 each person $ 500,000 each occurrence SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 Property Damage Liability $ lO0,O00 each occurrence LAabAlit¥ ln~uruca u¥ be arranged by Comprehensive G~neral Liability ~nd Comprehensive AutomObtl~ Liability ~i~t~ ef ~rlying C~prehenslv. e Liability ~lcl~ ~or leeeer ltnl~e wt~h ~he re~ln~ng linage by exce~ or ~b~lla Liability Poltc~. foll~t~ ~o ~ ~d of ~=~raph: "any loss no~ 1~'.~ ~hts ~llcy ~es not relieve ~he Con~rac~or from co~lett~ ~he ~ ~it~ut ex~ra cost ~o ~he ~er." 1.Og ~QIq~L~I~IiTAI~ I~TXCE~ I - LABOR All Contrmctors and Subcontractors employed upon the Work sh~ll be required to conform to the labor laws of the SCare of Te~ and the various a~endator~ and supplementary requirements thereto: and Co all other la~s, ordinances, and legal requirements applicable thereto. z.le .... - --- .,arfzc - Z BXRE A ZOX 0v The Sp4cificltlons dete~iae the ~ture ~r~hip ~ ~l/ty ef ~tmrL~m; ~he'Draw/n~ establish the d~t~, ~tlttel. die. toe, sc~ules give t~ location. S~ld t~ ~l~ d/~r~ in thmelves or with S~ificaCi~. the ~Cer ~/A~y or ~C/ty of ~rk or ~tertal8 m~ll ~ ~t~t~ u~n order~ ~ the Architect s~ll ~ ~rfo~ Fi~mm ~iven on draft.s ~overn mcmlm ~oure~nts and large mcmim dm~milm ~overn smmll m~mlm dra~tn~s. ~eNscrtp~/on of ~rk" tn mec~/~ in desl~t~ i~e~ of ~rk tncl~ ~erein, el~her generally or s~clftcally, ~ a reference for sub-bt~ere. It ts not tnte~ ~o limit ~rk; where plans, schedule, and S~ciflca~ton Indicate othe~lse. SUPPLENENTARY' GENIRAL CONDITIONS 5 _ SUPPLEHENTARY ARTICLE 3 - OENERA~ performed by him directly for a period of one (1) year or as noted in Sections of the Technical Specifications, from the date of Substantial Completion. Paragraph 1.11.2: The Contractor's warrant and/or guarantee shall include, but not be limited to the following: All movable or adjustable work shall remain in perfect working order including hardware, weatherstripping, doors, windows, 'drawers, apparatus, machinery, electrical equipment, and all other similar equipment to which this heading is applicable. Paragraph 1.11.3 Nothing in the above intends or implies that this guarantee shall apply to work which has been abused, or neglected by the Owner or his Successor. 1.1~ SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS Within thirty (30) days after award of the Contract, and before'execution of the Work, the Contractor shall submit, in -- writing, to the Architect all requests along with complete substantiating data for proposed material(s) substitutions including any proposed price changes. Requests for __ substitutions will not be considered after that time. Paragraph 1.12.2: Whatever manufacturers are named in the Specifications, it is .... the intent to establish a definite standard of quality and to aid the Contractor. It is not the intent to discriminate against another manufacturer's product of equal quality and .... performing materials if submitted as described above. Paragraph 1.12.3: Should a substitution be accepted and this substitute prove to be defective, or otherwise unsatisfactory within the one (1) year guarantee period, the Contractor shall replace the substitute material with that specified and shall bear all costs incurred thereby. PaFa~raDh 1.12.4: · Owner shall have the right to operate equipment until defects are corrected and guarantees met, and shall have the right to operate rejected equipment until it is replaced, without cost for depreciation, use, or wear. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 6 1.13 PARTIAL USE BY OWNER Paragraph 1.13.1: The Contractor agrees that the Owner may place and install furniture, equipment, etc. during construction provided job progress is not impeded. 1.14 STANDARD FORMS Paragraph 1.14.1: See also General Conditions and foregoing Supplements to the General Conditions of the Contract, and Project Closeout. Paragraph 1.14.2: Contract form furnished by Architect: AIA Al0! Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor. - Paua~raDh 1.14.3: Furnishing of, and execution of the following documents will _ be by General Contractor. Forms are available through the Dallas Chapter - American Institute of Architects Bookstore: AIA G?02 Application and Certificate for Payment, May, 1983 Edition - AIA G?O3 Continua=ion Sheet for G?02, May, 1983 Edition AIA G?06 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, April, 1970 Edition -- AIA G707 Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment, June, 1970 Edition AIA GTOTA Consent of Surety to Reduction in or Partial Release of Retainage, June 1971 Edition. Paragraph 1.14.4: Furnishing of, and execution of the following forms will be be the Architect: AIA G701 Change Order, April 1978 Edition AIA G?04 Certificate of Substantial Completion, April, - 1978 Edition The above forms can be viewed and are on file at the Architect's office. 1.15 TIM~ OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Paragraph 1.1§.1: Contractor agrees to commence work on or before designated date in written NOTICE TO PROCEED issued by the Owner and to fully complete the project within the time _. stipulated in the Contract. Paragraph 1.15.2: The time set forth in the Contract for the completion of the ~- Work is an essential element of the Contract. As breach of Contract as to completion time will cause damage to the SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS ? Owner, but such damages cannot be measured, and the ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, for each and every calendar day the Work, or any portion thereof, shall remain uncompleted after the expiration time limit set in the Contract; or as extended by the Owner, the amount of $ 250.0 per calendar day for the General Construction Contract will be deducted from the money due, or to become due including administrative and inspection costs. 1.16 WAGE RATES Paragraph 1.16.1 The General Contractor shall apply the prevailing wage and shall comply with State and Federal laws in the employment and payment of labor. Unless specifically indicated to the contrary, all labor furnished by the Contractor or his Subcontractors shall be such as will not Conflict with the labor laws in the locality where this work is to be performed. 1.17.1 LIMITED SALES, EXCISE, AND USE TAX EXEMPTION Paragraph 1.17.1: -- The materials furnished for this project will be exempt from the Limited Sales, excise and Use Tax imposed by Chapter 20 Title ~22A Taxation - General, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas. An Exemption Certificate will be issued by the Owner to the successful bidder and the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor will contain separate amounts, specifically stated, for the following: - 1. Labor, overhead, profit. 2. Materials to be incorporated into the construction project. Paragraph 1.17.2: The successful bidder shall ascertain the amounts applicable to the Contract. Reference is hereby made to the Limited Salee, Excise and Use Tax Ruling 9 amended April 3, 1962, in which the Comptroller of Public Accounts of the State of Texas sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties to -- a contract of this type. END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 8 SECTION lA - SUMMARY OF WORK GENERAL Where any part of the General Conditions is modified or voided by this section, the unaltered provisions of that part shall remain in effect. RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to the work specified in this section. FORM OF SPEGIFICATIONS Automated Specification Sections. Portions of the specifications have been derived from an automated master specification production system and may include minor deviations from traditional writing forms. Such deviations must be recognized as a normal result of this production technique, and no other meaning will be implied or permitted. Spectficatlon form is abbreviated type, including incomplete sentences. Omissions of words or phrases such as "the Contractor shall'", ""in conformance with", "shall be", "as noted on drawings", "all", etc., are intentional. Supply omitted words by inference. Imperative language of the technical sections is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. "Provide" is defined to mean "--furnish and install; complete, in place, and ready for operation and use". WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Work covers the construction of a service center facility. See also Advertisement for Bids and Instructions to Bidders. CONTRACTS Construct Work under single lump sum contract. Performance. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other work, and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs and new work. SUMMARY OF WORK lA - 1 APPL~,~AI~L~ CODES AND STANDARDS Confozm with codes and standards where specified: including, in accord with applicable sections and latest revisions of following listed standards and codes, unless specifically noted to the contrary; and as ~ay be specified in sections of the products specifications. AANA Architectural &lu~inu~ NanufaCturers' Association ACI A~erican Concrete Institute, Bldg. Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete Construction AIEE A~erican Institute of Electrical Engineers AISC A~ertcan Institute of Steel Construction, Nanual of Steel Construction ANSI is~rtcan National Standards Institute ASA A~erican st~r~dards Association ASTN A~ertcan Society for Testing and Materials Standards ASN~ A~ertcan Society of Necl~nica! Engineers AWS American h~elding Society, Code of Welding in Buildings BIA Brick Institute of America (Formerly SCPI) PS Federal Specifications NJUtl~ N~ttonal A~sociatton of Architectural Metal N~nufacturers NBFU Nationa~ Board of Fire Under~r~itere NCNA N~tional Concrete N~sonry AseOcl~tion NENA N~ttonal Electrical l~nuf&cturers Association NESC N~tional Electrical S~£ety Code NFPA N~tional Fire Protection A~sociatton PS Product Standard of NBS (U.S. Dept. of co~U~erce) SJI Steel Joist Institute, Standard Specification for Open~b Steel Joists and Long Span Joists SNACNA Sheet Net&! and Air Condittonir~ Contractors N~tiona! ~sOc. Inc. SPIB ' Southern Pine Inspecti°n Bureau (Grading Rules) TCA Tile Council of America Inc. (l~t~l : Any adJtmtments necessary to contract sum, necessitated by the final selection of the Architect of product or products, subcontractor, or work to be performed by allo~nce item shall be ~ade to Contract by Change Order. I~e~ No. 1. Section 9R, C~rpe~ All~ $ 10.OO per s~re yard for ~ns~a~led carpet. SUNNARY OF NORK lA - 2 SECTION lB - ALTERNATIVES GENERAL In the event the Owner elects to accept the alternative bid, such applicable sum(s) as designated in Construction Bid shall be used to ad3ust the lump-sum base bid amount° This section describes changes to be made for the alternative. Coordinate pertinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to complete the project under each alternative designated by the Owner-Contractor Agreement. RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of the Contract, including Seneral and Supplementary Conditions apply to the work specified in this Section. Basis of Awards: Instructions to Bidders Descriptions Of Alternatives: The components of the 1st Alter~tive are described as: the addition and installation of a Gomputerized Wheel Balancer as specified in Section /lC - Maintenance Building Equipment. This alternate includes all electrical circuits and/or compressed air connections required to operate this equipment. The components of the 2nd Alternative are described as: the addition and installation of a Tire Changing Machine as specified in Section llC - Maintenance Building Equipment. This alternate includes all electrical circuits and/or compressed air connections required to operate this equipment. The components of the 3rd Alternative are described as: the addition and installation of an Engine Diagnostic Tester as specified in Section 11C - Maintenance Building Equipment. The components of the 4th Alternative are described as: the addition and installation of a Brake Lathe as specified in Section llC - Maintenance Building Equipment. The components of the 5th Alternative are described as: the addition and installation of an Electro/Hydraulic Lift as specified in Section 11C - Maintenance Building Equipment. This alternate includes all electrical circuits and/or compressed air connections required to operate this equipment. ALTERNATIVES lB-1 The components of the 6th Alternative are described as: the addition and installation of a Front End Machine _ as specified in Section llC - Maintenance Building Equipment. This alternate includes all electrical circuits and/or compressed air connections required to operate this equipment. The components of the ?th Alternative are described as: the addition and installation of Metal Shelving as -- specified in Section 11C - Maintenance Building Equipment. The components of the 8th Alternative are described as: the addition and installation of an Ice Machine as specified in Section 11C - Maintenance Building Equipment. The electrical and plumbing connections -- required for this alternative ARE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID. The components of the 9th Alternative are described as: the addition and installation of Metal Lockers as specified in Section 11¢ - Maintenance Building Equipment. END OF SECTION lB - ALTERNATIVES ALTERNATIVES 1B-2 SEC'rlON 1D - SUBMITTALS GENERAL Where any part of the General Conditions ~s modi~ied or voided by this section, the unaltered provisions of that part shall remain in effect. RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provls~ons of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to the work spec'ified in this section. PROGRESS SCH EDU LES See also Article 4.11.1 of the General Conditions. Submit three copies to Architect. Any contemplated deviations will be made known immediately in writing to the Architect and Owner, who will take wha" ..ver action is necessary to expedite the work. Provide projected progress schedules for entire work, revise periodically. Submit revised pages at some time as submission of Application For Payment. Such current data will ser~e as a basis for delivery of materials and equipment to project on time. Form of Schedules: Prepare in Form of horizontal bar chart. Provide separate horizontal bar column t~or each trade or operation. Order: C';ronologicai order of beginning of each item of work. Content of Schedules, includes but is not limited to the following: Provide complete sequence of construction by activity. SUBMITTALS 1 D - 1 Shop Drawings, Project Data and Samples, submittal dates'. Product procurement and delivery dates. _ Dates l%r beginning, and completion of, each element of construction, spec i flca i I y: - Concrete placement Subcontractor work Equipment installations Identi~ Work or separate phases, or other logically grouped activities. - Show projected percentage of completion for each item of Work as of F~rst day of each month. - ~ow. all changes occurring since previous submission of' updated schedule. _ Indicate progress of each activity, show completion dates. Include: Major changes in scope Activities modified since previous updating Revised pro[ectlons clue to changes Other identifiable changes SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLE~ See also Article 4.13 of the General Conditions. The General Contractor shall submit t~or approval · (five (5) Mechanical, Electrical and Structural) sets of shop drawings in addition to number of sets required by Contractor For his use. Any time delay caused by correcting and resubmitting shop drawings will be the responsibili~ of the Contractor. SUBMITTALS 1D - 2 Samples and finishes of materials as requested shall be furnished with promptness ancl will be accepted or reiected under same conditions as outlined above. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: See also Article 9.2 of the General Conditions. Form. Use AIA Document G702A Continuation Sheet. END OF SECTION 1D SUBMITTALS 1D - 3 SECTION 1E - QUALITY CONTROL GENERAL Where any part of the General Conditions is modified or voided by this secflon, the ulaitered provisions of that part shall remain in effect. RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to the work specified in this section. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Description of Work: The extent of work consists of furnishing all materials and performing all labor and services necessary for laboratory testing and inspection services as described in this section of the specJfication~ or reasonably implied therefrom, and services described ~n sections of the products specifications, except as hereinafter spec~cally excluded. See also General Condltlons~ Supplementary Conditions, and detailed require- ments, for laboratory services included in products specification sections. RELATED REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Inspection and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or or~ders of publlc authorities: General Conditions. Quality Control inspection, sampling and testing for excavation, fill and backfill work. Test adjust and balance of equipment: Respective specification sections. Tests and Standards: Each specification section listed. Method of' Payment: The Owner will pay approved laboratory invoices monthly as work progresses. All invoices will be subject to the approval of the Architect and will be rendered to Architect in three copies. QUALITY CONTROL IE - Laboratory fees for the design of concrete mixtures will be Pa~d by the Contractor. All other laboratory fees will be paid by Owner unless noted otherwrse ;n sections of the products specifications. Selection of Independent Testing Laboratory. Approved agencies are: Ha~'n~s-Hollon & Associates General Responsibilities and Duties of Contractor Include: Selection of the laboratory by the Owner in no wa), relieves the Contractor of his respons~billty to furnish materials and construction in ful~ compliance with requirements of the contract. Excluding written protest by the Contractor rn advance of processing or use of materials, services of the testing laboratory shall be understood as constituting full acceptance by and approval of the Contractor. The Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory and shall: Name his sources of supply for concrete and other materials; submit three copies to the Architect for approval results of preliminary quality tests of materials and concrete mix design he proposes to use substantiated by laboratory check'test data, and make written request for approval of his proposed materials and proposed concrete mix or m~xes. Deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representative samples of the materials he proposes to use and which are required to be tested. Advise the laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for completion of required ;nspecfions and tests and for assignment of personnel. Provide adequate facilities for safe storage of materials and proper curing of concrete test samples on project site for the first 24 hours and also for subsequent f'~eld curing as required by ASTM Specifications. Furnish such nominal labor as is necessary to obtain and handle samples at project s~te. QUALITY CONTROL !E - 2 General Responslbilltles of the Laboratory Include: - Review Contractor's proposed materials and check tests for specification comp llance. - Review Contractor's proposed concrete mix designs and check test for speclflcatlon compl iance. - As work progresses, secure samples of production materials at plants or stock piles and test for specification compliance. '- Inspect concrete batchlng and m,xi:,~; ~.:.:'~at~ons to the extent specified and authorized by the Owner, and make such field c~di.Jstments in mix _ proportions as may be necessary to maintain required wor~.~!-:ltty. Cast and test specimens of concrete as specified and as authorized by _ the Owner. Extra cylinders required for "field" curing for use in determining when forms may be removed or reserve cynllnders desired for advanced age testing, shall be in addition to the standard "control" _ set required and shall be at the Contractor's expense. Authority and Duties of Laboratory Personnel: The Inspector shall not act as foreman or perform other duties for the Contract~'. Inspectors shall inspect materials, and the manufacture o'f concrete as specified and shall report to the Architect the progress thereof. Also, when it appears that the material furnished and work performed fails to meet specification requirements and contract; the inspector shall direct the attention of lhe Contractor to such failure or infringement and shall inform the Architect of the occurrence. The Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge, or ..... release any requirement of the specifications, nor to approve or accept any portion of the work. In case of dispute between the Inspector and the Contractor as to materials furnished or manner of performing the Work, the Inspector shall have the authority to reject materials or suspend the work until the. question at issue can be referred to the Architect. Work will be inspected as it progresses but failure to detect or reject any materials or defective work shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered, or obligate the Owner for final acceptance. - QUALITY CONTROL 1E - 3 Any expense incident to the investigation and determination of actual quality of any questionable material shall be borne by the Contractor. Reports: The testing laboratory will promptly make written reports and recommend- ations (to the Owner(I), General Contractor, Architect (2), and Structural Engineer) of each and eve. .' 'ce rendered, and as follows: Copies of each confirmed concrete mix design will be distributed, together with reports of confh'n .... ','~ts, as soon as such tests have been satisfactorily made. Reports of progress tests of concrete work will be distributed immediately after respective tests are made. Quality Control~ Inspection, Sampling and Testing for excavation fill and backfill work. . Prior to issuing of reports, the Laboratory Inspector may issue, where appropriate, oral recommendations, coordinated with Architect, in order that wo~.. in progress may continue. Reports of structural steel fabrication must be dJstrlbuted before the respective steel ire<ms are delivered to project site. Reports of inspec.qon of field connections between structural steel members may be distributed at:er completion of all such work unless some emergen- cy or unsatisfactory condition develops, in which case the reports will be distributed immediately upon discovery ol~ such condition. END OF SECTION IE QUALITY CONTROL 1E - 4 SECTION 1F ,- TEMPORARY FACILITIES AN D CONTROLS GENERAL Where any port of the General Conditions is modified or voided by this section, - the unaltered provisions of that part shall remain ~n effect. RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of the Contract, including Genera! and Supplementary CondltJons apply to the wore specified in this section. TEMPO~RY UTILITIES r-- Temporary Electricity The General Contractor shall provide and maintain power and light as required in the construction, and as necessary for artificial light _ in the progress of any branch of the work. The General Contractor shall make arrangements for temporary connection locations and provide all temporary wiring necessary. All other contractors shall make arrangements with the _ General Contractor For such light and power connections as needed in their - Temporary Heat required during construction for building materials shall be provided by the Core ractor at his expense. Heating facilities shall be of a type which will not soil, discolor or damage the permanent construction work. After - building is closed, Contractor shall provide adequate temporary heat as necess- ary for all work in progress in a safe manner for protection of materials, structure, and employees. No salamanders or pane heaters will be used. '- Building equipment will not be used. Temporary Telephone Service. The Contractor shall have installed and pay t:or -' telephone service at the project for the duration of construction. SECURITY The General Contractor shall employ a watchman whenever the conditions of the - site or progress in construction requires policing for public protection, protection to the Owner, and protection of Contractor's work, tools, equipment and materials. The presence or lack of presence of watchmen shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsib;llty For the care and custody of the worE. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1F - 1 T.emporary Water The General Contractor shall provide temporary water for use during construction and all means of conveying same to place where require.d From th.. llne to be run by the Plumbing Contractor. Provide any temporary outlets required. Temporary Sanitary Facilities. Provide temporary latrines for the use of the workmen, which shall conform to all local ordinances. Malnto~n ~n sanitary condition until completion of proiect. Building Facilities will not be used. Temporary Fire Protection. Provide fire extinguishers during entire construction period for the protection of ali materials, temporary and permanent buildings, and equipment. Extinguishers shall be both Class A, 2-1//2 Gallon, pressurized water and Class C, 10 pound CO2. Provide two each of these types on each floor of the building, located so as to provide the maximum protection at any time during the various phases of construction. Extinguishers to become the properh/of the Contractor at completion of the iob. FENCES Provide a construction Fence in location shown on drawings to define area to be used by the varlous contractors. Construct a standard, chain link 17pe fence with galvanized steel Fabric at least 5 Feet high. Space in the Contractor's work area, within the Fenced enclosure, shall be allotted to each of the prFme subcontractors For tool sheds and material storage. Keep Fence in good con- dlf[on during progress of the work. Remove when directed, Filling all holes and cleaning up all debris. The Fence shall become the property of the Contractor at completion of the project. TREES AND PLANT PROTECTION Protect existing trees and plants which are to remain From physical damage. Do not store materials or equipment within the drip line of frees. Use a qualified tree surgeon for tree damage repair; replace trees that cannot be restored to Full growth as determined by tree surgeon, unless otherwise acceptable to Archltect. ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS Site Access. Ingress and egress to project site For dellvery of materials and equipment w~ll be determined by Owner, Architect and Contractor wlth a v~ew towards limiting and control llng traffic. Prevent access of unauthorized persons to portion of site where wot?, is in progress as the Contractor may require for his own protection and as may be directed by the Owner. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1F - 2 Workmen's Parking. No driving or parking ot' automobiles or trucl<s of employees - --~ of the Contractors or material suppliers on Owner's property will be allowed in ..,,' areas other than those agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. PROJECT I D ENTI F ICATI© N Provide and install one 4'x 8' project ~dentificat~on sign listing Owner, _ Architect, Con.tractor~ etc. as designed by the Architect. FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS Office. The General Contr.actor shall erect on tt'.~ premises where directed ~ temporary weathertlght office for use of the Architect. Provide sufficient glazed ~- windows to adequately light and ventilate the office. Provide for duration of work, lights, heat, air conditioning. The building and contents shall become the property of the Contractor at the completion of the project and shall be removed - from the premises by him. Storage Sheds. Provide on premises, for all contractors, where directed, suitable, ~- substantial watertight sheds acceptable to the Architect for the storage ol~ tools and materials. Maintain in good condition and remove when directed. All sheds shall be of sufficient size to hold all the materials required on the site at any one time and - shall have floors raised at least 6" above the ground on heavy joists or sleepers. USE OF EXPLOSIVES The use of explosives will not be permitted except in the manner and to the extent authorized by the Resident Engineer. ADVERTISING - The advertising privileges will be retained by the Owner and it shall be the Contractor's responsibil|ty to keep the premises free flom unauthorized posters, signs, decoration, etc. END OF SECTION 1F TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS IF - 3 SECTION 1G - MATERIAl AND EQUIPMENT G EN ERAI. All materials and equipment shall be new unless stated otherwise in sections of the product specifications. Measurements. Before ordering any material or doing any work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements at the project and shall be responsible for the cor- rectness of same. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of difference between actual dimensions and the measurements indicated on the drawings. Any difference which may be Found shall be submitted to the Architect for consideration before proceeding with the work. TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING The Contractor shall inspect ali materials upon their arrival at the project and see that they conform to the requirements of the specifications and prevent the unloading of unsatisfactory materlal~ or promptly remove same from the premises without awaiting instructions from the Architect to do so. STORAGE AND PROTECTION The Contractor and Subcontractors shall not use adjacent property (or public domair.) For storage of materials or any other purpose whatsoever unless the Contractor has first shown evidence that he has adequate and proper authorJW to use the property or properties. The Contractor shall protect all such property used by him from all damage- and shall repair and make good at his own expense any and all damage arising From his work operations. When the same to the original condition and leave same Free from all debris, rubbish, etc. The Contractor or subcontractor shall include Jn his bid-- all costs involved as payment for use of such properties and their restoration, etc. Protect the work and all materials wf~ether incorporated in the building or not. Cover building openings to protect interior of building From the weather. Finished Floors. Cover and protect against damage by workmen, equipment, etc., during the work. Floors over which any ol~ the material is carried must be well covered to protect all the work against stains and otherdamage. In no case shall dirt, grit, etc., be ground into the new floor finish or covering. END OF SECTION 1G MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IG - 1 SECTION 1H - PROJECT CLOSEOUT GENERAL Where are any part of the General Conditions ~s modified or voided by this section, the unaltered provisions of that part shall remain in effect. RELATED DOCUMENTS _ The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to the work specified in this section. -- CLEANING Final Cleaning: Employ experienced workmen, or professional cleaners, For Final cleaning. In preparation for substantial completion or occupancy, conduct Final inspect- ion of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and of concealed spaces. - Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials~ from sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces; polish surfaces so designated to shine finish. Repair~ patch and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adiacent surfaces. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds. Replace air conditioning filters if units were operated during construction. _ Clean ducts, blowers and coils, if air conditioning units were operated without ~1 ters during construction. Maintain cleaning until project, or portion thereof, is occupied by Owner. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS The Contractor shall show in red ink on black line prints all changes made during the installation otr his work on a set of plans, and deliver to the Architect PROJECT ...LOSEOUT 1H - 1 when work is completed. Obtain all necessary data From the subcontractors for plumb~ng~ heatlng~ and ventilating, air conditlonlng,'and electrical work, and ascertain that information given is complete and correct to permit its transfer to the original drawings without additional interpretation. OPERAIIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA The Contractor shall provide services of qualified service engineers From manufacturers of maior equipment incorporated in project who shall: Inspect completed ~nstallatlon to assure apparatus is in goad condition. Supervise preliminary operation of equipment and accomplish such adiusting as is necessary to assure its proper functioning. Fully instruct Owner's operating personnel in operation and maintenance o1: equipment. GUARANTEESt WARRANTIES AND BONDS After date of substantial completion and before submission of the Final Appllcatlon/ Certificate For Payment~ the Contractor shall submit two copies of the Following documents to the Architect who will review and forward them to Owner. See additional AIA do uments required as listed in Article 8 of the Supplementary Condl tions. Provide: General Contractor's General Guarantee Mechanical Work Guarantee Elec irical Work Guarantee See also sections of the technical specifications requiring the submission of other guarantees, warantles~ bonds, and affidavits. Submit Four copies of each document to Architect. SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS Deliver to Architect, for Owner, two complete sets of manufacturer's ~nstruct- ions For installation, operation and maintenance oi: all equipment Furnished; include assembly drawings and parts lists with identification symbols or parts number For all replaceable parts and assemblies. Bind each set ~n a durable cover · END OF SECTION 1H PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1H - 2 SECTION 2A - SITE CLEARING Protections: Apply protections to adjacent properties as required. Restore damaged work to the condition existing prior to the start of work, unless otherwise directed. Protect existing trees which are to remain from physical damage. Do not store materials or equipment within the drip line. Use a qualified tree surgeon for tree damage repair; replace trees that cannot be restored to full growth, as determined by tree surgeon, unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect. Site Clearing; Remove trees, grass, and other vegetation, which interfere with new construction, including dead trees. Strip and stockpile topsoil that will be reused in the work. Remove existing improvements, both above-grade and below- grade to the extent indicated or as otherwise required, including two existing wood frame farm buildings and existing fencing as required. Existing fencing at the rear of the site shall remain. Dispose of removed items and waste materials off the Owner's property. Burning of combustible materials on the site will not be permitted. Do not interfere with normal traffic on roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways as required by governing regulations. Disconnect existing utilities, seal or cap at connection to service lines in accordance with utility requirements before starting work. Control air pollution caused by dust and dirt; comply with governing regulations. Fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from construction operations. Uses satisfactory soil materials, placed in 6" deep horizontal layers with each layer compacted. Srade the ground surface to conform to adjacent contours and to provide surface drainage. Existing trees to remain. Verify existing trees with those shown on Drawings. In addition, see specified requirements of Section 2Z, Landscape Work. END OF SECTION 2A SITE CLEARING 2A - SECTION 2B - EARTHWORK Description of Work: The extent of excavation, filling and grading includes site work, footing excavation, building excavation and fill and underfloor grading. Preparation of subgrade for pavements is part of this work, including laboratory compaction and field in place density tests of soil cement subgrade. Related work Specified Elsewhere: Section 2A, Site Clearing. Section 3A, Concrete Work. Section 1E, Quality Control. Quality Assurance: Soil Testing and Inspection Services: Owner will provide soil testing and inspection service for quality control testing during earthwork operations. Submittals: Test Reports-Excavating, Filling, and Grading: Submit 2 copies of the following reports directly to the Owner and Architect from the testing services, with copy to the Contractor: Test reports on borrow material. Field density test reports. One optimum moisture-maximum density curve for each type of soil encountered. Job Conditions: Site Information: Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection during earthwork operations. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the Architect immediately for directions as to procedure. Cooperate with Owner and utility owner. Use of Explosives will not be permitted. Protections: Protect utilities, pavements, and other facilities in areas of work. Barricade open excavations and provide warning lights from dusk to dawn each day. EARTHWORK 2B - i Soil Materials: Topsoil for Lawn Areas: Provide and grade topsoil to finish elevations shown. Use stock-pi/ed, or provide material classified as satisfactory topsoil. Pavement Subgrade: Existing soil to be properly compacted. Underslab Sand Fill: Bank run sand free from clay balls of more than 3/4" diameter. Backfill and Fill Materials: Provide acceptable soil materials for backfill and fill, free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2" in any dimension, debris, vegetable and other deleterious matter. Excavation: Earth excavation consists of removal and disposal of pavements and other obstructions visible on ground surface and material of any classification indicated in data on subsurface conditions. Unauthorized excavation (removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations) may be filled and compacted with acceptable material, filled with lean concrete, or corrected by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing to the lower elevation as directed by the Architect Shoring and Bracing: Provide materials for shoring and bracing, as required in excavations, to maintain sides, maintain until excavations are backfilled. Dewatering: Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Provide and maintain pumps and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required for backfill or fill. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as specified hereinafter. Excavation for Structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown, extending excavation a sufficient distance form foundations to permit placing and removal of other work and for inspection. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete. Excavation for Pavements: Gut surface under pavements to comply with cross sections, elevations and grades as shown. Cold Weather Protection: Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35 degrees EARTHWORK 2B - 2 Compaction: Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Provide not less than following percentages of maximum density of soil material compacted at optimum moisture content, for the actual density of each layer of soil material-in-place. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 90~ maximum density for cohesionless soils, and 85~ maximum density for cohesive soil material. Walkways: Compact top 6" if subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95~ maximum density for cohesionless soils, and 90~ maximum density for cohesive soil material. Pavements: Compact top 8" of soil to a minimum of Standard Proctor at + 3 percentage points of optimum moisture. Moisture Control: Apply water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material if required. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. Backfill and Fill: General: Place acceptable soil material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each area classification listed below. In excavation, uses satisfactory excavated or borrow material. Under grassed areas, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material Under walk and pavements, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material and sand fill. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: Acceptance by Architect of construction below finish grade including, where applicable, waterproofing. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities. Removal of concrete framework. Removal of trash and debris. EARTHWORK 2B - 3 --- Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, and unsatisfactory soil materials. Scarify as required so that fill material will bond to existing surface. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for the particular area classification, break up the ground surface, pulverize, moisture-condition to the optimum moisture -" content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density. Placement and Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8" in loose depth. Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum density. Do not place materials on surfaces that are muddy, frozen or contain frost or ice. Grading: -- General: Uniformly grade areas, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between -- points where elevations are shown, or between such points and existing grades. Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to -- building lines to drain away from structures and to prevent pounding. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows: Grassed Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil, minimum thickness 3", to within not more than 0.10' above or ..... below the required subgrade elevations. Keep finish grade 1 1/2" below paving and walks to receive grass sod. ..... Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross section, with finish surface not more than O.lO'above or below the required subgrade ..... elevation. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and cross section, with finish Surface not more than 1/2" above or below the required subgrade elevations. Pavement Subgrade Course: GENERAL: Subgrade soils should be reworked (3ust prior to paving) to a depth of 8 inches at plus to minus 3 percentage points of optimum moisture and should be compacted to a minimum of 95~ Standard Proctor density. This moisture condition should be maintained by the contractor until the concrete pavement is placed. EARTHWORK 2B - 4 Field Quality Control: Quality Control Testing During Construction: Testing service must inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers before further construction work is performed thereon. Tests of subgrades and fill layers will be taken as follows: Paved Areas: Make at least one field density test of subgrade for every 2000 sq. ft. of paved area, but in no case less than 3 tests. In each compacted fill layer, make one field density test for every 2000 sq. ft. of overlapping paved area, but in no case less than 3 tests. If in opinion of Architect, based on reports of testing service and inspection, subgrade or fills which have been placed are below specified density, provide additional compaction and testing at no additional expense. Maintenance: Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted or otherwise damaged areas. In damaged areas, scarify the surface, re-shape and compact to required density prior to further construction. Disposal of Excess and Waste Materials: Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material, trash and debris, from the Owner's property and legally dispose of it. END OF SECTION 2B EARTHWORK 2B - 5 -- SECTION 2NO - CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, AND PAVING PART ! - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and -- Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. -- DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of concrete curbs, walks, and paving work is shown on the drawings. QUALITY ASSURANCE: -- Reference Speciftcat~ons: Comply with applicable requirements of Division 3 for concrete materials, testing, mixing, placing and curing, except as herein specified. SUBMITTALS: Provide samples, test reports, and materials' certifications -- as required in the Referenced Specifications. JOB CONDITIONS: Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. Provide flagmen, barricades, warning signs and warning lights as required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS .... MATERIALS: Forms: Either steel or wood, of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain horizontal .... and vertical alignment until removal. Use forms that are straight and free of distortion and defects. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required. .... Coat forms with a non-staining form release agent that will not discolor or deface the surface of the concrete. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold-drawn steel wire fabric, .... ASTM A 185. Furnish in flat sheets, not rolls unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect. CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, AND PAVING 2NO - I Reinforcing Bars and Dowels: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 40, unless otherwise shown. Concrete: Comply with applicable requirements of Division 3 for concrete materials, admixture, bonding materials, curing materials, and others as required. CONCRETE MIX, DESIGN AND TESTING: Comply with applicable requirements of Division 3 for concrete mix design, sampling, and testing, and quality control, and as herein specified. Design the mix to produce standard-weight concrete consisting of portland cement, aggregate, a/r-entraining admixture and water to produce the following properties: Compressive Strength: 3000 psi, minimum at 28 days. Slump Range: 2" to 4". Air Content: 5~ to 8~. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION: Examine the areas and conditions under which concrete curbs, walks, and paving are to be installed. Notify the Contractor conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. SURFACE PREPARATION: Remove loose material from the compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. FORM CONSTRUCTION: Set forms to the required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. Install sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuous progress of the work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to the following tolerances. Top of form units: not more than 1/8" in 10' Vertical face: longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4" in 10' CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, AND PAVING 2NO - 2 -- Clean forms after each use, and coat with form release agent as often as required to ensure separation form concrete without damage. REINFORCEMENT: Locate, place and support reinforcement as specified in -- Division 3 unless otherwise shown. CONCRETg PLACEMENT: General: Comply with the requirements of Division for mixing and placing concrete, and as herein specified. ..... Do not place concrete until subgrade and forms have been checked for line and grade. Moisten subgrade as required to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is · placed. Place concrete using methods which prevent segregation of the mix, and with as little rehandling as possible. Consolidate concrete along the face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from 3oint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Consolidate -- with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints, as for as possible. If interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a construction joint. Sections less than 15' in length between transverse joints will not be permitted. Remove such sections if directed by the Architect. Curbs and Gutters: Automatic machine may be used for curb and gutter placement at Contractor's option, if acceptable to the Architect. Replaced curbs and gutters shall match adjacent existing in dimensions and profiles. JOINTS: General: Construct expansion, weakened-plan (contraction), and construction joints true-to-line with face perpendicular to surface of the concrete, unless otherwise shown. Weakened-Plane (Contraction) Joints: Provide weakened-plane (contraction) joints, sectioning concrete maximum 30 feet on center each way or as shown on the drawings. Construct .... weakened-plane joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 concrete thickness, as follows: ...... Tooled Joints: Form weakened-plane joints in fresh concrete by grooving top portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing edges with a jointer, or: CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, AND PAVING 2NO - 3 Sawed Joints: When permitted, from weakened-plane joints using powered saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened concrete as soon as surface will not be torn, abraided, or otherwise damaged by cutting action. Gonstruct~on Joints: Place construction joints at the end of all pours and at locations where placement operations are stopped for a period of more than 1/2 hour, except where such pours terminate at expansion joints. Construct joints as shown, or if not shown, use standard metal keyway section forms. Expansion Joints: Provide premolded joint filler and sealant for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, inlets, structures, walks and other fixed objects, and as shown on drawings. Locate expansion joints at 30' c.c. for pavement unless otherwise shown. Extend joint fillers full-width and depth of joint, and not less than 1/2" or more than 1" below finished surface. Finish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full width being placed wherever possible. Fillers and Sealants: Provide fillers where shown or specified. CONCRETE FINISHING: After striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth the surface by screeding and floating. Use hand methods only where mechanical floating is not possible. Adjust the floating to compact the surface and produce a uniform texture. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 10' straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide a continuous, smooth finish. Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to 1/2" radius, unless otherwise shown. Eliminate any tool marks on concrete surface. Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and point- up any minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects as directed by the Architect. CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, AND PAVING 2NO 4 Broo~ Finish: After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete surface finishing, as follows: Broom finish by drawing a f/ne-hair broom across concrete surface, perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide a fine line texture acceptable to Architect. GURING: -- Protect and cure finished concrete paving, complying with applicable requirements of Division 3 sections. Use moist- curing methods for initial curing whenever possible. REPAIRS AND PROTECTIONS: Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed -- by Archi.tect. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. END OF SECTION 2NO CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, AND PAVING 2NO - 5 SECTION 2P - TERMITE CONTROL Description of Work: Provide soil treatment for termite control, as herein specified at Storage Building only. Quality Assurance: In addition to requirements of these specifications, comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work, including preparation of substrate and application. Engage a professiona! pest control operator, licensed in accordance with regulations of governing authorities for application of soil treatment solution. Job Conditions: Do not apply soil treatment solution until all excavating, filling, and grading operations are completed, except as otherwise required in construction operations. To insure penetration, do not apply soil treatment to frozen or excessively wet soils or during inclement weather. Comply with handling and application instructions of the soil toxicant manufacturer. Warranty: Furnish written warranty certifying that applied soil poisoning will prevent infestation of subterranean termites and that, if subterranean activity is discovered during that warranty period, contractor shall re-treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation. Provide warranty for a period of 5 years from the date of treatment, signed by both the Applicator and Contractor. Soil Treatment Solution: Use an emulsible concentrate insecticide for dilution with water, specially formulated to prevent infestation by termites. Fuel oil is not permitted as a dilutent. Execution: Remove foreign matter which could decrease effectiveness of treatment on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated, except for previously compacted areas under slabs and foundations. Toxicants may be applied before placement of compacted fill under slabs, only if recommended by manufacturer. Minimum Application Rates: Apply 4 gallons per 10 linear feet to soil in critical areas under slab, including entire inside perimeter of foundation walls, along both sides of interior partition walls, around plumbing pipes, and electric conduit penetrating slab, around interior column footers, and at expansion/control joints.. TERMITE CONTROL 2P - I Apply ! gallon per 10 lin. ft. as an overall treatment under slab and attached slab areas where soil is fill or unwashed gravel or other coarse absorbent material. Allow not less than lZ hours for drying after application before installing vapor barrier or other construction activities. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation or other construction activities following application. END OF SECTION 2P - TERMITE CONTROL TERMITE CONTROL 2P - 2 SECTION 2S - CONCRETE PANEL FENCE SYSTEM' ~he Extent of the concrete panel fence system is shown on the drawings, and includes, but is not limited to the materials, labor, and equipment necessary to erect a complete fence system as described in the Contract Documents. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Metal Fencing, Section 2T Computer Crontrolled Access Equipment, Section (Includes Metal Sliding Gate) Products: Panels: Reinforced concrete designed to withstand wind load of 18.? p.s.f. Dye: Concrete to match building brick. Pattern: Embossed brick pattern on front, exposed aggregate on reverse. Posts: Reinforced concrete capable of withstanding windload of 18.? p.s.f. Piers: Concrete, $,000 p.s.i, in 28 days minimum compressive strength. Warranty: Manufacturer shall provide written warranty (2 copies) against the following defects for a period of five years beginning at substantial completion of the Project: Decomposure, cracking, or chipping of the surface from weather. Colors shaI1 retain 75~ of original hue. ~ Manufacturers: Rosa Concrete Panel Systems 13140 Coit Road, Suite 30! Dallas, Texas ?5240 (214) 669-9855 Execution: Fence shall be installed by mechanics skilled and experienced in erecting fences of this type and in accordance with Contract Documents, or as directed by Architect. Follow ground contour, make changes of grade in a gradual, rolling manner. ' Piers: Set posts in minimum 13" diameter piers, plumb in all directions. Fence: After posts have been permanently positioned in center of piers and concrete has reached at least 2,000 p.s.i., install fence panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Hold bottom of fence 2" minimum above finish grade. Maintain top of fence 6'0" minimum above finish grade. CONCRETE PANEL FENCE SYSTEM 2S - I Install panels with brick pattern facing street. Clean ~Ri Spread soil from foundation excavations evenly around the surrounding areas unless otherwise directed. Leave area free of exces~ dribbles of concrete and other scrap materials. ~placement panels: Provide 36 square feet of replacement panels with Owner at completion of work. END OF SECTION 2S - CONCRETE PANEL FENCE SYSTEM CONCRETE PANEL FENCE SYSTEM 2S - 2 SECTION 2T - CHAIN LINK FENCING Standards of Manufacture: Comply with the standards of the Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute (CLFMI). Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Section 2S - Concrete Panel Fence System Submittals: Manufacturer's standard details and specifications. Substitutions: Pipe sizes indicated are commercial pipe sizes. Equivalent tubular sections may be substituted for pipe sections, if acceptable to the Architect. Steel Fencing: Fabric: 9 ga. steel wires, 72" height, 2" mesh, top and bottom selvages knuckled. Fabric finish, galvanized, ASTM A 392, Class I. Framework: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 120, 1.8 oz. zinc psi. Accessories: Galvanized, ASTM A 152, Table I. Framing and Accessories: End, Corner and Pull Posts: 2.375 OD steel pipe, 3.65 lbs. per lin. ft. Line Posts: Space 10' o.c. maximum, 1.90 OD steel pipe, 2.72 lbs. per lin. ft. Top Rat1: 1.66" OD pipe, with expansion type couplings for each joints. Provide means for attaching top rail to corner, pull and end posts. Tension Wire: Manufacturer's standard tension wire system. Provide at bottom of fabric only. Post Brace Assembly: Mfrs. standard adjustable brace at both sides of corner and pull posts, with horizontal brace located at mid-height of fabric. Use 1.66" OD pipe for horizontal brace and 0.375" diameter adjustable-length diagonal truss rod. Post Tops: One each post. Furnish caps with openings to permit passage of top rail, and with double barb arms with 6 strands of 12 1/2 ga. barbed wire. Stretcher Bars: One-piece lengths, full height of fabric, 3/16" x 3/4"; one for end posts, and 2 for corner and pull posts, except where fabric is integrally woven into post. CHAIN LINK FENCING 2T - I Stretcher Bar Bands: 15" o.c., to secure stretchers to posts. -- Wire Ties: Fabric to line posts, spaced 12" o.c.; fabric to rails and braces, spaced 24" o.c.; fabric to tension wire, using hog rings spaced 24" o.c. Goncrete: Portland cement (ASTM C150), aggregates (ASTM C 33), and clean water, proportioned and mixed to obtain minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi. Excavation: Excavate holes to minimum 8" diameter. Installation: Comply with recommended procedures of CLFMI and fencing mfr. Set bottoms of line posts minimum of 24" below finish grade, and corner posts a minimum of 36" below finish grade. Provide a rigid, secure, aligned installation. END OF SECTION 2T CHAIN LINK FENCING 2T - 2 SECTION 2Y UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION SYSTEM The extent of ~he underground irrigation ~y~tem is to provide automatic irrigation of the three landscaping beds along the precast concrete screening wall and around the flagpole and project sign only. Product Data: Submit design Shop Drawings, manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions. Manufacturer: One of the following: Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Go. The TORO Go. Weather-Matic Div./Telsco Industries. Controller: Solid state 14 day clock located in Room "K" Storage in Maintenance Building. PiRe: Schedule 40 PVC Fittin st: ASTM D 2466 socket fittings with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. Backflow Preventer: Per local code requirements. Sprinkler Heads: Fixed pattern, with screw-type flow adjustment. Valve Box: Molded plastic. Trenching and Backfilling~ Excavate straight and true with bottom uniformly sloped to low points. Protect existing trees and root systems from damage. Trench Depth: Excavate trenches to a minimum depth of 3" below invert of pipe. Minimum Cover: Provide minimum 20" of cover. Backfill: Backfill with clean material from excavation. Remove organic material as well as rocks and debris larger than 1" diameter. Place acceptable backfill material in 6" lifts, compacting each lift. General: Comply with the requirements of the Uniform Plumbing Code. Circuit Valves: Install in valve box, arranged for easy adjustment or removal. p~pin_,ql Lay pipe on solid subbase, uniformly sloped without humps or depressions. Slope to drain at least 1/2" in 10' to drain. Install shrubbery heads at 12" above finish grade. Guarantee: one year against leaks and other malfunctions. END OF SECTION 2Y UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION SYSTEM UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION SYSTEM 2Y - 1 -- SECTION 2Z - LANDSCAPE WORK Related Work Specified Elsewhere: --. Section 2A, Site Clearing Existing Trees: Existing trees to remain and their locations shown have been taken from site measurements. Protect all existing trees which do not directly conflict with construction. Quality Assurance: Subcontract the landscape work to a single firm ..... specializing in landscape work. Shrubs: Provide shrubs grown in a recognized nursery in accordance ...... with good horticultural practice. Provide healthy, vigorous stock free of disease, insects, and defects such as knots, sun-scald, injuries and abrasions. ...... Sizes: Provide shrubs of the sizes shown. Larger sizes may be used if acceptable to Architect. ..... In__~spection: The Architect reserves the right to inspect shrubs either at place of growth or at site before planting. _ Maintenance Instructions: Submit 2 copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to Owner for the maintenance of landscape work for one full year. Submit prior to beginning of required maintenance period(s). Product Delivery, Storage and Handlinqi Packgge Materials: Deliver in containers showing analysis and name -- of manufacturer. Protect materials stored at site from deterioration. Plant Materials: Shrubs: Do not bend or bind-tie or shrubs in such manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. Deliver shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist. Job Conditions: Installer must examine the subgrade, verify elevations, and observe conditions under which work is to be performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work required. Utilities: Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid possible damage. LANDSCAPE WORK 2Z - 1 Plantinq_.Time: Plant materials during normal planting season for each type of landscape work required. Correlate planting with specified maintenance periods to provide maintenance until occupancy by the Owner. Guarantee: Guarantee shrubs, for a period of one year after date of acceptance, against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth. Remove and trees, shrubs, or other plants found to be dead or in unhealthy condition during guarantee period. Make replacements during growth season or growth season following end of guarantee period. Replace shrubs which are in doubtful condition at end of guarantee period. Only one replacement will be required at end of guarantee period, except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with specified requirements. Materials: Topsoil will be stockpiled for finish grading under Section 2A. If quantity of stockpiling is insufficient, additional topsoil as required to complete grading to finish elevations shown shall be furnished and graded. Herbicide: "Eptam" manufactured by Stauffer. Peat Moss: FS Q-P-166 with texture and ph range suitable for intended use. Commercial Fertilizer: Complete fertilizer of neutral character, containing the following percentages of available plant nutrients: 10~ Nitrogen, 10~ Phosphoric Acid, 5~ Potash. Plant Materials: Name and Variety: Provide plant materials true to name and variety established by the American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature "Standarized Plant Names", Second Edition, 1942. Quality: Provide shrubs and other plants complying with ANSI Z60.1 "Standard for Nursery Stock" and as further specified. Ground Cover: Provide plants established and well-rooted in removable containers or integral peat pots and with not less than the minimum number and length of runners required by ANSI X60.1 for the pot size shown or listed. Miscellaneous Landscape Materials: Steel Edging: 1/8" x 4" Ryerson Steel Curbing. Preparation of Plantinq Soil: Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials. Mix specified soil amendments and fertilizers with topsoil at the rates specified. LANDSCAPE WORK 2Z - 2 The "Schedule of Planting Soil Mixture Requirements" is included at the end of this section. -- For planting beds, mix planting soil either prior to planting or apply on surface of topsoil and mix thoroughly before planting. -- Preparation: Layout individual shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake locations and outline areas and secure Architect's acceptance before start of planting work. Make minor _ adjustments as may be required. Finish grading will be by General Contractor using stock-piled material classified as satisfactory top soil, with finish grade -- elevation 1 1/2" below finish walks and paving. This Contractor will provide any additional top soil required to accomplish the work. Loosen soil to a minimum depth of 4" and lightly compact. Remove stones over 1-1/2" in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish and other extraneous matter. Fine grade to smooth, even surface with loose, uniformly fine texture. Preparation of Planti~ Beds: General Contractor to backfill al/ -- planting areas with satisfactory topsoil within 4" of finished grade. Landscape Contractor to backfill top 4" with 1 part peat moss and ! part sandy loam. Beds will then be roto tilled to a depth of 6" incorporating 10.10.5 fertilizer at the rate of 4# per 100 sq. ft. -- Excavation for Shrubs: Excavate pits, beds and trenches with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation slightly raised at center to provide proper drainage. Loosen hard subsoil in bottom of excavation. For container grown stock, excavate as specified for ._ balled and burlapped stock, adjusted to size of container width and depth. Plantin_~: Set stock on layer of compacted planting soil mixture, -- plumb, in center of pit or trench with top of ball at same elevation as adjacent finished landscape grades. When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of ball, and work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. When excavation is approximately 2/3 full water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more is absorbed. Water again after placing final layer of backfill. Prune, thin out and shape in accordance with standard horticultural practice and to retain natural character. Paint Cuts over 1/2" in size with standard tree painter compound. ._ Plantinq Ground Cover: Space plants as shown or scheduled. LANDSCAPE WORK 2Z - 3 Dig holes large enough to allow for spreading of roots and backfill with planting soil. Work soil round roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around plants to hold water. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover crowns of plants with wet soils. Maintenance: Begin maintenance immediately after planting. Maintain shrubs and other plants until final acceptance. Provide, after final acceptance, maintenance for a period of six months. Maintain trees, shrubs and other plants by pruning, cultivating, watering and weeding as required for healthy growth. Restore planting saucers. Reset shrubs to proper grades or vertical position as required. Spray as required to keep shrubs free of insects and disease. Protection: Protect landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations, and operations by other contractors and trades. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair or replace damage landscape work as directed. Inspection and Acceptance: The landscape work may be inspected for acceptance in parts agreeable to the Owner, provided the work offered for inspection is complete, and of substantial and area. Where inspected landscape work does not comply with the requirements, replace rejected work and continue specified maintenance until reinspected and found to be acceptable. Planting Soil Mixture Requirements: For planting beds, provide not less than the following quantities of specified materials: ! part of loose peat moss to 1 part of topsoil by volume. 4 lbs of commercial fertilizer, per 100 sq. ft. Include "Eptam" herbicide in manufacturer's recommended quantity for planting involved. For backfilling shrubs, provide specified materials in not less than the following quantities. 1 part of loose peat moss to 4 parts of sandy loam by volume. END OF SECTION 2Z - LANDSCAPING LANDSCAPE WORK 2Z - 4 SECTION 3A - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Sco_.~_~: Furnish all materials, equipment and labor to complete -- all formwork, all concrete reinforcing, and all cast-in-place concrete work. -- Materials: Ail materials, excepT as otherwise specified, shall ~onform"t-o the latest revisions of =he A.S.'T.M. Specifications. Furnish reports and samples for tests where so directed F~rm_ s: Forms for exposed concrete surfaces shall be constructed or new Commercial Standard Douglas fir, moisture_resistant, $/~" concrete form exterior plywood. Wood forms for unexposed concrete surfaces may be construct- ed of good grade of form lumber· Form sheathing shall be securely nailed to s~uds and edges of the boards shall be in contact to prevent bulging.. _ Forms shall be substantial and designed to resist the pressure to which they are subject, hut under no condition shall studs be spaced more than on 16 inch centers when used .... with 1 inch sheathing. Wales shall not be spaced more than 24 inches on center and =les shall be spaced not more than 27 inches on center when used with double 2 x ~ inch wales. .... Ail forms, except as hereinbefore provided, shall he of design to permit removal after setting of concrete, as all woodwork utilized for temporary construction purposes must -~ be removed. Ail forms shall be made sufficiently tight to prevent .... leakage of mortar, water'and finer particles of aggregate. Fiber-Board Forms (void boxes) shall be corruga=ed fiber- board similar in ~esign and equal in all respects to =hose -" manufactured by the National Container Corporation and dis- tributed by'the Concrete Forms, Inc. Ties: Forms shall be stayed with ties approved by the Architect. Ties shall be of such construction and design, adjustable in length to permit =ightening of' forms and shall be of such type that the tie rods can be snapped 1" to 1 1/2" from concrete surfaces. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3A-1 Coat the contact surfaces of all forms before placing reinforcement, with non-staining paraffin-base oil having a specific gravity of between 0.8 and 0.9. Formwork: The design and engineering of the formwork as well as its construction shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All concrete members shall be adequately shored to safely support all loads and lateral pressures outlined in "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" (ACI 347) in such manner as to protect such members from distortion, excessive deflection or other damage. Place in the forms wood strips, blocking, mouldings, nailers, etc. as required to produce the finished profiles and sur- faces shown on the Drawings or specified. Inserts: Give the various trades and Sub-contractors ample notification and opportunity to install any and all anchors, nailers, pipes, conduits, boxes, inserts, thimbles, sleeves, frames, supports, or other items required to be built into the concrete. Removal of Forms: Forms shall not be removed until such removal is authorized by the Architect, and adequately hardened and set. Under normal conditions, the minimum period of time to be allowed to elapse before forms may be removed shall be ~ days. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT Shop Drawings: The Contractor shall prepare 1 sepia and 6 print and submit for the review of the Architect, complete shop drawings, including bar bending details. See also Section iD. Materials: All materials, except as otherwise specified, shall conform to ~he latest revisions of the A.S.T.M. Specifications. Furnish reports and samples for tests where so directed. Reinforcing Steel: Shall be domestic manufacture. Ail reinforcing steel shall be new billet steel bars ( 60,000 psi minimum yield point) conforming to A.S.T.M. Designation A615-grade 60. ' Welded steel wire fabric shall conform to A.S.T.M. A185 latest revision. Bar supports for concrete resTin~ on earth or gravel shall be precast concrete brique=ts havinE tie wipes embedded therein. CAS/'-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3A-2 Reinforcin~ Steel Fabrication and Placing: Reinforcing steel -- of The sizes, shapes, lengths, spacing and other dimensions shown, shall be placed where and as detailed or scheduled on'the Drawings, or as reasonably required To fulfill the intent and _ meaning of The Drawings and Specifications. Details of rein- forcing shall conform =o ACI Building Code requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI318-63). C%eanln=: Before being placed in the work, reinforcement shall he Thoroughly clean. -- Bendinz: Bars shall be bent cold. Mesh reinforcement shall be an approved Type of welded -- wire. Lap one full mesh at sides and a minimum of 8 inches at end laps and securely wire sheets together. _ Bars in beams and slabs shall be held To exact location during placing of concrete by spacers, chairs, or o~her necessary suppor=s. -- Detail bar supports and s~irrups To provide concrete protection for reinforcing steel of not less in any direction than the following: Reinforcing in slabs on grade and beams deposited against The ground - 3 inches. Grade beams - 2 inches. Beam bottoms formed with fiber-board void boxes - 2 inches. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: See also Section 1E, Quality Control. Design Mix: Ail concrete mixtures shall he designed by an established Independent Testing Laboratory paid for by The Owne~. A~ The beginning of The work, the Testing Laboratory shall submit proposed concrete mixes for approval by The Architec~ & Owner. Test Cylinder: AT least ~ne (1) test shall be made by an Independent Testing Laboratory selected by The Owner, of each day's pouring or each 200 cu. yards, whichever comes first. .... The owner will pay all fees of The testing laboratory, except as hereinafter otherwise specified. Each Test shall consist of 4 specimens, a of which shall be brpkeD at seven (~)shall -- days and ~ shall be broken at twenty eipht [~8] days, and be considered a "spare" and shall be broken only iff needed. Control:~ The Testing Laboratory will inspect and control ..... The '~d~iTion of water To the concrete at The job site and CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE shall control the length of time concrete is allowed to remain in the truck continuously during the concrete pour. Each load of ready-mixed concrete arriving at the job shall he accompanied by a delivery jacket which shall be subject to checking by the Architect and which shall contain the following information: The strength or mix of concrete being delivered. The exact time the cement and aggregate'was discharged into the delivery truck. Reports: The Testing Laboratory will. make reports to the Contractor, the supplier of concrete, the Structural Engineer, the Architect and the Owner, of the results of each and every test made. Mater.isis: Portland Cement shall conform to the requirements of A.S.T.M. Designation C150-6~, Type I and Type III and the manufacturer of the cement used shall certify to its conformity with such requirements. Fine aggregate shall conform to the applicable require- ments of the current edi=ion of A.S.T.M. Designation C33, and. shall Be natural Bank or river sand, washed and screen- ed consisting of hard, durable, uncoated particles free of deleterious matter. Coarse aggregate for normal Weight concrete shall also conf~rm to all applicable requirements of the current edition of A.S.T.M. Designation C3S, shall Be gravel or crushed s=one suitably~processed, washed and screened and shall consist of hard, durable particles without adherent coatings. ~ater for mixing and curing concrete shall be city water. Curing: Curing compound floor hardener shall be Clear- bond as manufactured by Guardian Chemical Co. or Clearseal By A.C. Horn. Grout: Factory mixed "Supreme" non-shrink grout as manu- '~'~red by the Gilford-Hill Company. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE -- Inserts: Give the various trades and Subcontractors ample no~ifioation and opportunity to install any and all anchors, anchor slots, nailers, pipes, conduits, boxes, inserts, -- thimbles, sleeves, frames, supports, or other items requir- ed to be built into the concrete hy the provisions of the Drawings or of the Specifications governing the work _ of such trades or Subcontractors, or as may be necessary for the proper execution of their work· .... Slump: Concrete shall not be placed when its plasticity, as measured by slump tests, is less than 3" or greater than 5~ · -- Admixtures: In order to hold the water-cement ratio to an ~bsolu~e minimum and, at the same time to maintain adequate workability, add to concrete mix=ute used in slab-on-grade -- cons=ruc=ion a cement-dispersing agent which shall conform to =he requirements of these Specifications. Mixing: Transit mixed concrete conforming to the requirements -- o~ A.S.T.M. C9~ shall be used in lieu of concrete mixed at the job site. The Architect shall have free access to the batch- ing plan~ a= all times. Concrete shall not be transported -- or used in any case after a period in excess of forty-five (45) minutes has elapsed after the introduction of water into the mixer. Conveyin~ Concrete: Convey concrete from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent the _ separation or loss of the ingredients. Placin~ Concrete: Place concrete in reasonably uniform layers, approximately horizontal, and not more than twelve inches (12") deep, exercising care to avoid vertical joints or in- clined planes· Concrete-which has partially set or hardened shall no=, under any circumstances, he deposited in the work. -- Place concrete in the forms as nearly in its final position as is prac=icable, to avoid rehandling. Where long drops are necessary, uae a chu=e, tremie or other approved con- _~. veyance to assist the concrete into place without separation. Compaction: The concre=e mus= be placed vertically within the reinforcing steel cage. Vibrators should be placed in con- cre=e rapidly so as to pene~ra=e approximately 6 inches into the previous lift so as to minimize entrapped air between the concrete and the form and to blend the Cwo layers. Under- -- vibration can cause more difficulty than over-vibration pro- vided that the forms are designed to withstand the heavy high frequency vibration. _ CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3A-5 Inspec=ion:. Do no~ place concrete, under any circums=ances, excep~ ~n ~he presence of ~he Owner's representative. This provision may only he waived by permission, in advance and in wri=ing from =he Owner. ~onding: Before deposi=ing any new concrete on or agains~ previously deposi=ed concrete which has partially or en=irely se=, the surfaces of =he la~er shall be ~horoughly roughen- ed and cleaned of all foreign ma~Ter, scum, lai~ancee The forms shall be retightened and ~he surface of =he previously deposi=ed concre=e shall he slushed with grou~ of materials and mix identical :o those of the concrete :o be placed, except the coarse aggrega=e shall be omi=ted. From one inch (1") =o =wo inches (2") of grou~ shall be applied, as direc=ed hy =he Architec=s, depending upon the conditions of =he.respective case. The new concrete shall be deposi=ed before ~he grout a=tains i=s initial se~, and ~he work shall be performed in such a manner as ~o assure complete bonding of the newly pour- -- ed concre=e to that previously placed. Finishin~ Concrete Slab Surfaces: Concrete slabs shall be finished as hereinaf=er described. The dus~ing of wearing surfaces wi~h dry materials will no= be permitted. In pre- paration for finishing, slab shall be s=ruck off true by double screeding to =he required level at or below ~he eleva-. =ion or grade of =he finished slabs as indicated on =he Draw- ings. Slabs shall be level within a maximum ~olerance of 1/4" in 20 feet when ~es=ed with a 20-foo~ long straightedge when applied =o =he slabs a~ 3'-0" in=ervals in both direc- -' tions, lapping straigh=edge four feet on areas previously checked. - Trowel Finish: Ail interior concrete floor slabs, unless holed otherwise on =he Drawings and specified o=herwise herein. Concrete slabs shall be finished by =amping =he con- crete wi=h special tools to force the coarse aggregate away from the surface and then screeding and floating with s~raigh~edges ~o bring =he surface to =he required finish level.-- While the concrete is s=ill green hu= sufficiently hardened =o bear a man's weight wi=hou~ deep imprint, i~ shall be wood-floa=ed ~o a =rue plane wi~h no coarse aggregate vis- ible. Sufficient pressure shall be used on =he wood rios= =o bring the mo'is=ute to =he surface. The concrete shall be hand troweled =o produce a smoo=h impervious surface for the purpose of burnishing. The final troweling shall pro- duce a ringing sound from =he trowel. Chemical Floor Hardener Finish: Apply liquid chemical-hardener over either new (either wet or dry) concrete floors not scheduled to receive other applied finish. Hardener/Sealer shall be Glo-Crete, a product of Chemco Chemical Co. Z~l17 Addison Rd., Dallas, Texas (214) 386-6300. Apply in accordance with mfr's-- printed instructions. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3A-6 A Finishing Exposed Concrete Grade Beams: It is the intent of -- these Specifications to provide for exposed concrete beam surfaces of such quality as to require a minimum of ~ointing. Such care shall be exercised in the forming, mixing and plac- -- ing of the concrete as to assure reasonably.uniform dense surfaces, free from blemishes or defects. However, in the event of unsightly voids, honeycombs, etc., they shall be repaired as soon as possible. Loose particles shall be moved from honeycombed spots, and fins and other projections shall be neatly dressed off. Holes shall be drenched with clean water and properly patched with Portland Cement and -- sand mortar. Curing and Protection: Protect all freshly placed concrete -- from washing by rain, flowing water, etc. Do not allow the concrete to dry out from the time it is deposited in the forms until the expiration of the curing period herelnaf%er -- specified. The methods of curing shall be as specified in the following paragraphs, unless otherwise authorized by the Architect. Concrete surfaces, not otherwise specified, shall be cured by being Rept wet with clean water for a period of not less than seven (7) days after placing. Each day the forms -- are left in place, and kept wet enough to prevent the open- ing of joints in the forms and the drying'out of the concrete, will be counted as one (1) day of curing. Floors and other similar flat finished surfaces shall be cured by covering the entire surface, as soon as practical __. after finishing, with waterproof paper, laid with four- inch (4") lapped joints. The joints shall he covered with gummed tape or be glued with waterproof glue. Such cover- ing shall remain in place until completion of the hui!ding, -- or a period of at least seven (7) days. In lieu of the above, the contractor may, with the approval of the Architect, on floors to be permanently exposed, use a non-bituminous liquid sealing and curing compound. ....... Imperfect or'Damaged Work or any material damaged or determined to be defective before final completion and acceptance of the entire job, shall be satisfactorily replaced at the Contractor's expense, and in conformity with all of the requirements of the ...... Drawings and Specifications. Removal and replacement of concrete work shall be done in such manner as not to impair the appearance or strength of the structure in any way. Cleaning: Upon completion of the work, all forms, equipment, protective coverings and any rubbish resulting therefrom shall be removed from the premises. Finished concrete surfaces shall be left in a clean and perfect condition, satisfactory to the Owner. END OF SECTION 3A .... CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ~A-7 SECTION 3C - POST TENSIONED CONCRETE PART I - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. SECTION 3A.,- CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.02 REQUIREMENT OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Test in accordance with related and referenced standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM.) B. Comply with related requirements of applicable codes and ordinances. C. Design Criteria: 1. Latest BRAB reports 2. Related recommendations of the American Concrete Institute "Building Code Requirements", ACI 318-77. 1.03 ~ SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and calculations of work specified herein in accordance with General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions to the Architect for Approval. 1. Shop drawings shall indicate fabrication and placement details and details of prestressing members including ~he arrangement of the prestressing tendon in the members, method of maintaining alignment, supplemental reinforcing steel, types of post-tensioning enclosures, details of anchorage devices and other incidental features. 2. Submit calculations analyzing the methods and materials proposed for review by the Architect. No changes shall be made in these details after approval without written permission from the Architect. 1.04 TESTING A. Wire shall be sampled and tested in accordance with ASTM .designation A-421-59T, Type BA. Each tendon shall be assigned -- ~,n individual lot and tagged for identification purposes. B. Samples of post-tensioning tendons consisting of representative_ sizes to be used in the work, shall be assembled with fittings attached for delivery to the testing laboratory. Report' of tests on post-tensioning tendons from a certified testing laboratory may be furnished by the supplier of post-tensioning tendons in lieu of above mentioned tests. POST TENSIONED CONCRETE 3C-1 1.05 SUPERVISION -- A. The manufacturers of tendons shall furnish job site supervision for all tensioning operators. -- B. For complicated strand layout areas, the owner shall pay for additional services by the design engineer for engineering site observations and quality control of post-tensioning strand placement. 1.06 WORK INCLUDED A. Work included in this Section, while not all inclusive but listed as a guide, is as follows: -- 1. Furnish and install post-tensioned concrete and related items to complete work indicated on Drawings and as specified herein including but not necessarily limited to the following: 2. Design Calculations ' -- 3. Shop Drawings 4. Test and/or Certificates 5. FormWork (Comply with related requirements in Section ~ .) 6. Tendons and Conduit 7. Concrete (Comply with related requirements in -- Section BA .) 8. Concrete Reinforcement (Comply with related ..... requirements in Section B~ ) 9. Stressing -- 10. End Anchors ,. 11. Grout 12. Protect the Work of other trades 13. Clean-uP. POST TENSIONED CONCRETE 3C-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2..01 PRESTRESSING STEEL A. Prestressing steel shall be seven-wire relieved strand for prestressed concrete manufactured in accordance with ASTM A416, Grade 270 (latest revision) and shall have a minimum ultimate tensil strength of 41,300 pounds. Strand not specifica3.1y itemized in ASTM A416 may be used, progided it conforms to the minimum requirements of these specifi- cations4has equivalent properties to those listed in ASTM A416. 2.02 ANCHORAGE A. The post-tensioning system shall be the M©nostrand System. Alternate post-tensioning systems or methods may be approved provided the following information is submitted to the Engineer at least 10 days prior to bid date: B. Complete description of the post-tensioning system and method proposed for use. Such description shall include tendon size, blockout dimensions, tendon layout and design calcu- lations as required to fully substantiate any deviations from the method shown on the contract plans. C. All anchorages shall meet the minimum requirements as set forth in the "Tentative Specifications for Post-Tensioning Materials" as prepared by the Pre-stressed Concrete Institute. D. Subsequent to stressing, the anchorage shall not protrude beyond the finished face of the anchorage recess, and shall be provided with adequate concrete cover. 2.03 STRAND COATING A. Coating shall be the rust preventative and lubricant compound. 2.04 SHEATHING A. The sheathing shall be extruded plastic impervious to cement paste and must allow slippage of the strand. The sheathing shall not rupture due to normal temperature changes, coiling or normal field handling. POST TENS']~ONED CONCRETE 3C-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATING AND PLACING A. All the equipment used for fabricating, handling and placing tendons shall be such that it does not damage or deteriorate the prestressing steel or the anchorages. 3.02 STRESSING -- AV All Prestressing steel'Shall be stressed'by means of hydraulic jacks, equipped with accurate reading., calibrated hydraulic pressure gauges, to permit stress in the prestressing steel to be computed at any time. A calibration chart shall accompany each jack. If inconsistencies between the measured elongation and the jack gauge reading occur, the jack-gauge pump unit ..... shall be recalibrated. An agreement of within 5% shall be satisfactory. 3.03 MANUFACTURING A. Tendons shall be manufactured in such sequence and quantity as to avoid lengthy storage at the job site. B. Ail prestressing steel shall be satisfactorily protected from excessive rust or other corrosion prior to placement. _ ~ Sufficient protection shall also be provided for exposed prestressing steel at the ends of members to prevent deterioration by corrosion. -- C. Tendons shall be clearly identified as called for on the placing drawings for easy placement. _ 3.04 PLACING A. The installation of post-tensioned tendons.shall be~performed by an organization that has successfully performed previous installations of a major na~'ure similar to the one involved in this contract. -- B. All post-tensioning shall be under the immediate control of a person experienced in this type of work. He shall exercise close check and rigid control of all operations as necessary for full compliance with all requirements. C. Tendons shall clear openings and drains by 2" -- D. Slight deviation in spacing of the slab tendons is permitted ~here required to avoid openings and inse=ts which are specifically located. E. Suitable horizontal and vertical spacers or chairs shall - be provided as required to avoid openings and inserts which are specifically located. __ POST TENSIONED CONCRETE 3C-4 F. Suitable horizontal and vertical spacers or chairs shall be provided as required to hold the tendons in true position. In slabs, chairs shall be placed so as to support the tendons properly. All strands in a given pour shall be full length without splices or couplers unless called for on the supplier's approved drawings. Tie at 6'-0" on centers maximum. G. Post-tensioning tendons shall have a parabolic profile and shall conform to the control points shown on the drgwings. Dimensions locating this profile apply to the center of gravity of the tendon. Low points of the tendons are at mid-span unless otherwise noted. H. Concrete shall be placed in such a manner as to insure that alignment of post-tensioning sheathing or tendons remains unchanged. Special provision shall be made to insure proper vibration of concrete around tendon bearing plates. I. Placement of mild steel reinforcement shall be coordinated with placement of post-tensioning tendons. Proper tendon location has priority. 3.05 STRESSING A. The post-tensioning operation shall not commence until concrete test cylinders, cured under job site conditions, have been tested and indicate that concrete in the member has attained the strength as.called for on the plans. B. The loss in stress in post-tensioning steel due to creep and shrinkage of the concrete, creep of steel and stressing sequence shall be assumed to be 25,000 PSI for hard concrete and 30,000 PSI for light weight concrete, or as specified by the Engineer. C. The post-tensioning operation shall be so conducted that accurate elongation of the prestressing steel can be recorded and compared with computations submitted and approved by the Engineer. D. The maximum temporary tensile stress (jacking stress) in prestressing steel shall not exceed 80 percent of the specified minimum ultimate tensile strength of the prestressing steel. The prestressing steel shall be anchored at stresses (initial stress) that will result in the ultimate retention of working forces of not less than those'shown on the' plans, but in no case shall the initial stress at the stressing anchorage exceed 70-.percent of the guaranteed minimum ultimate tensile strength of the prestressing steel. POST TENSIONED CONCRETE 3C-5 3.06 ...~ GROUTING ANCHORAGE RECESS A. Exposed stressing recesses shall be filled flush with a mix of cement, sand, pea-gravel and water. White cement shall be added as required for the filler to match adjacent concrete when finished. This work shall be performed as soon as practical after stressing by the contractor. B. Make .sure that all exposed anchorages or wires are pro- tected by some adequate means as epoxy coating, asphalt base paint, mastic, and/or concrete cover. 3.07 PAYMENTS A. The contract lump sum price paid for prestressing cast-in- place concrete shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in furnishing, placing, and tensioning and prestressing steel in cast-in-place concrete structures, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications, and as directed by the .Engineer. Full compensation for furnishing anchoring devices, distribution plates or assemblies and incidental parts, and for furnishing samples for testing, shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price for prestressing cast-in-place concrete and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 3.08, IMPERFECT OR DAMAGED WQRK A. Imperfect or damaged work or any material damaged or determined to be defective before final completion and acceptance of the entire job shall be satisfactorily replaced at the Contractor's expense and in conformity with the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. B. Removal and/or replacement of concrete work shall be done in such a manner as not to impair the.appearance or .~ · strength of the structure in any manners. 3.09 CLEAN- UP A. Clean up trash and debris caused by the work of this section, keeping premises, streets, sidewalks and adjacent property clean and neat at all times. B. Dispose o~f such materials outside the limits of the project site at approved locations. POST TENSIONED CONCRETE 3C-6 SECTION 4A - UNIT MASONRY WORK Standards: Comply with recommendations of the Brick Institute of America. Related Work ~pecified Elsewhere: 9R~li_~ Assurance: See section 1E Mortar Tests: Laboratory compressive strength tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 270 and C91. The costs of tests shall be borne by the Owner unless tests indicate that the mortar does not conform to the requirements of the specifications, in which case, the cost shall be borne by the contractor. Minimum testing shall be made as follows: Initial test during first week of operations followed by two tests per week thereafter. Job Mock-URl Provide sample wall panel of exterior face brick wall, approximately 4'x 3' using materials, bond, and 3oint tooling specified for Architect's review and approval. Face Brick: ASTM G 62 and G 216, Grade SW. Use solids where shown or required. ~ ¢!~5/~ See Allowance Item No. 1, Section lA - Summary of Work. Buildinq ~Common} Brick: ASTM C 62, Grade SW Contractor's Option: In lieu of common brick, Contractor may use No. 2 face brick. Masonry Mortar: ASTM C 2?0, Type "S"; approximately S:l:ll portland cement, lime, sand. Brick Veneer Ties: 16 gauge x ! S/4" x 3 1/2" galvanized corrugated masonry anchors at 8" on center vertically and 32" on center horizontally. Continuous Masonry Wire Reinforcinq~ Ladder type or truss type, 9 gauge welded steel wire, 0.80 oz. hot dip zinc galvanized coating (after fabrication). Provide reinforcing 1 1/2" to 2" less than wall thickness. Fl~in~ for Masonrv_L concealed Flashings shown to be built into masonry are specified in section ?A. Control Joints: Provide ~/2" control joints as detailed or @ maximum 30' on center spacing where not indicated. Verify exact location with Architect prior to construction. UNIT MASONRY WORK 4A - -- Installation of Unit Masonry Units: Lay masonry units in the bond pattern indicated, or in running bond where not specifically shown on the Drawings. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings. Provide weep holes in course immediately above all flashing at maximum 48" on center. Reinforce horizontal joints with continuous masonry wire reinforcing, spaced 16" on center vertically; and -- immediately above and below openings, for a distance of 2 feet from the opening in all four directions. _, Cut exposed masonry units where necessary, with power saw. Avoid the use (by proper lay-out) of less than half size units. Wet units of high absorption, prior to laying. If 20 drops of water in a 1" diameter circle are absorbed in less than 90 seconds, absorption is too high. Hold uniform joint sizes as indicated, with 3/8" being typical (tight joints at pavers) Cut joints flush and tool slightly concave. -- Build other work into the masonry work as shown, fitting masonry units around other work, and grouting for secure anchorage. Protect newly laid masonry from exposure to precipitation, excessive drying, freezing, soiling, backfill or other harmful elements. Dry-Brush masonry work at the end of each day's work. -- Repair and Pointing: Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, or otherwise damaged. _ Pointing: During tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes (except weep holes) and completely fill with mortar. Clean masonry with stiff brushes and a solution of trisodium phosphate and detergent (1/2 cup of each to one gallon of water). If above cleaning is unsuccessful, as judged by the Architect, clean with acid, complying with BIA requirements. END OF SECTION 4A - UNIT MASONRY WORK UNIT MASONRY WORK .... 4A - 2 SECTION 5AP - PRE-ENGINEERED STEEL STRUCTURE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. See General Conditions and General Requirements as they apply. B. This section of the Specifications pertains to all other labor, material, equipment and service necessary for and incidental to furnishing and installing the metal building structure, overhead traveling crane structure, and roof purlins. C. The intent of these Specifications and Drawings is to establish a quality and performance level for structural design, materials, durability and workmanship. D. All bidders must conform strictly to these Specifications in their bid. E. The building shall be the design of a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the fabrication of pre-engineered structures. All materials shall be new, unused, free from defect and of American manufacture. F. The products of the following manufacturers are acceptable, provided that they comply with the remainder of this Specification. 1. Armco Steel Corporation 2. Butler Manufacturing Company 3. Mesco Metal Building Corporation 4. Varco Pruden Metal Buildings 5. Or approved equal. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Codes and Standards: The following standards and criterias (of most recent issued) shall be used where applicable in the structural design of the building covered by this Specification. 1. "Recommended Design Practices Manual", Metal Building Manufacturers Association 2. "Manual of Steel Construction", American Institute of Steel Construction PRE-ENGINEERED STEEL STRUCTURE 5AP - 1 3. "Cold Formed Steel Design Manual", American Iron and Steel Institute 4. "Aluminum Construction Manual", The Aluminum Association 5. "Code for Welding in Building Construction", American Welding Society. B. The following criteria shall also be applicable in other phases of design: 1. Uniform Building Code 2. Structural Steel Painting Council - Standards 3. Federal, Military and Commercial Standards 4. ASTM Standards 5. Ratings by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. C. The Contractor and building manufacturer shall bear full responsibility as to the adequacy of design loads, and notify the Owner of any discrepancies between the specified loads and the required loads. 1.03 DESIGN LOADS A. The basic design loads shall include live and wind, in addition to dead load. All other design loads, whether they be of static, dynamic or kinetic nature, shall be considered as auxiliary loads. B. Vertical Live Loads: 1. Roof covering shall be designed for either 50 psf uniformly distributed or a 200 pound concentrated (point) load (over a 1' x 1' area) located at center of maximum roofing (panel) span. The most severe conditions shall govern. 2. The roof purlins shall designed to uniformly distribute the load over the roof area which they each support. Design load shall be per ~3 below. 3. Primary Framing (frames) shall be designed for 20 psf uniformly distributed over the roof area which it supports. 4. All the above loads to be in addition to the applicable dead loads and shall be applied to the horizontal projection of the roof. PRE-ENGINEERED STEEL STRUCTURE 5AP - 2 C. Wind Loads: The wind load on the structure shall be 20 psf velocity pressure proportioned and applied as horizontal and uplift forces according to the U.S. Navy technical publication, "NAVFAC DM-2" and as recommended by the Metal Building Manufacturers Association "Design Practices Manual" of current issue. D. Auxiliary Loads: Static (stationary) loads shall include, but not limited to the following, and will be furnished to the Metal Building Manufacturer by the Contractor: piping, ducts, sprinkler system, air conditioning, ventilating and heating units, canopies, lean-tos, and underhung hoist and trolley including live loads, ceilings and light fixtures. E. Combination of Loads: The combining of normal loads and auxiliary loads for design purposes shall be as prescribed and recommended by Metal Building Manufacturers Association "Design Practices Manual" of recent issue. 1.04 DRAWINGS: A. The building manufacturer shall submit two prints and one reproducible copy of the complete shop and erection drawings and after being checked and approved by the Contractor, shall be submitted to the Owner and the Owner's review secured before starting fabrication. B. The building manufacturer shall furnish an anchor bolt setting plan showing size and location of the building anchor bolts, and column reactions showing magnitude and direction. C. The building manufacturer shall furnish erection drawings identifying all materials in sufficient detail to indicate the proper assembly and installation of the metal building components. 1.05 CERTIFICATION: A. All bidders must submit with their bid proposal a letter from the metal building manufacturer certifying that the building proposed will be furnished to meet or exceed all of the above design load criteria and that all structural design will be in strict conformance with that prescribed in the MBMA "Design Practices Manual" of recent issue. B. After the awarding of the Contract, complete structural analysis shall be submitted by the metal building manufacturer to the Owner upon request for same. Said submittals shall bear the stamp of a registerd professional engineer. PRE-ENGINEERED STEEL STRUCTURE 5AP - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DESCRIPTION: A. The pre-engineered metal building covered by this -- specification is to be a rigid frame structure of steel (frames) tapered rafter beams and columns of shop welded steel plate and gabled roof. B. The roof slope shall be not less than 5" in 12". C. Column spacing at the exterior walls shall be as shown on -- the drawings. D. The minimum unobstructed height thoughout the interior of -- the building shall be the manufacturer's standard for the eave height shown on the drawings, but shall in no case interfere with the ceilings, office framing or openings shown on the drawings. Where vertical (diagonal) bracing is required to stabilize the structure, it shall be so placed that it does not interfere with office framing or openings shown on the drawings. 2.02 STRUCTURAL FRAMING: A. All hot rolled structural shapes shall have a minimum yield point of 36,000 psi in conformance with ASTM A36. All hot rolled bar and plate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A572, grade 45. All hot rolled flat sheet shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A570, grade E except that the minimum yield point shall be 45,000 psi. All cold formed steel structural members shall have a minimum yield point of 40,000 or 50,000 psi conformance with the AISI specifications. B. The minimum thickness of framing members shall be: 1. Flanges of Primary Frames 3/16-inch 2. Webs of Primary Framing Members ............. 1/8-inch 3 Structural Tubing 12-gauge 4. Secondary Framing Members .... 16-gauge C. All framing members shall be manufactured for bolted field assembly. Workmanship will be such that all members are straight and dimensionally accurate. PRE-ENGINEERED STEEL STRUCTURE 5AP - 4 D. Ail shop connections shall be welded in conformance with the "Code for Welding in Building Construction" A.W.S.D10-69. The flange-to-web welds shall be one side continuous submerged arc fillet welds. Other welds shall be by manual shielded metal arc, gas metal arc, or flux-cored semi-automatic. E. All steel components not protected by corrosive resistant coatings, shall be given one prime coat of iron oxide-zinc chromate primer formulated to equal or exceed the performance requirements of Federal Specifications TT-P-636C. 2.02.1 PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAMING: A. The primary structural framing includes the main trnsverse frames, bearing end frames, and other primary load carrying members and their fasteners. B. The main frames shall be welded "I" shapes with either constant or variable depth fabricated from hot rolled steel bar, sheet, or plate, and/or hot rolled structural shapes. C. The main frames shall be laterally braced by angles bolted to the inside flange of the frame and to the web of the girt or purlin. D. The main frames shall be field spliced with butt moment bolted connections. Joints required to resist shear between their connected parts shall be bearing-type connections. Fasteners shall be high strength structural bolts conforming to ASTM A325. Installation of fasteners shall be by "turn-of-nut" method in accordance with the "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS" of the Research Council of Riveted and Bolts Structural Joints. E. The bearing end frames shall be cold-formed channels with stiffened flanges. Fasteners shall be ½-inch diameter bolts conforming to ASTM A307 or ASTM A490 as applicable. 2.03 ROOF SUPPORTS: The roof construction shall carry an Underwriters' Laboratories construction (uplift) rating of not less than Class 90. A. Purlins: 1. The purlin's configuration, thickness and spacing shall be the building manufacturer's standard provided all design criteria, including deflection, is met or exceeded. 2. The deflection of the purlin shall not exceed 1/240 of its span when supporting the applicable vertical live loads previously precribed and any collateral loads required. PRE-ENGINEERED STEEL STRUCTURE 5AP - 5 B. Roof Openings: 1. Openings, 12 inches or smaller, may be flashed and sealed to the roof panel, providing complete structural -- support and weathertightness is maintained. 2. Openings, larger that 12 inches, round or square, shall be framed with a welded metal base fabricated from .07 inch (minimum) thick aluminum. A vacuum molded base of acrylic-polyvinyl chloride shall also be considered adequate in lieu of metal. The base and its -- appurtenance shall be supported by the roof purlins and/or header framing (if required). The base shall have a minimum projection of 6 inches above the weather -- surface of the roof, and the configuration of the flanges shall match the roof panel. The flange-to-panel joint shall be sealed with a nonhardening sealant and fastened in such a manner to provide complete support and weathertightness. 2.04 STRUCTURAL STEEL PRIMER: A. All uncoated structural steel shall be given one (1) shop coat of rust inhibitive (primer) paint which meets or exceeds Federal Specifications TT-P-664, or certification shall be submitted that it conforms to a recognized authority or-the Structural Steel Painting Council. PART 3 - ERECTION AND INSTALLATION A. The erection of the metal building and the installation of accessories specified herein shall conform to the "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICES" of the MBMA. B. The building erector shall be regularly engaged in the erection of metal buildings and shall perform all work in a skillful and workmanship manner. END OF SECTION 5AP - PRE-ENGINEERED STEEL STRUCTURE PRE-ENGINEERED STEEL STRUCTURE 5AP - 6 SECTION 5J - MISCELLANEOUS METAL Codes and Standards: AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and 'Erection 'of Structural Steel for Buildings"; AWS "Structural Welding Code"; comply with applicable provisions unless otherwise indicated. ~hop Drawings and Data: Show complete details and instructions for fabrication, assembly, and installation. Furnish anchor bolts required for installation in other work; furnish templates for bolt installation. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish anchoring devices to be built into other work for installation o'f miscellaneous metal items; coordinate delivery to job site to avoid delay. Related Work Speci fi ed E1 sewhere: Painting, Section 9). Steel Plates, Shapes, Bars: ASTM A 36. Cold-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B. Shop Paint: FS TT-P-86, Type II; or, SSPC-Paint 14. Apply to cleaned and degreased steel surfaces at rate to provide a 2.0-mil dry film thickness. Galvanizing: ASTM A 386 for assembled products; A 153 for iron and steel hardware. Fabrication, General: Use materials of size and thickness shown, of required size and thickness to produce strength and durability in finished product. Shop-paint all items not specified to be galvanized after fabrication. Weld corners and seams continuously; grind exposed welds smooth and flush. Form exposed connections with hairline, flush joints; use concealed fasteners where possible. Rough Hardware: Furnish Custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes. MISCELLANEOUS .METAL 5J-1 Miscellaneous Framing and Sup.prots: Provide as required to complete work and not included with structural steel framework. Fabricate of welded construction in as large units as possible; drill and tap as required to receive hardware and similar items. Include required anchors for building into other work; spaced not more than 24" o.~. Set loose items on cleaned bearing surfaces, using wedges or other adjustments as required. Solidly pack open spaces with bedding mortar, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 3 parts sand and only enough water for packing and hydration, or use commercial non- shrink grout material. Touch-up shop paint after installation. Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas, and apply same type paint as used in shop. Use galvanizing repair paint on damaged galvanized surfaces. END OF SECTION 5J MISCELLANEOUS METAL 5J-2 SECTION 5L - LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING Related Documents: Section 5A - Structural Steel Section 5J - Miscellaneous Metal Section 9D - Gypsum Drywall Description of Work: The extent of liGhtGage framing is shown on the drawings. T_y_pes of ~ht~ metal framinq include: "C" shaped load-bearing steel studs "C" shaped steel 3oists ~ponent Desiqn: Compute structural properties of studs and joists in accordance with AISC "Specification for Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members" Products: With each type of metal framing required, provide manufacturer's standard steel runners, blocking, lintels, clip angles, shoes, reinforcements, fasteners, and accessories as recommended by manufacturer for applications indicated, as needed to provide a complete metal framing system. Materials and Finishes: For 16 Ga. and heavier units: fabricate from steel sheet with minimum yield point of 40,000 psi; ASTM A 446; A 570, or A611. For 18 ga. and lighter units: fabricate from steel sheet with minimum yield point of 33,000 psi; ASTM A 446, A 570, or A 611. Provide Galvanized finish to metal framing components complying with ASTM A 525 for minimum G 60 coating. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "C" shaped studs and joists from one of the following: Alabama Metal Industries Corp. Allied Structural Industries Ceco Corp. Dale Industries, Inc. Inryco/Milcor Marino Industries Corp. Monex Corp. U.S. Gypsum Wheeling Corrugating Co. Installation: Install metal framing systems in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions unless otherwise indicated. LIGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING 5L - 1 Runner Tracks: Install continuous tracks sized to match -- studs. Align tracks accurately to layout at base and tops of studs. Secure tracks as recommended by stud manufacturer for type of construction involved, except do not exceed 24" o.c. -- spacing for nail or power -driven fasteners. Provide fasteners at corners of tracks. Set studs R!um___~b~ except as needed for diagonal bracing or required non-plumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. Where stud system abuts structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, anchor to supporting structure. -- Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing in metal framing system wherever walls or partitions are indicated to support fixtures or equipment. Where type of supplementary __ support is not otherwise indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's recommendations and industry standards in each case, considering weight or loading resulting from item supported. Frame wall openings larger than 2'0" square with double stud at each jamb except where more than 2 are either shown or _ indicated in manufacturer's instructions. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs with stud shoes or by welding, and space jack studs same as full height studs of wall. Secure stud -- system wall opening frame in manner indicated. Install horizontal stiffeners in stud system, spaced at not -- more than 4'6" Weld at each intersection. Installation of Joists: Install level and plumb, complete with bracing and reinforcing as indicated on drawings or manufacturer's recommendations. Provide not less than 1-1/2" end bearing. -- Reinforce ends with end clips, steel hangers, steel angle clips, steel stud section, end grain wood block, or as otherwise recommended by joist manufacturer. Where required, reinforce joists at interior supports with single short length of joist section located directly over interior support, snap-on shoe, 30% side-piece lapped -- reinforcement, or other method recommended by joist manufacturer. .... Secure joists to interior support systems to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange.. END OF SECTION 5L - LIGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING LIGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING 5L - 2 SECTION 6E - CARPENTRY Th~ extent of the carpentry work includes, but is not limited to the installation of architectural woodwork items, wood doors, builders hardware and rough ha rdwa re. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Finish woodwork and millwork items, Section 6G, Architectural Woodwork. Wood Doors, Section 8K. Builders Hardware, Section 8S. Concrete formwork, Section 3A, Concrete Work. Rough Hardware, Section 5J, Miscellaneous Hardware Lumber Standard: Comply with PS 20 (U.S. Dept. Con~n.). Delivery and Storage: Keep materials dry during delivery and storage. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surface. Stack lumber and provide air circulation within stacks. Coordination: Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow proper attachment of other work. Lumber, General: Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimen- sions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture. Lumber (2" through 4" thick): Provide "Standard" grade lumber, any species. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size and type as indicated and as recommended by applicable standards, complying with applicable Federal Specifications for nails, staples, screws, bolts, nuts, washers and anchoring devices. Wood Treatment: Preservative Treatment: Where lumber is specified herein to be treated, comply with the applicable requirements of the American Wood Preservers Bureau (AWPB). Mark each treated item to comply with the AWPB Quality Mark requirements for the specified requirements. Pressure-treat above-ground items with water-borne preservatives complying with AWPB LP-2. After treatment, kiln-dry to a maximun, moisture content of 15%. Treat the following: CARPENTRY 6E-1 Wood blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with concrete masonry or plaster. Installation: Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and accu'rately cut and fitted. Securely attach carpentry work to substrates by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. Use conlnon wire nails, except as otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Make tight connections between members. Wood Furring: 1 x 2 or 1 x 3. Level furring to tolerance of 1/8" in lO'-O". Install plumb and level with closure Strips at all edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finished work. END OF SECTION 6E CARPENTRY 6E-2 SECTION 6G - ARCHITECFURAL WOODWORK Description of Work: "ArchitectUral Woodwork" is defined to include (in addition to items so designated on the drawings) all miscellaneous exposed wood members con~nonly known as Finish Carpentry or Millwork. The types of architectural woodwork include, but are not necessarily )imited to the following: Wood shelving and associated work. Casework for paint finish. Casework for plastic laminate finish. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Miscellaneous Metal, Section 5J; sup;.~orts for vanity. Carpentry, Section 6E. Wood Doors, Section 8K. Builders Hardware, Section ~-~S; inc!udin§ cabinet hardware and adjustable metal shelf supports. Painting, Suction 97; for finishing cf /,,-Fl;itectural Woodwor~.. General Woodwork Requirements: General Standard: Coti~ply with applicable "Ar(:hitectural Woodwork Qualily Standards" by AWI. Measurements: Before proceeding with woodwork required to be fitted to other construction, obtain measurements and verify dimensions. Source Qualit,¥ Control: Optimum moisture content - 6% to 11%. Submittal s: Shop Drawings: Submit for custom-design interior woodwork, including casework. Samples: Samples will be reviewed by the Architect for appearance and finish only.~ Submit the following samples: Plastic laminate, 2 samples, 1F'" square f~r earth type and surface finish. ARCH I TECTURAL ~/OQI?.,~.~())~K 5G- I Materials and Fabrication: Shelving for Paint Finish: (~uality Standard: AWI Section 600, Custom Grade, interior softwood plywood. Shelf Material: Provide 3/4" thick wood board, or plywood shelves at the COntractor's option. Edges: Fabricate exposed edges with (jlued, solid wood edge bands. Hardware furnished under Section 8S, installed under this section includes: Cabinet Hardware Adjustable metal shelf supports - standards and brackets Exposed Solid Wood: Provide same species and cut as exposed wood veneers meeting the grading requirements for the Quality Grade specified. Casework for Paint Finish: Quality Standard: AW! Section 400, Custom Grade, of "Hat~Jral" birch lumber ~nc) closed grain hardwood face veneer. ~ywood meetin§ the requirements for Exposed Portions: Provide solid wood and "' the specll'ied Qbality Grade. Casework for Plastic Laminate Finish: Quality Standard: AWI Section 400, Custom Grade. Plastic Laminate: Comply with the requirements of "Publication No. LDI" by the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) for the following: Surfaces: NEMA General-Purpose Type, GP 50 nominal 0.050" thickness. Surface Finish: Provide plastic laminate of the color, texture and pattern sel'ec'l~ed by Architect. Exposed Edges: Fabricate with plastic laminate matching other exposed surfaces. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 6G-2 Preparation: Backprime woodwork on al) surface~ which will be concealed with one coat of wood primer. Installation of Casework: Install casework in a manner consistent with the specified Quality Grade to be plumb level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk,.~concealed fasteners an--~-d-~-Tind nailing as required for a complete installation. Scribe and cut for accurate fit to other finished work. .- Adjust and Clean: Repair damaged or defective work as directed. Clean shop finished woodwork, touch-up finish as required and remove and refinish damaged or soiled areas of finish. END OF SECTION 6G ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 6G-3 SECTION 7G - BUILDING INSULATION General Buildinq Insulation: Walls: 3 1/2" or 6" (to suit stud size) in walls, 1 1/2 lb. density, flexible blanket, with vapor barrier. Ceilinq~1 No insulation required above acoustical ceilings in Break/Turnout "A", Office Area "G", Storage "K", and Janitor "L". Install 6" unlaced fiberglass batts above ceilings in Men "E" and Women "F". Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions for the particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available, or do not apply to the project conditions, consult the manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with the work. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections which interfere with installation. 6RR!~ a sinqle ~ of insulation of the required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to make up required thickness. END OF SECTION 7G. BUILDING INSULATION 7G - 1 SECTION 7K - SHINGLES Asphalt Shin$1e Roofing: Class "A", UL Fire Resistant, mineral surfaced asphalt shingles, 320 lbs. per square (ASTM D3018 Type 1, D3161-72T, E108-75) Selection: Shingles shall be equal to Elk Prestique I or GAF Timberline Color: Weathered Wood Felt Underla~men~: ASTM D226, 15#, single layer. Nails: Hot-dipped zinc coated, of type and size reco~maended by manufacturer. Application: Apply according to manufacturer's recommendations. Flashing: 22 ga. galvanized as required. Warrantz: Manufacturer's standard 30 year warranty. SHINGLES 7K - 1 SECTION 7P - FLASHING AJ~D SHEET METAL Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Flashing and sheet metal work relating to plumbing and mechanical work. Roofing, S~ction 7J. Fabricated Sheet Metal, General: .Conform to profiles and sizes shown, and comply with "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by S)~ACNA, for each general category of work requ~rjJ, including for: Metal f~ashing. Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, 22 gage sheet; ASTM A 525 Class 1.25, hot-dip galvanize~, mill phosphatized. ' Bed base units in roofing cement (ASTM D 2822). .Composition Stripping: Where required for work related to roofing, cover flanges (edges)of system on bituminous substrate with 2 courses of glass fiber fabric (ASTM D 1668) set in and covered with roofing cement (ASTM D 2822). _Installation: Comply with SMACMA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" recommenda- tions for installation of work. Provide for thermal expansion of all exposed work exceeding 15'-0, in running length. END OF SECTION 7P FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 7P-1 SECTION 7T - JOINT SEALERS Related Work S~ified Elsewhere: Drywall Sealant, Section 9D Acoustical Sealant, Section 9E ~9~9~i As selected by Architect Elastomeric Sealant Co~pounds: 2-Component Polysulfide Sealant: TS TT-S-00227, Class A, Type 2 (non-sag) except Type 1 if all joints are horizontal. For all exterior building sealant work; including joints around all frames and openings in exterior walls and elsewhere at locations where sealant is noted and at exterior masonry control joints Caul~i__n_G__~9~RgR~. One part polymerized butyl rubber and inert fillers (pigments), non-sag complying with FS TT-S-OO1657, Type 1; as butyl rubber sealant manufactured by: Butyl Rubber BC-158; Pecora Corp. Butyl-Flex; Dap, Inc. Hornseal; W.R. Grace & Co. For interior work where caulk is noted and where joints are exposed to view Joint Fillers and Sealant Backers: Closed Cell Neoprene Joint Filler:ASTM D 1056, Class SC, Grade SCE 41. Sealant Backer Rod: Non-absorptative closed cell (or jacketted open cell) compressible/flexible plastic/rubber rod stock which is compatible with sealant per manufacturer's recommendation. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene or other plastic tape wich will not bond to sealant, self adhesive. Installation: Clean surfaces and prime as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Support sealant from back as shown, or with joint filler or with backer rod Install sealants to size and shape shown or, if not shown, with slightly concave surface and as follows: Elastomeric Sealants: depyh equal to 50% of normal joint width, but not more than 1/2" and not less than 1/4" Non-Elastomeric Sealants: non-traffic joints: depth in range of 75% to 125% of normal joint width. Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting" of the joint bond equally on opposite sides. ~ ~ Protection: Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability END OF SECTION 7T - JOINT SEALERS JOINT SEALERS 7T ~ SECTION 8A - GLASS AND GLAZING Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Aluminum Doors and Frames, Section 8L ~9~R~ with recommendations of "Glazing Manual" by Flat Glass Marketing Association, except as otherwise indicated or recommended by product manufacturer. The extent of glass and glazing is shown on the drawings. ~ples: Submit samples of glass, gaskets, sealants, or other components when requested by the Architect. Architect's review will be for color, texture, and pattern only. Compliance with ..... other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the contractor. -- Job Conditions: The glazier must examine the framing and glazing channel surfaces, backing, removable stop design, and the conditions under which the glazing is to be performed, and notify the contractor of any conditions detemental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the glazing until satisfactory conditions have been met. Products: Type 1: 1/4" Diamond Misco Wire Glass Type 2: 1/4" PPG Graylite 14 Type 3: 1/4" Tempered PPG Graylite 14 Type 4: 1/4" PPG Spandrelite (double coated, double fired) Harmony Graylite 14. Type 5: 1/4" PPG Spandrelite Harmoney Graylite 14 with 3 1/2" foil faced fiberglass bart insulation Type 6: 1/4" Mirror Glass Watertiq~ installation of each piece of glass is required. Installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading (for doors) without failure of any kind including loss of breakage of glass, failure of glazing to remain watertight, deterioration of glazing materials and other defects in the work. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation and eliminate any which have obserable edge damage or face imperfections. ~9~!~.~ ~ from breakage immediately upon installation by attachment of crossed streamers to glass. Do not apply markers to glass. END OF SECTION 8A - GLASS AND GLAZING GLASS AND GLAZING 8A-1 SECTION 8J - HOLLOW METAL WORK Standards: Comply with the requirements of Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" (SDI-IO0), and as herein specified. Submittals: With manufacturer's standard details and specifications 'for hollow metal work, submit shop drawings showing application to project. ~nufacturer: A recognized p~oducer of hollow metal ~ork complying with the requirements, including any one of the following: Ceco Corp. Mesker Industries Inc. Tex Steel Republic Steel Corp. Steelcraft Mfg. Co. Midland HoL-O-Met Materials: Steel doors and frames; hot-rolled, pickled and oiled per ASTM A 569 and A 568; cold-rolled per ASTM A 366 and A 568. Anchors and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard units. Use galvanized items for units built into exterior walls, complying with ASTM A 153. Fabrication: Fabricate units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from 'defects, warp or buckle. Weld exposed joints continuously, grind, dress, and make smooth, flush and invisible. ~tallic filler to conceal manufacturing defects is not acceptable. Prepare hollow metal units to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping, complying with ANSI A 155 "Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation" Reinforce units to receive surface-applied finish hardware to be field app 1 t ed. Locate finish hardware as indicated or, if not tndir~ted, per NBHA "Reconmmnded Locations for Builder' s Hardware". Shop paint all hollow metal units, whether concealed or exposed in the finished worK, using manufacturer's rust-inhibitive primer. Doors: Comply with SDI-IO0, for the types and styles indicated. HOLLOW METAL WORK 8J-l Frames: Comply with SDI-IO0, of the types and sty. les indicated. Provide standard hollow metal frames for doors and transom. Prepare frames to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single-swing frames. Provide 26 ga. steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame, at back of hardware cutouts where installed in concrete, masonry or plaster openings. Installation: Install hollow-metal units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and final shop drawings. Fit doors to frames and floors with clearances specified in SOI-lO0. Finish hardware and door installation is specified in Section 8S. END OF SECTION HOLLOW METAL WORK 83-2 SECTION 8L3 - ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES PART I GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work. specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of each type of aluminum doors and Frames ~s shown on the drawings and in schedules. The.... Following types of aluminum doors and frames are required. Aluminum Entrance Doors & Frames RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Glass and Glazlng, Section 8A Builders Hardware, Section 8S; Except For hardware noted herein. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Standards: Comply with the requirements and recommendations in applicable specifications and standards by NAAMM, AA, MA and AA, including the terminology definitions and specifically including the "Entrance Manual" by NAAMMj except to the extent more stringent requirements are indicated. Manufacturer: Provide units produced by a firm with not less than 5 years of successful experience ;n the fabrication of aluminum entrance doors and Frames, of the type required for this proiect. ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 8 L3 - ! i Manufacture..~. One of the following: - Arch:tectural Products, Tubellte Adan::. and Westlake Co. Cupples Products Div. -- Flour City Arch. Metals Div Kawneer Company, Inc. Basis for Design: -- Kawneer "Tri-Fab 450" framing system. Kawneer "350" Medium Stile Doors SUBMITT '~LS: -- Manufacturer's Data, Aluminum Doors and Frames: Shop Drawings, Aluminum Doors and Frames: Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and installation of aluminum doors and frames, and associated components of the work. Include wall elevations at 1/2" scale, and half-size detail sections of every typical composite member. Show anchors, joint system, expansion provisions and other components not included in manufacturer's standard data. Include glazing details. SamF~les, Aluminum Doors and Frames: Submit 2 samples of each required aluminum finish, on ]2" long extrusions or 6" ~uare sheets, of the alloys to be used for the work. Samples will be reviewed by Architect for color and texture only. Compliance with other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Architect reserves the right to require samples of typical fabricated sections, ~howlng joints, exposed fastenings (if any), quality of workmanship, hardware and accessory items, before fabrication of the work proceeds. ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 813 - 2 Guarantee, Aluminum Doors and Frames: Submit 2 copies of written guarantee.signed by the ManuFa'cturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to replace aluminum doors and Frames which Fail in materials or workmanship within 3 years of the date of acceptance. Failure of materials or workmanship shall include (but not be limited to) Failures ~n operation of doors and hardware, excessive leakage or air infiltration, excessive deflections, delamlnation of panels, deterioration of finish or metal in excess of normal weathering, and defects in accessories, weatherstrlpplng, and other components of the work. PART 2- PRODUCTS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES: Aluminum Extrusions: Provide alloy and temper as recommended by manuFacture~: for strength, corrosion resistance, application of required finish and control of color~ but not less than 22,000 psi ultimate tensile strength. Provide main extrusions of not less than 0.125" wall thickness, except as otherwise indicated. Aluminum Sheets: Provide alloy and temper as recommended by manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance, abrasion resistance, application of required finish and control of color. For exposed sheets of flush doors and Flush panels, provide sheets of not less than 0.062" thickness, except as otherwise indicated. Fasteners: Aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel or other non-corrosive metal fasteners guaranteed by the manufacturer to be compatible with the doors, Frames, stops, panels, hardware, anchors and other items being fastened. For exposed fasteners (if any), provide Phillips fiat-head screws with finish matching the item fostened. Do not use exposed Fasteners except where unavoidable For the assembly of units, and unavoidable For the application oF hard- ware. Provide only concealed screws in glazing stops. Steel Reinforcement and Brackets: Manufacturer's standard Formed or Fabricated steel units, of shapes, plates or bars; with 2.0 oz. hot-dip zinc coating comply- ing with ASTM A 123, applied after Fabrication. Inserts: For required anchorage into concrete or masonry work, Furnish inserts o c-'t"~'~iron, malleable iron or 12 gauge steel hot-dip galvanized after Fabrication. Expansion Anchor Devices: Lead-shield or toothed-steel, drilled-in, expansion bolt anchors. ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 8L3 -3 Bituminous ~.%atlngs: Cold-applied asphalt mastic :omplying with SSPC-Palnt 12, compoundec ~or 30-roll thickness per coat. Protective Lacquer: Manufacturer's standard, clear non-yellowing lacquer, compounded specifically for protection of anodlc coatings during construction. Provide manufacturer's standard replaceable Compression Weatherstrl pping: stripping of either molded nebl~rene gaskets or molded PVC gaskets. Sliding Weatherstrlpplng: Provide manufacturer's standard replaceable stripping of wool~ polypropylene or nylon woven pile, with nyloa fabric and aluminum strip backlng. Sealants and Gaskets: Provide sealants and gaskets in the fabrication, assembly and installation of th'e' work~ which are recommended and guaranteed by the manufacturer to remain permanently elastic, non-shrinking, non-migrating and weatherproof for the llfe of the building. Glazing Gaskets: For glazing factory-installed glass and panels, and for gaskets which are factor);-instailed in a "captive" assembly of glazing stops, provide manufacturer's standard stripping of molded neoprene or molded PVC, or molded closed-cell neoprene. Glazing Materials: Refer to Section SA0 for gaskets and sealants required for the installation of glass and "glazed" panels at the project site. HARDWARE: Supplier: Except as indicated otherwise herein, refer to Section 8S of these .... specifications, and to the flame, door and hardware schedules and details, ~or hardware items, which will be furnished to the manufacturer of the doors and flames ~or installation, except as follows: Offset pivots, including intermediates, cast aluminum alloy with ~teel pins and" oilite bearings (ball-bearing bottom pivots), finished to match door finish. · Thresholds for exterior doors, complete with anchors, and jamb clips, coordinated '-~ with pivots and floor closers, extruded aluminum, of size shown or, if not shown, of manufacturer's standard size but not less than 4" wide by 1/2" high, mill finish. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap frames and doors as required to receive hardware, except do not drill and tap for surface-mounted items until the time of installation at the project site. Comply with hardware manufacturer's instructions and template requirements. Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. -- ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 81.3 - 4 Install all hardware, except surface-mounted hardware, at the t:abrlcation plant. Remove only as required for final finishing operations, and For delivery and [nstallaHon of the work at the project site. FABRICATION: genera J: Sizes and Profiles: The required sizes for door and frame units, and the profile requ[rements are shown on the drawings. Variable d[menslons (iFany) are indicated along with max[mum and mJnlmum dimensions as required fo achieve design requirements and coordination with other work. The details shown are based upon standard details by one or more manufacturers. It is intended that slm[lar details by other manufacturers will be acceptable, provided they comply with the size requlrements~ and with m?n[mum/max[mum profile requirements as shown. Coordination of Fabrication: Wherever possible, check the actual Frame or door openings in the construction work by accurate field measurement before fabr~catlon, and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Prefabrication: To the greatest extent possible, provide each continuous unit of framework, doors, side lights, transom panels, hardware, and all accessory items, as a "packaged entrance" unit. Complete the fabr[caHon, assembly, finishing, applTcatlon of hardware and all other work, before shipment to the project sJte, to the greatest extent possible. Disassemble only to the extenl necessary for shipment and installation. Preglaze door and Frame units to the greatest extent poss~ble, in coordination with installation and hardware application requlremenl's. ALUMINUM FINISHES: (3en era I: Samples: Establish samples of the required finish, For Architect's acceptance, prior to fabrication of the work. The Architect reserves the right to reject material finishes with objectionable variations from the established samples. Colored AnodTzed F[nlsh: NAAMM AA-M21C22A42, (minimum thickness of 0.7 mils)~ integral color anodized finish as follows:Kawr~ee~: #].7 C~_ea~'. ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 8L3 - 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION: INSTALLATION: Comply' with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for the installa- tiOn of aluminum doors and t:rames. Set units plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack of Frames, doors -- or panels. Anchor securely in place. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic'action at points of contact with other materials. Referto Section 7T0 For compounds, joint fillers and gaskets (if any) to be installed after installation of Frame assemblies. Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of Frames and doors, exercising care to avoid damage of the protective coating (TF any). Remove excess glazing - and sealant compounds, dirt and other substances. Where protective coating has been damaged~ remove coating completely as soon as. the completion ot: construction activities no longer requires its retention. Advise Contractor of protective treatment and other precautions required through the remainder of ~he construction period, to ensure that doors and Frames will be without damage or deterioration (other than normal weathering) at the Hme of acceptance. END OF SECTION 81.3 - 6 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 8L3 - 6 SECTION 8Q - SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS Submittals: Manufacturer's standard details and specifications. Manufacturers: One of the followinG: Windsor Door Co. Overhead Door Corporation The Cookson Co. Heavy ~ Sectional Steel Overhead ~99~i Provide complete door units complete with GlazinG, 2" low headroom track, operator, etc. Basis 9.~ ~9~Gn: The basis for selection, design, quality, and construction is Overhead 420 Series 20 Ga. Steel Door GlazinG: 1/4" PPG Graylite 14 Glass (1 section per door) Finish: Mfr's. standard white baked enamel. Operator: Model SLF, 1/2 horse power, 1 phase, 230V. Track: 2" Low Headroom Controls: Standard Medium Duty 3-Button Stations 1 surface mount control unit per door - interior 1 surface mount control unit per door - exterior Installation: Coordinate installation of the Work with other trades and locate accurately. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for secure attachment, proper relation to adjacent finished surfaces and proper operation. END OF SECTION 8Q - SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 8Q - 1 SECTION 8S - BUILDERS HARDWARE Descr~tp_~_q~ ~ ~o_~r~: The required builders hardware includes (but is not necessarily limited to the following: Cylinders for aluminum entrance doors as scheduled. Hardware for all doors except as otherwise noted. Door silencers for hollow metal frames. Door stops, floor or wall types. Closers. Door trim units, kick plates, push/pulls Cabinet hardware. Thresholds. Weatherstripplng. Adjustable metal shelf supports - standards and brackets. Relate______~dWork ~e_~d Elsewhere: Installation, Section, 6E Architectural Woodwork, Section 6G Wood Doors, Section 8K Hollow Metal Work, Section 8J Aluminum Entrance Doors, Section 8L General Hardware Regutrements: Scheduled Manufacturers' Numbers: An asterisk (*) is shown in the listing of acceptable manufacturers to indicate which manufacturer's product numbers have been used in schedule and elsewhere to establish minimum requirements. Manufacturer: Obtain each kind of hardware (latch, locksets, closers, etc.) from only one manufacturer. Submittals: Hardwar__e Schedule: Submit copies of the hardware schedule organized into "Hardware Sets" in the manner and format specified. Review and acceptance by the Architect or Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his exclusive responsibility to fulfill the requirements as shown and specified. A keying schedule shall also be required. Submit 3 copies plus number required for Contractor's own use. Guarantee: Provide 2 copies of written guarantee for all materials to be free from defects in manufacture and capable of performing the duties required for which it is designated for a period of two (2) years after the final acceptance by the Owner. Any material failing to comply with the above guarantee shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory material at the suppliers expense including the necessary labor for removing and replacing. ~a__~mples: When requested by the Architect, submit one sample BUILDERS HARDWARE 8S - 1 of each exposed hardware unit, tagged with full description for coordination with the schedule. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames, and other work to be factory prepared for the installation of hardware. Job Conditions: Coordinate hardware with other work. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions with package. Hi___qn~es and Pivots: Manufacturers of Butts: Stanley, Hager, Lawrence, McKinney· Latches_~ Locks, Bolts: Sargent~, Corbin, Russwin, Schlage Strikes: Wrought box strikes, with extended lip for latch bolts. Provide dust-proof strikes for foot bolts. Construction Locks: Either temporary cylinders for construction period, or temporary construction keying which is automatically voided by the use of Owner's keys. Provide 2 ke~s for each lock. Door Control Devices: Manufacturers o_~f Overhead Closers: Sargent~, P.F. Corbin, LCN Manufacturers of Hol~e__~s, S__tops_~_ Bumpers: Sargent, Glynn- Johnson, Trimco· Provide g~ay rubber exposed resilient parts. Finish exposed metal t__~o match hardware. Size and mount units indicated or, if not indicated, to comply with manufacturer's recommendations for the exposure condition. Reinforce the substrate as recommended. Where parallel arm closers are indicated, provide units one size larger than recommended for standard arm units. P~ovide silencers in hollow metal door frames, 3 per single door frame. Miscellaneous Door Hardware: Manufacturer o__~f Thresholds: Zero, Arjil J. May, National Guard* Metal: Aluminum Fabrication/Installation: Miter corners and return exposed ends to wall/door frame construction; bed in mastic. Door Strip_p~ and Seals: BUILDERS HARDWARE 8S - 2 Manufacturer of Weatherstrippin~ and Seals: Zero, Arjil J. May, National Guard*. Weatherstripping for aluminum entrance doors included in Section 8L. Provide weatherstripp~nG at doors indicated. Weatherstrip jambs and head of exterior doors. Keying: All locks and padlocks shall be keyed and masterkeyed as directed by the Owner. At job completion, all permanent day keys and master keys are to be turned over to the Owner, properly tagged. Installation: M__oun__~t hardwar_~e units at heights recommended in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware" by NBHA, except as otherwise required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed by the Architect. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. Drill and countersink units which are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. Cut and fit thresholds to profile of door frames, with mitered corners and hairline joints. Cut smooth openings for spindles, bolts, and similar items, if any. Screw thresholds to substrate with not less than No. 10 screws, 12" o.c. of the proper type for permanent anchorage. Ad'u~ clean, an__d lubricate each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Instruct Owner's Personnel~ if requested, of proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and finishes. P~ovide any special tools required for operation or maintenance of the hardware. BUILDERS HARDWARE 8S - 3 HARDWARE SET #1 Drs. 1, 2 1 Closer LCN 4040 By Door Supplier 1 Deadlock Adams Rite MS-1850A By Door Supplier 1 Threshold 4" Aluminum By Door Supplier 1 Push/Pull Style "V" By Door Supplier 1 1/2 pr. Offset Pivots By Door Supplier 1 Set Pile Weatherstripping By Door Supplier HARDWARE SET #2 (No Lock) Drs. 3, 4, 5, 6, ? All Hardware by Door Supplier HARDWARE SET #3 Drs. 8, 15, 18 1 1/2 pr. Butts TB2714 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 26D x NRP 1Lockset 6G05 x OB x 26D 1 Closer 1250 x EN I Stop 1210 x ES x 26D 1 Threshold 425 x length req'd 1 Sweep 97V x length req'd 1 Set Weatherstrip 160 x length req'd 1 Drip 16AD x length req'd HARDWARE SET #4 Dr. 17 I 1/2 pr Butts T2714 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 26D i Lockset 6G05 x OB x 26D 1 Stop 1201 x ES 3 Silencers 1229A 2 Kick Plates 12" x DW - 2" x 32D HARDWARE SET #5 Dr. 9 3 pr Butts TB2714 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 26D 2 Closers 1250 x EN 2 Push Plates 4 x 16 x 32D 1 Pulls Trimco 1059-7 x 32D 2 Stops 1201 x ES 2 Silencers 1229A HARDWARE SET #6 Drs. 14, 16 1 1/2 pr Butts TB2714 x 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 26D 1Latchset 6U15 x OB x 26D 1 Stop W1224 x CCS 1 Closer 1250 x EN 3 Silencers 1229A 2 Kick Plates 12" x DW - 2" x 32D BUILDERS HARDWARE 8S - 4 -- HARDWARE SET #? Drs. 12, 13 1 1/2 pr. Butts TB 2714 x 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 26D 1 Closer 1250 x EN 1 Push Plate 4 x 16 x 32D 1 Pull Trimco 1059-7 x 32D 1 Stop 1201 x ES 3 Silencers 1229A -- 2 Kick Plates 12" x DW - 2" x 32D HARDWARE SET #8 Drs. 10 _ 1 1/2 pr. Butts TB 2714 x 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 26D 1Latchset 6U15 x OB x 26D 1 Stop W1224 x CCS 3 Silencers 1229A HARDWARE SET #9 Door 19 3 pr. Butts TB 2714 x 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 x 26D 1Latchset 6U15 x OB x 26D 2 Stops W1201 x CCS 1 Pr. Surface Bolts 4876 x 26D 1 Threshold 425 x length req'd 2 Sweeps 97V x length req'd 1 Set Weatherstrip 160 x length req'd 2 Drips 16AD x length req'd HARDWARE SET #9 Cabinet Hardware Butts Stanley #1511-9X Pulls Stanley #4484 x 28 Drawer Slides K & V #1400 BUILDERS HARDWARE 8S - 5 SECTION 9D - GYPSUM DRYWALL Th___e ~ drywall work includes partitions and furring at columns. General Standard: ANSI A 97.1, except comply with requirements indicated and drywall manufacturer's specified instructions. Drywall Materials and Accessories: Steel Drvwall Framinq_t.' Screw type, ASTM C 645, 25 ga. zinc coated unless heavier ga. shown; complete system of members; studs, runners, furring and channels, accessories and anchors. Gypsum Drywall Board: ASTM C 36, provide boards with long edges tapered for 3oint treatment. Provide ~ labeled "Type X" board as USG Sheetrock SW Firecode Wallboard. Provide ~ "WR" water resistant board at all damp locations (including behind and adjacent to all toilets/urinals) and as scheduled on the Drawings. ~r_,vwall Sealant: Non-drying mastic of type recommended by drywall manufacturer, except provided paintable elastic sealant where exposed to view. Dr__V_ywall Trim Accessories: Galvanized steel of the fo]lowing types: External corner beads with metal flanges. Casi~l bead of beaded-nose flange type, with fl~.nge for 3oint tr~eatment. Joint Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475, types recommended by drywall manufacturer. Drsrwall Installation: Isolate steel stud framinq from overhead structural work, to prevent bearing stresses. Terminate ~r_~! partitions a minimum of ! 1/2" above acoustical lay-in ceilings. S_pace drywall framinq as indicated. Provide extra jamb members, corner members, and provide rough framing at openings, as recommended by manufacturer. Anchor to door frames and supporting structure as recommended. Stud Sp~in~i 16" on center. GYPSUM DRYWALL 9D-1 -- Provide dr%;wall of the thickness indicated For vertical partition wallboard installation,~offset joints on opposite faces of wall. Install wallboards in lengths and directions which will minimize the number of end joints. Screw (do not nail) wall board to supports as recommended by manufacturer. Provide drywall sealant at edges, interruptions and openings through drywall work, concealed behind edGe~of board where possible. Trim drywall at external corners with corner beads. -- provide casing beads at exposed edges of wallboard, and wherever drywall abuts flush with other walls. Provide flush joint treatment for exposed drywall work. Apply tape and compound in not less than 3 applications, sanding smooth after the last 2. -- Texture and Painting_k.' Section qT. END OF SECTION 9D GYPSUM DRYWALL 9D-2 SECTION 9E - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Standards: Acoustical Materials: FS SS-S-118 ~pension ~¥stems: ASTM C 635 for materials: ASTM 636 for installation. Terminoloq~ and Performances: Current Bulletin by AIMI "Performance Data, Architectural Acoustical Materials". Fire Hazard: UL "Classified Building Materials Index" Submittals: Submit 2 samples, 12" square of exposed acoustical unit, and 2 samples, 4" long of each exposed suspension member and molding. Maintenance Stock: At completion of pro3ect, deliver to Owner 2 unbroken cartons of each pattern of acoustical ceiling used. Materials: ~_a_y-In Acoustical Panels: Mineral fiber boards, 24" x 48" of not less than 5/8" thick, as Celotex "Safetone", natural fissured painted units. Class 25 frame spread, NRC 0.60 tp 0.70. Match Architect's samples. Manufactures offering products to comply with the requirements include the following: Celotex Building Products Armstrong Cork Co. 3ohns-Manville U. S. Gypsum Suspension ~tem: As required to support acoustical units, fixtures and other components as indicated, and including anchorages, hangers, runners, cross runne~s, clips, moldings, fasteners and other members, devices and accessories. Manufacturers offering products to comply with the requirements include the following: Donn Products Inc. Eastern Products Flange Klamp Structural Class: Intermediate-duty. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 9E - Hanger Wire: Not less than 12 gage (0.106) galvanized steel. T_/R91 Direct-hung. Exposure: Fully-exposed (lay-in) suspension system. -- Exposed Finish: White baked enamel. Edge Moldings: Metal channel or angle type with single flange exposed. Finish: White baked enamel. -- Access: Total up-acting access system. Acoustical Sealant: Heavy-bodied, non-shrinking, non-drying, -- non-sag grade mastic. Installation: ~yout: Balance ceiling borders on opposite sides, using more-than-half width acoustical units. -- Tolerance: 1/8" in 12'-0" level tolerance. Pattern Direction: One-way, align joints; and as shown on _ reflected ceiling plan. Hold Down Clips: Secure tile with hold down clips (spaced per manufacturer's recommendations) in all rooms with doors to the exterior. ~spension ~emi Secure to building structure, with .... hangers spaced 4'-0" along supported members. Provide supplemental hangers at light fixtures, etc., complying with ASTM 636. ~g9 Moldi~l Secure to substrate with screw anchors spaced 16" o.c. Set with concealed bead of acoustical sealant. Miter corner joints. Cope exposed flanges of intersecting suspension members for flush intersections. END OF SECTION 9E ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 9E - 2 SECTION 9F - CEMENT FIBER BOARD RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Section 6E - Carpentry Section 9D - Drywall General: Cement Fiber Board (CFB) indicated on the plans or described in these specifications shall be Flexboard II panels as manufactured by Manville, and shall consist of non-asbestos pressed fiber-cement panels, Type F (flexible) of the thicknesses shown on the drawings. Fabrication: Fabricate at jobsite using ordinary tools. Sawcut either wet or dry (at Contractor's option) using either hand or bench equipment. As CFB contains crystalline silica (quartz sand), the use of dust-removal equipment is recommended when dry machineing to avoid the generation of airborne particulates. Installation: Install CFB panels with self drilling #10 x 1-1/4" stainless steel oval head screws. Install panels over gypsum wallboard with 1/8" joints to receive sealant prior to painting. Stagger joints to avoid gypsum wallboard joints. Finish: Supply CFB in standard neutral light gray finish. END OF SECTION 9F - CEMENT FIBER BOARD CEMENT FIBER BOARD 9F - 1 SECTION gN - RESILIENT FLOORING Submittals: With manufacturer's data and installation instructions, submit the following: 2 sets of samples of each type, color and pattern of resilient flooring and accessories; full size for tile. Maintenance Stock: At completion of project, deliver to Owner 4 standard cartons of resilient flooring. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard col ors. -- Vinyl Asbestos Tile: FS SS-T-312, Type IV; 12" x 12" size; 1/8" thick. Vinyl Base: FS SS-W-40, Type II; 4" high; 1/8" gage; with matching stops and preformed corner units; style, standard top-set cove. Resilient Edge Strips: Not less than l" wide, 1/8" thick; tapered bullnose edge, color to match flooring as selected by Architect. Preparation: Prior to laying flooring, broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered and inspect subfloor. .I~stallation: Comply with flooring manufacturer's reco~endations for type(s) of materials, project conditions, and intended use. Lay tile flooring) from center marks established with principal walls; adjust as required to void use of cut units less than 3" wide at perimeters. Match tiles for color and pattern by using in manufactured and packaged sequence. Lay tile with grain running in same direction. Apply resilient base in as long lengths as practicable to walls, columns, and all permanent fixtures where indicated. Install resilient edge strips at all unprotected edges of flooring. Clean floors and accessories after installation and apply protective wax ~ngs i n accordance with flooring manufacturer' s instructions. Acceptable Manufacturers: Armstrong Cork Co. Azrock Floor Products Flintkote Co. GAF Corp. Kentile Floors, Inc. END OF SECTION 9N RESILIENT FLOORING 9N-1 SECTION 9R1 - CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Cash Al Iowance: The furnishing and installation of carpeting is a cash allowance item in the construc- tlon bid. See Section lA, Summary of Work. The extent of each type of carpet ~s shown on the drawings and in scheduies. PART 2 - EXECUTION PREPARATION: Measure each space to receive carpeting, as a basis of supplying, cutting and seaming the carpet. Vacuum substrate immediately prior to carpet installation, and remove all deleterious substances which would interfere with the installation or be harmful to the work. INSTALLATION: General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, use minimum number of seams. Maintain directior~' of pattern and texture, including lay of pile. Extend carpet under open-bottomed and raised-bottom obstructions. Extend carper into closets and alcoves of rooms indicated to be carpeted, unless another floor finish is indicated for such spaces. Install carpet edge quard at every location where edge of carpet is exposed to traffic, except where another device, such as an expansion joint cover system or threshold, is indicated with an integral carpet binder bar. CARPETING 9R1 - 1 -- Tape seams of cushion with 4" wide tape, as recommended by manufacturer. Install carpet with seams taped or sewn, using permanent t~pe construction which - ~nt strength for stretching and wear without failure during the llfe of the carpet. Apply seaming cement to edges without being in evidence on the face of the carpet. Maintain straight seams, running true with the lines of the - building. Stretch, adjust and trim carpet in accordance with recognized installation practices. -- Secure edges in the manner recommended by carpet manufacturer. Use power stretchers of the type recommended by' the carpet manufacturer, in - areas exceeding 18'-0" in width. Return to installation after a period of use (not exceeding one year) and restretch -- ~he carpet once, when requested by the Resident Engineer. Trim and resecure the edges as required. CLEANING AND PROTECTION: Remove debris fram installation, carefully sorting pieces to be saved from scraps to -- be disposed of. Vacuum carpet with a commercial machine, with rotating agitator or beater in the - nozzle. Remove soiled spots. Advise the Contractor of areas which should be protected during the remainder of the construction period, 'to that carpet will be in undamaged and unsoiled conditions at the time of acceptance. Recommend the type of non-staining cover material that __ should be used for protective cover. END OF SECTION 9R1 CARPETING 9R1 - 2 SECTION 9T - PAINTING Submittals: In addition to manufacturer's data for each coating material, submit samples for Architect's review of color and texture. Resubmit samples as required until required sheen, color and texture is achieved. On 12" x 12" hardboard, provide 2 samples of each color and material, with texture to simulate conditions. Maintenance Stock: At completion of project, deliver to Owner one unopened, labeled container of each kind and color used in the project; gallons for wall paint, quarts for enamels, stains, lacquers, etc. Description of Work: Paint and finish all exposed interior work and exterior items and surfaces noted to be painted, including mechanical and electrical work, unless otherwise indicated. Prior to beqinninq ~rk~ the Architect will furnish sample color chips for the surfaces to be painted. Match the colors of the chips and submit samples before proceeding with the work. Related Work ~fied Elsewhere Materials: See fo/lowing "paint Systems Schedule" for materials and quality requirements. Work Not Included: Shop priming of ferrous metal items and fabricated components are included under their respective trades. Pre-finished items include items items as noted above, and interior face brick will not be painted. Unless Otherwise indicated, painting not required on surfaces of concealed areas including piping, equipment, and other such items within the concealed spaces. Do not paint any moving parts of operating units, or over any equipment identification, performance rating, name or nomenclature plates or code r~quired labels. Delivery and Storaq~i Deliver materials to the job site in new, original, and unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name, trade name, and label analysis. Store where directed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Protection: Protect work of other trades. Correct any painting related damaged by cleaning, repairing, or replacing, and refinishing, as directed by the Architect. Coomdination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime coats used. Notify the Architect in writing of any anticipated problems using specified coatings with substrates. PAINTING 9T - 1 -- Surface Preparation: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition. -- Remove Hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not to be finish painted, or provide surface applied protection. Reinstall removed items. Seal Wood required to be job painted. Prime edges, ends, face, and undersides, and backsides of counters, cabinets, -- etc. Seal ~Rs_~ bottoms of wood doors with heavy coat of varnish or similar sealer immediately upon delivery to job. ~y~psum Board Surfaces: Prepare for painting by applications of joint cement, bedding of reinforcing tape, and texture with medium splatter/drag finish. Material Preparation: Mix, prepare, and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. __ 6Rplication: Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material and surfaces to which applied. A_~l__y additional coats when undercoats or other conditions show through final paint coat, until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through - registers or grilles, flat non-specular black. Paint back sides of access doors and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and edqg~ same as exterior faces. Sand !!gh~!Y between succeeding enamel coats. Omit first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have shop- primed. -- 6~ sealer to interiors of architectural woodwork items not exposed to view. PAINTING 9T - 2 6P~!~ ~!~ gg~ to material which is required to be painted or finished, and which has not been primed by others. APPLY ~ ~9F.~% at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to provide a total dry film to thickness or not less than 5.0 mils for the entire coating system of prime and finish coats for 3 coat work. ~.9~!9.~e ~9~. Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. PAINT SYSTEMS SCHEDULE Glidden, Sherwin Williams, PPG, Pratt & Lambert, Kelly-Moore Q~a%~1 Equal to Glidden Alkyd Spred Lustre Enamel and Glidden Alkyd Ultra-Hide Enamel EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS Provide the following finish coating systems for the various substrates as shown on the Finish Schedule and herein specified. ~ystem E-1 ~lky~ Industrial 1st Coat: Enamel undercoat or metal primer to suit substrate. 2nd Coat: Gloss Enamel 3rd Coat: Gloss Enamel Apply to exterior surfaces, including, but not limited to the following: Metal Gates Hollow Metal Work Mechanical Items 1st Coat: Primer to suit substrate 2nd Coat: Gloss Enamel 3rd Coat: Gloss Enamel Apply to exterior wood trim trim, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: Exposed Wood Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce straight, uniform edges, with 4" wide painted yellow stripes. Paint shall meet FS TT-P-115E, Type III with maximum coverage of 100 square feet per gallon (approximately 300 linear feet x 4" wide per gallon). PAINTING 9T - 3 INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS Provide the following finish coating systems for the following substrates, as shown on the Finish Schedule and herein -- specified: ~ystem I-l, 6~d__~ ~pred Lustre Enamel: -- 1st Coat: Metal primer or enamel undercoat, to suit substrate. 2nd Coat: Semi-Gloss Enamel 3rd Coat: Semi-Gloss Enamel -- Apply to interior surfaces scheduled to receive semi-gloss finish: including, but not limited to the following: Apply to interior surfaces scheduled to receive enamel paint, -- generally, rooms A, C, D, E, F, H, L, K Misc. Metal Items (Exposed to View) ~ystem I-~.L Ultra-Hide Enamel: 1st Coat: Primer-sealer to suit substrate 2nd Coat: Flat Enamel " 3rd Coat: Flat Enamel Apply to interior gypsum wallboard surfaces scheduled to receive flat enamel finish, generally, room G. ~ ~-~ Lustre Enamel: 1st Coat: Enamel undercoat to suit substrate. 2nd Coat: Gloss Enamel 3rd Coat: Gloss Enamel Apply to Wood Surfaces - Shelving, Architectural Woodwork Hollow Metal Work System I-4, Polyamide Epoxy 1st Coat: Primer-Sealer to suit substrate -- 2nd Coat: Polyamide-Epoxy Apply to interior surfaces scheduled to receive epoxy paint, Generally, rooms B, M PAINTING OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND -- ASSOGIATED ITEMS General: Ail equipment should be delivered to the jobsite with .... suitable prime coat. Should the coat be marred in transit, or during installation, touch-up prime coat. Paint all exposed factory prime coated Mechanical, Plumbing, and Electrical Work and Equipment with two coats, semi-gloss, alkyd resin enamel. For work not having factory prime coat, apply one prime and two finish coats of semi-gloss, alkyd resin -- enamel. END OF SECTION 9T - PAINTING PAINTING 9T - 4 SECTION iOAE - BAKED ENAMEL TOILET PARTITIONS Description of Work: Type: baked enamel, floor mounted, headrail braced. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible to ensure proper fitting of the work. Manufacturer: Provide partitions produced by one of the following manufacturers: The Tansey Co. Global Steel Products, Gorp. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Mills Medical Gompartment Submittals: ShoR Drawin__q~: Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of toilet partition assemblies. Include plans and elevation at not less than 3/8" to 1'0" scale, and details at not less than 3" to l'O" scale. Show all anchorage and accessory items and finishes. ~amples: Provide 2 color charts of manufacturer's standard baked enamel colors. Materials: Doors, panels, and screens shall be 1" finish thickness with honeycomb core and 22 Ga. bonderized and galvanized steel facing and edge strip; pilasters shall be 1/4" finish thickness with honeycomb core and 20 ga. bonderized and galvanized steel facing and edge strip. Pilasters S__hoes__: AISI Type 302/304 20 ga. stainless steel, 3" high, finish to match hardware. StirruR Brackets: Manufacturer's standard, non-ferrous alloy with satin chrome finish. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy duty operating hardware and accessories, non-ferrous cast alloy with satin chrome finish. Provide for each door as follows: Hinges: Either surface mounted or cutout insert type, adjustable to hold door open at any angle up to ninety degrees. Latch and Keeper: Recessed latch unit with combination rubber faced strike and keeper. Coat Hook and Bumper: Manufacturer's standard unit, rubber tipped. BAKED ENAMEL TOILET PARTITIONS IOAE - ! -- 6Dchoraqes and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard theft proof exposed fasteners, finished to match hardware. _. Overhead Brace: Fabricate from continuous aluminum tube, anti-grip design with clear anodized finish. Set and secure brace to the top of each pilaster. .... Installation: Instal/ partitions rigid, straight, plumb, and level, in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Set units with not more than 1/2" between -- pilasters and panels, and not more than 1" between panels and walls. _. Hardware Adjustments:. Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation. Cleaninq and Final ~justments: Perform final adjustments to -' pilaster leveling devices, door hardware and other operating parts. Clean exposed surfaces and touch up minor finish imperfections using materials and methods recommended by partition manufacturer, as acceptable to Architect. END OF SECTION IOA - BAKED ENAMEL TOILET PARTITIONS BAKED ENAMEL TOILET PARTITIONS iOAE - 2 SECTION 10B - TOILET AGGESSORIES Submittals: Manufacturer's data and installation instructions. Manufacturers offering products to comply with the requirements for toilet accessories include the following: American Dispenser Co.* Bobrick Washroom Equipment Miami-Carey The Charles Parker Co. Tubular Specialties Mfg. Inc. General: Provide toilet accessories as shown on drawings and herein specified. Except as noted, the products listed below, are from the manufacturer listed with a "*" above. These numbers are used for reference, and to establish design, type, and quality) Locate units as shown, or if not shown, as directed by the Architect. Materials: Provide units.fabricated from AISI Type 302/satin finish, unless otherwise indicated. Toilet Accessories: TA-! Towel Dispenser #? TA-2 Tissue Dispenser #82! TA-3 Handicap Bar #930SC0 TA-4 Double Robe Hooks (2 ea.) #528 Provide anchors~ ~oltsj and other necessary faste~er__s~ and attach units securely to walls and partitions in locations shown or directed. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for each type of substrate construction. Install concealed mounting devices and fasteners fabricated of the same materials as the accessories or of galvanized steel. Install exposed mounting devices and fasteners finished to match the accessories. END OF SECTION 1OB - TOILET ACCESSORIES TOILET ACCESSORIES 1OB - I -- SECTION lOC - METAL LOCKERS Submittals: In addition to manufacturer's data and -- installation instructions, provide samples of colors for review and approval of Architect. Manufacturer: Provide metal lockers as manufactured by one of the following: Medart, Inc. Pefco Products, Inc. -- Republic Storage Systems Lyon Metal Products -- Quanti~y_k 24 double tier lockers for a total of 48 openings. Size:15 inches wide 21 inches deep 36 inches high (each door) Material: 16 ga. steel doors and frames -- 24 ga. steel body Finish: Baked enamel steel Handles: Recessed ~~_plates: permanently attached number plates 1-48 Interior equipment: one pronged ceiling hook five single pronged wall hooks ~9~2. sloped Base: closed Construction: square, rigid, with metal faces flat and free of dents and distortion. Installation: in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, plumb, level, and rigid. Provide anchors at top to prevent __ tipping. END OF SECTION 10C - METAL LOCKERS METAL LOCKERS 10C - 1 SECTION iOF - FIREFIGHTING DEVICES Submittals: Manufacturer's data and installation instructions. Manufacturer: Provide firefighting devices as manufactured by one of the following: W.D. Allen Mfg. Co. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co. General Fire Extinguisher Co. Larsens Mfg. Co. J.L. Industries Fire ~BGuisher (FE): Provide one 20 Lb. U.L. Labeled wall hung extinguisher at each location labeled "FE" on floor plans. Installation: Surface mount for wall installation with top of cabinet at 48" above finish floor. END OF SECTION iOF - FIREFIGHTING DEVICES FIREFIGHTING DEVICES /OF - 1 _ SECTION IOK - FLAGPOLES Related Work ~pecified Elsewhere: Alternatives - Section lB Submittals: Manufacturer's data and installation instructions. Manufacturers offering products to comply with the requirements for flagpoles include the following: _ Acme Flagpole Co., Div. of Lingo Inc. American Flagpole, Div., of Kearney-National Inc. Baartol Co., Inc. Babcock-Davis Assoc., Inc. Texas Flagpole, Inc. Provide and Install: -- 1 Pole with 30 feet exposed height Pole Construction: _ Seamless extruded tubing, alloy 6063-T6 heat treated and age hardened, with natural clear 0.? mil anodized finish, AA-C22A41, Class B, and clear lacquer coating. Fabricate pole in one piece wherever possible. -- Cone Taper: Mfr's standard seamless, uniform, straight line tapered section above a cylindrical butt section. Butt Diameter: 6" -- Total Length: Exposed Height + 3' Base Construction: Provide manufacturer's standard base system for the type of flagpole installation required, including necessary brackets and bracing. -- Accessories: Base Cover Ball, 6" Diameter Single Truck One 9" Cleat Cleat Cover with built-in hinge-hasp arrangement for padlock. Continuous halyard of braided nylon with steel or bronze core, with 3 sets of swivel snaps. Installation: As shown and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION IOK - FLAGPOLES FLAGPOLES 10K-1 SECTION 10R - LIQUID CHALKBOARDS Q~!!~Y Assurance: Manufacturinq Qualific~tions: Provide each chalkboard as a complete unit produced by a single manufacturer, including necessary mounting accessories, fittings, and fastening devices. Manufacturer: Provide chalkboard as manufactured by one of the following: Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc. Greensteel, Inc. Korok Divsion., Enameled Prod. Co. Gamco, Div. of Gamco Industries, Inc. Submittals: In addition to manufacturer's data and installation instructions, submit the following: Samples of each type of chalkboard, tackboard, trim and accessories, as requested by Architect. Shop drawings for non-standard installation features not clearly described in manufacturer's literature. ~uid Chalk Surface LCS Surface: 24 gauge. Backing Panel: Plywood or 3/8" particle board with aluminum foil backing. Trim and Accessories: General: Fabricate frames and trim of not less than 0.062" thick aluminum alloy, sizes and shape as shown, to suit type of installation. Provide straight, single length units. Miter all corners to a neat, hairline closure. Furnish exposed aluminum trim, accessories and fasteners with satin anodized finish AA-M31A31. Provide LCS/tackboard: Series 8, Type D, 4'x lO',with 2 boxes LCS-673 markers and 2 felt erasers in room "A". END OF SECTION iOR - CHALKBOARD CHALKBOARD IOR - 1 -- ~p]~.~s__i.' Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of sign required. ~ples: When requested, furnish full size sample of cast aluminum letters. ~bqP ~l~i~i Submit shop drawings for fabrication and -- erection of specialty signs. Include plans, elevations, large scale details of sign wording and lettering layout. Show anchorages and accessory items. Provide location _ template drawings for items supported or anchored to permanent construction. Cast Plaque: Provide 18"x 24" cast aluminum plaque with radiused corners and Owner's logo (from Owner furnished artwork) and wording furnished by Architect. Provide units free from pits, scale, and sand holes or other defects, with the required raised letters, numbers, and characters. Hand tool and buff to provide clean, sharp figures with bright finish. Provide painted background texture and finish as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. Provide rubbing for verification of text prior to casting. Aluminum: Use alloy as recommended by aluminum producer to suit casting and finishing required. Manufacturer: Provide cast plaque as manufactured by the Southwell Co., San Antonio, Texas. Cast Letters: Provide cast aluminum letters 6" (Caps. .... Numbers), ! 1,/2" deep, with 1 1/4" stroke; and 4" (Lower Case), I 1/2" deep, with 7/8" stroke as shown on the Drawings. Furnish cast units with smooth flat faces, sharp corners, true lines, and accurate profiles. Provide units free of pits, scale, sand holes, or other defects. Style: Futura S-902 (The $outhwell Co.) Anchors: Non-corrosive, concealed, and theft-proof. _~ Aluminum~ Use F-214 aluminum alloy with satin polished faces and matte sides, anodized black. END OF SECTION 10S - SPECIALTY SIGNS SPECIALTY SIGNS !OS-! llC - MAINTENANCE BUILDING EQ~~ ~!~ ~qE~ ~R~..~!~ Elsewhere: Alternatives - Section lB Structural Steel - Section 5A Mechanical - Division 15 Electrical - Division 16 Provide and Install the followin~ equipment, includin~ all required fittings, attachments and accessories to provide complete operating systems. The various items of equipment are scheduled on the equipment plan (Sheet 7 of the Drawings). The items listed below indicate which items are included in the Base Bid and which are Alternates: #1 COMPUTERIZED WHEEL BALANCER CP/Coats Model #1001 ALTERNATE #1 3-8 Equipment Co. 129 E. Oregon St. Dallas, Texas 75203 (214) 948-1494 #2 TIRE CHANGER CP/Coats Model #RC-iOA ALTERNATE #2 3-8 Equipment Co. #3 ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC TESTER CP/Coats Model #460 ALTERNATE #3 J-8 Equipment Co. #4 HOSE REELS Air Reelcraft - Model #5450-OLPTW BASE BID w/ ARO # 635003 Air Chuck Water #5450-OLPTW w/ ARO #635131 Radiator Bibb Motor Oil #D8840-OMPTW w/ ARO #635383 Metered Nozzle ATF #D8840-OMPTW w/ ARO #635383 Metered Nozzle Gear Oil #8640-OHPTW w/ ARO #635381 Metered Nozzle Chasis Lube #8640-OHPTW w/ ARO #636103 Nozzle #636077 "Z" Swivel VSA, Inc. 10550 Shady Trail Dallas, Texas 75220 (214) 353-0765 #5 BRAKE LATHE Accu. Turn Model #8922 ALTERNATE #4 w/ Bench #8929 VSA, Inc. w/ Truck Set #434054 MAINTENANCE BUILDING EQUIPMENT llC - 1 _ #6 4 POST ELECTRO/HYDRAULIC LIFT Rotary Lift Model #SM-120 ALTERNATE #5 VSA, Inc. #? FRONT END MACHINE Rotary Lift System #5000 ALTERNATE #6 VSA, Inc. #8 TYPE "A" METAL SHELVING Inca Model # M8-3624 #9 TYPE "B" METAL SHELVING # M6-3624 ALTERNATE #? Cisco Material HandlinG, Inc. 1220 Century Dr. Carrollton, Texas 75006 (214) 242-5124 #10 PUMP Motor Oil ARO #612043 .... #11 PUMP Gear Oil ARO #612040.1 #12 PUMP ATF ARO #612043 #13 PUMP Chassis Lube ARO #612255.D BASE BID (#10, 11, 12, 13) VSA, Inc. #14 FUEL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BASE BID See Specification Section llF · #15 ICE MACHINE Kold Draft #40lA Epoxy Paint Finish w/ GTN-350 Ice Bin Ice Machine, Inc. 3712 Hagger Way Dallas, Texas (214) 357-9723 #16 CAR WASH EQUIPMENT Ewing Model #2100 BASE BID VSA, Inc. #17 AIR COMPRESSOR BASE BID See Specification Section 15492 #18 WATER HEATER BASE BID See Specification Section 15400 #19 AC CONDENSING UNIT #20 AC CONDENSING UNIT BASE BID See Specification Section 15800 MAINTENANCE BUILDING EQUIPMENT llC - 2 #2] MOTORIZED TROLLEY CHAIN HOIST Acco Model #2103670 BASE BID w/18' lifting height Acco Babcock, Inc. w/Series "C" Electrification 4141 Blue Lake Circle Dallas, Texas 75244 (214) 458-2627 #22 NON POWERED BEAM TROLLEYS (2) ACCO Model #6201100 BASE BID Acco Babcock, Inc. #23 LIQUID CHALKBOARD BASE BID See Specification Section 10R #24 LOCKERS ALTERNATE #9 See Specification Section 10C Submittals: Manufacturer's Data: For information only, submit 5 copies of manufacturer's specification for approval. Coordinate with other trades including, but not necessarily limited to the suppliers of Structural Steel, Plumbing, and Electrical Work. war~aQ~y: Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's standard warranty. Installation: Install units complying with manufacturer's instructions. Repair or replace damaged parts affecting appearance or serviceability, as acceptable to the Architect. MAINTENANCE BUILDING EQUIPMENT ]]C - 3 SECTION llF - CARDENTRY FUEL MANAGEMENT/ACCESS SYSTEM Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Concrete Panel Fence System - Section 2S Motor Fuel Facilities - Section 15980 Electrical - Division 16 The ~e__qn~ 9~ the Cardentry Fuel Manaqement/Access ~~ consists of: An integrated microprocessor based system consisting of: A complete system for the dispensary control of motor fuels. A pedestal mounted card reader for the operation of site entry gate. Wrought iron entry gate complete with operating system. General: This document specifies the criteria for furnishing and installing an integrated, microprocessor based Cardentry Fuel Management System for one fueling site, 500 employees, 200 vehicles, and four fuel dispensers. The centrally located equipment consisting of a Fuel Management System controller that makes all fuel use decisions, a Video Display Terminal and keyboard for operator data entry to the controller, and a Serial Line Printer for printin~ reports and alerts. Additionally, the system shall include an Automated Petroleum Terminal, to be located at the Fuel Island to provide accountability and control. The APT shall operate with cryptically encoded magnetic cards which will be assigned and issued to each person and/or vehicle that is to be allowed to use the system. Sufficient multiplexers and modems shall be furnished for routing the communication lines from the APTs back to the controller in a cost effective and logical manner. Also, sufficient Fuel Dispenser Interface controls shall be provided for switching of power to the dispenser pump motors. ~ ~ ~!~_~. These specifications are based on the Fuel Management System 544 equipment manufactured by Rusco Electronic Systems, 11498 Luna Rd., Dallas, Texas (214) 869-0601 (a Figgie International Co.), in order to set a standard for design, quality, and oper;ation. ~~!~.~2. Installation shall be by a qualified installer, and shall be installed as a complete system by one supplier. qgB~Eg~!~EL The controller shall be all solid state, microprocessor based Fuel Management System controller. The Controller shall be capable of supporting a network of Automated Petroleum Terminals and access readers for applications in fuel monitoring and control, security access control, and data entry. The operator interface shall be a user friendly menu driven Video Display Terminal that guides CARDENTRY FUEL MANAGEMENT/ACCESS SYSTEM llF - 1 the operator with English prompts for entering data and generating reports. A "level assignment" password scheme shall be employed to allow the user to assign each password access to specific menu functions. The controller shall have (16) 20 milliamp communication channels; each for interconnecting to one APT, multiplexer, modem, or other system access reader. Line monitor supervision shall be an integral function of the polling communication protocol between the controller and terminals/devices. Each time a terminal device is polled, it must respond with a message. If no message is received by the controller, an alarm message shall print. Poll Error Masking shall allow the user to "turn off" reporting from those channels which have no devices connected. The fo/lowing paragraphs describe some features that are modular in configuration. Although this document specifies a definite configuration, the controller must be designed for possible future upgrades in the field to add other features and increase the size of these modular features. Fuel Use Control: The controller shall make all fuel use control decisions (who gets what, when, where, and how much). The fuel use control shall be made by assigning each cardholder (person and vehicle) to a status level. Each status level assignment shall define, for a group of cardholders, the permissible fueling sites, hoses, and products, and the times allowed to fuel at each site. The controller authorization file shall be configured for 16 status level assignments. Specific terminal or access reader sites and hose information shall be programmed in the controller. The controller shall store 20 terminal/hose/reader assignments. This information shall be in clear English text and show an expanded site name and a location abbreviation. Hoses shall be programmed to show location, site hose description, and type of product dispensed. All prompts shall be in clear English text. The card file shall be configured to store data for 500 cardholders or vehicles. Each card entry shall provide for a 5-digit card number, a 12 character name, a 10 character ~D field, 12, 9, 6 character auxiliary fields, a 3-digit status assignment, a a definition of a "person" or "vehicle" card, assignment of a 1 or 2 card operation mode, and a 3-digit quantity limit assignment. The vehicle file shall additionally provide for current odometer entry values, vehicle range one tank of fuel, and a choice to run an ongoing odometer check. Time zones shall be used for controlling fuel use by time. A time zone shall consist of one or more time intervals. Each time interval shall be comprised of a start day of the CARDENTRY FUEL MANAGEMENT/ACCESS SYSTEM llF - 2 week and time (military time - hours and minutes), and a stop day and time. Up to sixteen intervals may be assigned to a single time zone. The controller shall be configured with 8 time intervals. A calendar/clock shall be provided in the controller for indicating the time of day (military - 24 hours), day of the week, day of month, and year. This calendar/clock and all controller files shall be "backed-up" by a built-in battery capable of sustaining the clock and all data base files for a minimum of 72 hours after loss of AC power. An audit trail record shall be kept by the controller within the transaction file. The audit trail shall identify by name who logged on and off the Video Display Terminal and the date and time of the log-on or log-off. Any error, alert, or alarm messages shall be printed in clear English text. The controller shall have three RS232C ports; one input/output for the Video Display Terminal, one output for the connection of the Serial Line Printer, and one input/output for formatted transaction data off load to a magnetic tape storage system. Data transmission for the Video Display Terminal shall be ASCII encoded at 19,000 baud; data transmission for the Serial Line Printer shall be ASCII encoded at 1200 baud. Data for the third port shall be formatted J.n 200 byte record lengths for each transaction, ASCII encoded, with a user selected data format of 300 or 1200 baud; ? or 8 bits; even, odd, or no parity; and one or two stop bits to allow system output flexibility. The data output on port three shall contain an end of dump "Dump Delineator Record" indicating; first and last sequential transaction number, date and time of first and last transaction, date and time when dump started and was completed. The "dump Delineator Record" shall conform to the set record length of 200 bytes. ~~9~Y ~gPg~!n-~i The controller shall keep an accurate inventory record of all metered product at each site. The inventory record shall indicate the specific product storage site, holding tank, product type, and unit of measure, the hose drawing product ~rom the tank, and a specific reorder point for tank inventory. An on-going, real time inventory record shall be kept of total product remaining in each tank, total amounts pumped per each hose assigned to each tank, and total inventory added within the defined time period for inventory tracking. A current inventory report shall be printed on demand in clear English text. Transaction ~Rortin~j. The results of each fueling transaction, attempted fueling transaction, bulk fuel delivery, or packaged product withdrawal shall be stored in CARDENTRY FUEL MANAGEMENT/ACCESS SYSTEM llF - 3 a transaction buffer. This buffer shall have the capacity to store 600 transactions. When selected, all or desired transactions shall be output for printing in report form, English text. The controller shall be capable of printing the transaction reports by any single choice or combination of time interval, person, or vehicle, fueling location, type of transaction. Each transaction shall describe the cardholder by name, the vehicle by ID, the terminal by location, the hose used, the quantity and product type dispensed, the entered odometer reading, a record of vehicle performance and the date and time of transaction. Other transactions shall show the part number and quantity of any packaged product withdrawn and the tank number, quantity and product type of any bulk fuel delivery made at a fueling site. Any reason for denial of fuel shall be clearly printed in English text. Manual Transaction Entries: For off site fueling, or fueling from a site that is not automated, manual transaction entries shall be used to enter fuel and non- fuel transaction data from the Video Display Terminal. These entries shall provide a transaction record indicative of a one or two card, fuel or non-fuel with or without odometer entry transaction. Additionally, manual entries shall allow recording of a bulk fuel delivery, packaged fuel withdrawal, or fueling from a retail fueling station. EmerGg~~ Rationinql The controller shall provide an emergency rationing feature that will allow a percentage reduction to all quantity limits of a fueling transaction in the event of an emergency situation or /ow fuel supplies. This shall be assigned to all cardholders or vehicles by one command at the Video Display Terminal. ~ ~9~9~ and Re~9~q2' The controller shall report all successful attempts to enter an Automated Petroleum Terminal, any and all emergency shutdowns, and any non- authorized attempt to obtain fuel or metered product. An entry into the APT shall be indicated by a tamper alarm condition light display and audible alert on the controller, with a tamper alarm message stored within the transaction buffer. Activation of the Emergency Shutdown swJtch at the fueling site shall be indicated likewise with a message stored at the transaction buffer. Any non- authorized attempt to obtain fuel at any site or any non- authorized card inserted into the terminal shall be indicated by a message in the transaction buffer showing the site, hose number, date and time, and name (if available). Ail alarm messages shall be reported in clear English text. OutR~~ Controls: The controller shall operate with the APT to provide output control capability to the system. CARDENTRY FUEL MANAGEMENT/ACCESS SYSTEM llF - 4 Four output commands shall be sent to the terminals: Terminal off-line Terminal on-line Hose off-line Hose on-line When the operator wants to send a command to a terminal or reader, he shall be prompted in clear English text. Descriptions of the terminal to be addressed and the function shall be entered at the Video Display Terminal and the controller shall command the function to the terminal. A clear English text record shall be kept in the transaction buffer showing location, date, time, and commanded function. Auxiliary Storaq~ Device: A built-in 3 1/2 inch micro-floppy disk drive shall be furnished as an auxiliary storage device for back-up storage of all controller data files. The operator shall be able, by a simple keyboard sequence, to instruct the controller to output all data files to the diskette for storage. If, for any reason, the data files are destroyed in the controller, the operator shall be able to instruct the controller to reload the files from the data stored on the diskette. Serial Line Printer: (Model Number SLP-561) The serial line printer shall provide a permanent printed record of all file data reports, transaction reports, and alarms as selected by the operator. The printer shall handle up to 9 1/2 inch wide standard form feed paper and shall print an 80 column line at 120 characters per second, bi-directionally. The printer shall interface directly with the controller via an RS232C, or 20ma current loop, asynchronous, half duplex channel at 1200 baud. A ten foot interconnect cable shall be furnished with the printer. Video ~s_p~M Terminal: The video display terminal shall provide the operator with data entry capability to the controller. This unit shall contain a 12 inch display tube and a full typewriter-sty/e, alpha-numeric keyboard. The keyboard shall be a detached, low profile unit that is connected to the display unit via a 6 foot coiled cord. The display shall present 24 lines with up to 80 characters per line. The terminal shall interface directly to the controller via an RS232C, asynchronous, full duplex channel at 19,200 baud. A fifteen foot interconnect cable shall be furnished with the terminal. Automated ~91~ ~.~ll This terminal shall be capable of controlling access to and monitoring of 4 fuel dispensing units simultaneously. It shall control who uses which fuel dispenser or metered product dispenser, and also monitors the amount of product dispensed during the transaction. The front panel of the terminal shall contain a basic card reader, a 12 key keypad, a 9 digit display screen, prompt instructions and indicator lights, system status lights, and an emergency stop CARDENTRY FUEL MANAGEMENT/ACCESS SYSTEM llF - 5 button. All components shall be enclosed in a weatherized box for outdoor mounting, shall contain hinged panels for access, and shall mount on a pedestal four feet high. A thermostat- cally controlled fan and heater shall be provided to provide air flow in warm weather and to extend the operating temperature limit to minus 30 degrees F in cold weather. The card reader shall read the magnetically encoded data from the card and transmit this data to the controller for authorization. Upon receiving authorization, the terminal shall continue the prompt/data entry sequence until fuel dispensing is authorized and completed. The keypad shall be used to enter vehicle odometer readings, select hose numbers or functions, enter product part numbers and quantities, and select tank numbers and enter quantities delivered for bulk fuel deliveries. All data entered on the keyboard shall display on the 9 digit display screen for verification of entry. Once checked for accuracy, the user shall press an "enter" key to transmit the data to the controller, or shall press a "delete" key to change the data due to an entry error. The user shall be guided through the proper sequence by a series of prompts displayed on the front panel. Indicator lights shall illuminate, showing the current status in the required series of events. If an incorrect entry is sent to the controller, the terminal shall prompt for a correct entry again, or shall refuse access to the metered product. The terminal shall indicate the current system status, showing when an error or system problem has occurred, when the terminal is in the process of verifying data, and when the system is ready for dispensing, or the transaction is completed. An emergency stop switch shall be located on the front of the terminal to shut down all fuel operations in the event o~ an emergency. Reactivating the system after an emergency shutdown shall require a discreet series of events to prew~nt re-activation durin~ an emergency. Upon authorization from the controller, the terminal sh~ll activate the dispensers by a "9o" signal generated within the terminal. Once the "~o" signal has been activated, the terminal shall operate in one o[ two user selectable modes; one is to operate in a "time-out" mode that will deactivate the dispensers within a pre-determined time if nothin~ is being pumped, the other is to operate in a dispenser control mode where the terminal shall sense if the dispenser has been turned on. The "time-out" mode shall allow for user selectable times of 0 to 105 seconds in 1§ second intervals. Internal access to the terminal shall be through hinged, locked access doors. Only authorized persons having a key shall be allowed entry to the terminal. Built--in tamper CARDENTRY FUEL MANAGEMENT/ACCESS SYSTEM llF - 6 _ switches shall indicate when access door has been opened. Once an access door has been opened, the terminal shall terminate all ongoing transactions and shall require a manual reset and the door to be closed to begin further fueling. Fuel Dispenser Interface: 4 Fuel Dispenser Interfaces shall be furnished to directly switch power to up to 4 dispensers -- upon receipt of a "go" signal from the Automated Petroleum Terminal, and to interrupt power to the dispensers upon receipt of a "terminate" signal. The interface unit shall _ contain switching contacts of sufficient current carrying capacity to provide adequate safety and longevity when switching up to 120 volts AC at up to 12 amps. Additionally, the interface unit shall provide a "pulse interrupt" circuit to prevent unwanted pulses from being sensed by the terminal during dispenser reset. The interface unit shall be contained in a weather-proof locked enclosure suitable for outdoor -- installation. Access Readers: An access card reader shall be furnished which shall read the magnetically encoded data from the card and transmit the data to the controller for authorization determination. The card reader shall provide an SPDT relay contact output for switching externally supplied power to an electrically operated gate operator. The contacts shall be rated at 12 amps, 120 Volts. A "go" command from the controller shall operate this relay for a user selectable, variable time of 1 to 15 seconds. Each access reader shall have a red/green indicator visible from the front of the reader. The Green light shall activate when authorization is granted, and the red light shall activate when access is not authorized. .... The access reader shall be an all solid-state-design, contained within a single assembly. The basic reader assembly Shall be pedestal mounted and shall include a surface mounted .... housing and faceplate with a threaded collar on the rear for mounting on a pedestal. All access readers shall be tampered to notify the controller of any unauthorized removal of the reader or components. Reader shall be weatherized and shall contain an internal thermostatically controlled heating element that will extend the operating temperature range to minus 30 degrees F. Provide solid state, electronic vehicle detector exit loop designed to detect the presence or transit of a vehicle over an embedded loop of wire and emit an electrical pulse to operate the gate. Provide a 3 position sensitivity switch and detection indicator light on the front panel. ~._L Provide 6 foot high by 27 foot wide commercial grade horizontally sliding/rolling entry gate fabricated from CARDENTRY FUEL MANAGEMENT/ACCESS SYSTEM minimum 2 inch square x 3/16 inch per~meter frame and minimum 1 inch x 14 gauge vertical pickets at 6 inches on center. Gate shall be supplied with all necessary rollers and/or other hardware to assure smooth, non-binding operation. Gate shall be fabricated to prevent sagging and water infiltration within the steel tubing. Provide drain holes along bottom of lower rail. Slide Gate Operator: Provide commercial slide gate operator equal to Door King Model 1000 with heavy duty gear box in oil bath with 1 inch output shaft, solenoid pin type lock in gate operator to lock gate in closed position to prevent gate being forced open, sprockets for number 41 chain, emergency release lever in case of power failure, obstruction reverse operation both during opening and closing. Cards: Provide 200 manufacturer encoded cards. The cryptically encoded cards data shall consist of a ten bit system code and a twenty bit card number. All cards for this system shall be encoded with the same code. The card number shall be sequentially encoded on each card, with no duplicate numbers. Cards shall be 3-3/8 inches by 2-1/8 inches. They shall be no thicker than 0.050 inches. They shall be highly resistive to wear and environmental deterioration. Any area of the card, front and back, shall be capable of being custom printed. Cards shall be custom printed on one side with the City of Coppell logo (from Owner furnished artwork) and other copy as Owner may require. Additionally, the cards can be embossed with up to three lines of variable or fixed data, by any standard credit card imprinting device. Cards for the system shall be encoded and shall be maintained under strict security procedures which exceed ABA standards to insure that cards cannot be duplicated by anyone who can purchase a commercially available card encoder. END OF SECTION llF - CARDENTRY FUEL MANAGEMENT/ACCESS SYSTEM CARDENTRY FUEL MANAGEMENT/ACCESS SYSTEM llF - 8 SECTION 15050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS _ PART i - GENERAL 1.01 Work to include the following: A. Work included in Division 15 includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, drayage, rigging, fees, permits, inspections, etc., necessary for the com- - plete installation and operation of all mechanical equip- ment. _ B. Work includes the following general listing, in addition to which furnish all fittings, hangers, supports, sleeves, inserts and other items and accessories required or necessary for the operation of the complete mechanical .... systems as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein: 1. Domestic water system. 2. Sanitary sewer and vent system. _ 3. Gas piping system. 4. Compressed air piping system. -- 5. Air conditioning, heating, and ventilating systems. 6. Plumbing fixtures and related equipment. 7. Fuel dispensing system. 1.02 It shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical Subcontrac- tor for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions required by local, State and Federal laws, includ- ing O.S.H.A. (Occupational Safety and Health Association. 1.03 Work to conform to the latest editions of the fo)lowing: A. ASHRAE. B. All applicable city, state and national codes. C. Requirements of local utility companies. D. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. and shall be so labeled. E. NFPA. F. Applicable ASTM Standards. 15050-1 G. OSHA. 1.04 Submittals: A. Duct shop drawings shall be provided and all major runs of piping that deviates from the plans. B. Submittal data shall be submitted for the fo)lowing and all other items designated by the Architect. Submittal data shall include specific performance data at the sche- duled conditions. Brochure sheets will not be accepted. 1. Control system for HVAC. 2. Plumbing fixtures. 3. HVAC equipment. 4. Air compressor. 5. Fuel dispensing devices. 6. Grilles, registers, diffusers and air control devices. 7. Water heaters. 8. Fans. 1.05 Procure all necessary and usual permits and certificates for all work installed. Deliver same to Architect before final acceptance. Pay all necessary inspection fees. 1.06 Special conditions of work are as follows: A. Drawings accompanying these plans are necessarily diagram- mal;ic and cannot show every detail or every line of pip- ing in its exact location. These are subject to the requirements of ordinances, structural, and architectural conditions. B. Investigate structural and finish conditions and arrange work accordingly, furnish all fittings and accessories required to meet conditions and give satisfactory opera- tion. Coordinate with other subcontractors to avoid in- terference with their work. Work shall be laid out to be concealed in furred chases and suspended ceilings. 1.07 Excavating for mechanical work to be done as follows: A. Do not excavate for mechanical work until work is ready to proceed withoul: delay so that total time lapse from excavation to completion of backfilling will be minimum. 15050-2 -- B. Excavate for piping with 6" to g" clearance on both sides of pipe except where otherwise shown or required for pro- per installation of pipe joints, fittings, valves and - other work. Excavate for other mechanical work to pro- vide minimum practical but adequate working clearances. 1.08 Locations and elevations of utilities shown on plans have -- been obtained from site plans, existing plans, site inspec- tion and utility companies service site. Contractor shall examine site verifying to his own satisfaction the location - and elevation of all utilities and shall adequately inform himself as to their relation to his work. _ 1.09 Installation according to local ordinances to be done as fol- lows: A. Work shall be done in accordance with plans and specifica- -- tions and shall meet rules and regulations of ail govern- ing agencies having jurisdiction. -- B. If Plans and Specifications differ from required minimum standards set forth in ordinances, ordinances shall gov- ern unless Plans and Specifications exceed requirements _ in which case Plans and Specifications shall govern. 1.10 Guarantee: - A. Work shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year from date of final completion. -- B. Upon notice of any mechanical malfunction, the contractor shall remedy malfunction including all materials, equip- ment and labor at no cost to Owner. 1.11 Excavation and backfill to be done as follows: A. Excavation to be to depths indicated or required, pro- -- tected and kept dry at all times, and properly back- fi)led, moistened and mechanically tamped to require com- paction at completion. B. Remove all surplus excavated material from site. C. Arrange for and pay all costs of paving patching if exca- vation is required in streets or parking lot. 1.12 Cutting and patching to be done as follows: A. Should any structural difficulties prevent installation of fixtures, equipment, running of pipes, etc. at points - 15050-3 shown on drawings, then necessary minor deviations there- from may be permitted with the Architect's prior approval. B. All necessary cutting into partitions, walls, Floors, shall be neatly and carefully done. No cutting into structural parts of building shall be done without approval of Architect. 1.13 Contractor's coordination and cleaning up to be as follows: A. Cooperate with the other trades on the job to the end that, as a whole, the job shall be finished one of its kind and carry on work in such a manner that none of the other trades shall be handicapped, hindered, or delayed. B. When work is finished, remove from the premises all tools, machinery, debris, etc., occas'ioned by his work and leave the premises free of all obstruction and hinder- ances. C. Cooperate with the local utility companies in such a man- ner that the installation of all services proceeds in an orderly manner and meets all requirements of the specific companies involved. 1.14 Operation and maintenance manuals to be submitted as Follows: A. Submit to the Architect 30 days prior to final acceptance of the building complete and detailed operating instruc- tions, parts lists, maintenance manuals, etc. covering mechanical equipment furnished under this Contract. B. Brochures shall be in three copies which are bound, in- dexed and tapped referencing items to the Plans and Speci- Fications regarding locations of equipment and materials. 1.15 Fittings, equipment, and materials installed in the building shall not be used For any purpose other than testing opera- tions. Damage resulting from violation oF this provision shall be grounds for rejection oF the item involved. 1.16 Fixtures and equipment shall be as shown on architectural plans and elevations. Locations of fixtures or equipment not shown on architectural drawings shall be established or veri- fied in writing or by shop drawings. 1.1Z Sleeves: A. Where concealed pipes pass through partitions, walls, and floors, provide Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeves or sizes to readily accommodate pipe or pipe plus insulation .... 15050-4 _ B. Pipe projecting through roofing shall be made water-tight by proper flashing, a sheet metal cap and tightening band. -- C. Plumbing vent lines shall have sheet lead flashings of 4 pound lead extending to a minimum of 10 inches in all directions from pipe and turned down into top of pipe -- minimum of 2 inches. 1.18 At the completion of this projection, provide the Owner with _ a set of drawings showing all pipe, valves, cleanouts, duct- work, grilles, registers, diffusers, equipment, etc. in- stalled by Mechanical Subcontractors. ~- 1.19 Provide necessary temporary connections. All cutovers, uti- lity outages, etc. shall be at times other than when building is operating. Contractor shall provide Owner a minimum of 72 hours notice of any proposed outage, with notice in writing. 1.20 Make all necessary water, compressed air, gas, waste, vent exhaust air, etc. connections to all Owner furnished and -- installed equipment. Provide necessary traps, valves, cocks, cutoffs, flange, etc. as required. - 1.21 Electrical starters and controllers: Motor and equipment starters and controllers shall be furnished by the contractor who furnishes the piece of equipment; this includes all motors and HVAC equipment. Equipment shall be supplied with a single point electrical connection and shall include an integral switch disconnect. END OF SECTION 15050 -- 15O5O-5 SECTION 15250 INSULATION PART i - GENERAL 1.01 Work includes furnishing of insulation and the installation of insulation around the following general items: A. Domestic water supply piping. B. Air distribution ductwork. C. Air conditioning unit drain piping. D. Refrigerant piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials: A. Water-piping insulation: 1. Molded fibrous glass pipe insulation with factory applied all-service jacket. Laps shall be fastened with outward clinching staples, and cold water piping vapor shall be sealed with white mastic. 2. At the contractor's option, he may insulate piping with preformed foamed polyurethane insulation with factory applied universal jacket. Insulation thick- ness shall be provided as required to equal the "U" factor of I above. B. Air distribution ductwork insulation: 3/4 pound density fibrous glass blanket insulation, factory faced with flame resistant reinforced aluminum foil faces Kraft paper. C. A/C unit drain piping insulation: Flexible foam plastic closed cell foamed pipe insulation with thermoconduc- tivity of not greater than 0.30 Btu/hr. per square foot and a vapor transmission of not greater than 0.30 grains per hour. D. Refrigerant piping insulation: 1. Flexible foam plastic closed cell foamed pipe insula- tion with thermoconductivity of not greater than 0.30 Btu/hr. per square foot and a vapor transmission of not greater than 0.30 grains per.hour. 15250-1 2. At contractor's option, he may insulate with molded ~- fibrous glass pipe insulation with factory applied all-service jacket. Laps shall be fastened with out- ward clinching staples, and cold water piping vapor - shall be sealed with white mastic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.O1 Installation: A. Domestic water piping systems: 1. Insulate all cold water piping with 1/2 inch thick insulation except chromium plated piping exposed at _. plumbing fixtures. 2. Insulate all hot water piping with one inch thick insulation except chromium plated piping exposed at plumbing fixtures. B. Air distribution ductwork: 1. All supply ductwork shall be insulated with two inch thick insulation with 25% compression at corners. 2. Install duct wrap insulation with facing outside so that flap overlaps insulation and facing at other end of piece of duct wrap. Insulation shall be tightly - butted. If ducts are rectangular or square, install so insulation is not excessively compressed at duct corners. Seams shall be stapled approximately six ..... inches on center with outward clinching staples then sealed with pressure-sensitive tape matching the facing. 3. Where rectangular ducts are 25 inches in width or greater, duct wrap insulation shall be additional secured to the bottom of the duct with mechanical -' fasteners such as pins and speed clip washers spaced on 18 inch centers (maximum) to prevent sagging of insulation. Adjacen~ sections of duct wrap insula- _. tion shall be tightly butted with two inch tape flap overlapping. Seal all tears, punctures, and other penetrations of the duct wrap insulation facing with tape or mastic to provide a vapor tight system. C. Air conditioning unit drain piping: All air conditioning unit condensate drain piping shall be insulated with 1/2 inch thick insulation. D. Pipe hangers: On all locations where pipe hangers are _, installed, they shall be installed on the exterior of the insulation, and a section of rigid pipe insulation of the 15250-2 same material shall be installed under the pipe hanger. A 28 gauge galvanized sheet metal shield not less than twelve (12) inches in length shall be installed between the hanger clamp and the exterior of the insulation. END OF SECTION 15250 15250-3 SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING SYSTEMS - PART I - GENERAL 1.01 Work includes furnishing of all materials and the installa- _ tion of the following general items: A. Sanitary waste and vent piping. -' B. Cold water supply and distribution. C. Hot water supply and distribution. D. Gas piping system. E. Plumbing fixtures and connection to Owner furnished - equipment. F. Insulation. G. Condensate drainage system. _ H. Compressed air system. I. Fuel dispensing system. ..... 1.02 Systems description are as follows: A. Sanitary soil waste and vent piping. 1. Install in accordance with local Plumbing Code and governing local codes. 2. Extend and connect to serve fixtures located in the building and such items of equipment as required same. B. Domestic water piping: 1. Install in accordance with local Plumbing Code and governing local codes. 2. Extended water lines with shut-offs or stop valves to all water using devices including final connections. C. Natural gas piping: 1. Install in accordance with applicable local codes. -- 2. Extend to all gas consuming devices including al) final connections. 15400-1 3. Install a cutoff cock in the line serving each gas consuming device. 1.03 Submittal requirements are as follows: A. Submit shop drawings and product data for items included and in this section. B. Submit operating and maintenance data as required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials: A. Soil, waste, and vent piping: 1. Piping and fittings beneath the building or under- ground: Standard weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings with neoprene ring joints or PVC, as allowed by code, fittings the same material. 2. Pipe and fittings above grade: a. Service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings. b. Or Schedule 40 PVC pipe and drainage pattern fittings with solvent welded joints as allowed by code. Pipe shall bear the seal of approval of the National Sanitation Foundation. c. Or type DWV copper pipe and drainage pattern fittings with soldered joints. 3. Pipe joining: Solvent welding with solvent and procedure as recommended by the manufacturer. 4. Adapters: Use factory made fittings to connect from one style of pipe to another. B. Hot and cold water pipe throughout the building: 1. Hard drawn copper water tube, type "K" or"L", ASTM. B88-78. 2. Piping attached with wrought sweat fittings utilizing 50-50 wire solder and non-corrosive flux. 3. Provide chrome plated brass escutcheons where piping passes through finished floors, walls, partitions, and ceiling. 15400-2 4. Where required for connection to valves, fixtures, -- and equipment, use lengths of red brass pipe with threaded ends and copper to I.P.S. adapters to the end that there is not ferrous pipe in any domestic -- water piping system throughout the building. C. Cleanouts conform to the following J.R. Smith numbers: -- 1. Unfinished areas - Figure #440 lead seal type with "Lekeromate" plug. - 2. Finished walls Figure #4400 with "Lekeromate" plug and lead seal - #4735 nickel bronze 7" x 7" frame and cover. 3. Outside the building - Fixture #4240 with "Lekeromate" plug and lead seal - cast iron tractor grate. Set in 18" square concrete pads level with final grade. 4. Where PVC piping is employed, PVC cleanout fitting -- and plug in lieu of "Lekeromate" plug and lead seal is approved. _ 5. Comparable equipment manufactured by Zurn, Josam, Wade, or Western as specified will be approved. D. Water hammer arrestors: Manufactured by J.R. Smith, Wade, Zurn, or Josam as specified will be approved. E. Pipe hangers: 1. Hangers For piping two (2) inches and smaller shall be of the split cast ring type with fastening device. _ Hangers for piping larger than 2" shall be of the adjustable cleavis hanger type. Hanger rods shall be minimum 3/8" diameter and shall have machine threads. Brackets of approved type may be used along walls. 2. Hangers for use with copper piping shall be copper plated ferrous hangers sized for copper tubing. F. Vent flashing: 1. Sheet lead. 2. Four (4) pounds per square foot weight. -- 3. Built ten (10) inches into roofing. 4. Running up the pipe and completely turned over into _ the pipe cavity two (2) inches. 15400-3 G. Air chambers: Wolverine "Tap-Trap" - 1" dia. x 6" long with 1/2" connection. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 General piping requirements to be done as follows: A. All piping shall be installed in the most direct, neat and workmanlike manner employing only mechanics skilled in each respective trade. B. Exposed lines shall be run parallel with or perpendicular to building lines and, wherever possible, shall be grouped together for easier service and identification. Lines which require a definite grade for draining shall have precedence in routing over all other lines. Wherever possible, horizontal and vertical lines shall be held as close as possible to the walls, ceiling, struts, members, etc. so as to occupy the minimum space consistent with the proper requirements for insulation, expansion, removal of pipe and access to valves, dampers, etc. Concealed work shall finish off within the limits permitted by tile vertical or horizontal chases. C. Valves which are required for a control or isolation of any and all parts of the systems shall be furnished, installed, and located in an accessible position or made accessible through removable panels, etc.; and where several valves are related as to function, they shall be grouped in a battery. Access doors or panels shall be furnished and installed from shop drawings showing recommended location and size of all access doors and panels. D. Unions or flanges shall be used at connections to alt equipment to facilitate dismantling and elsewhere as required in the erection of the pipe or in the installation of valves. E. All pipe shall be properly reamed after cutting and threading and shall be cleaned before installation. F. Nipples shall be of the same material and composition as the pipe on which they are installed and shall be extra when unthreaded shoulder is less than one inch. No running thread nipples shall be permitted. 3.02 Assembly other than welding is as follows: A. PVC pipe shall be assembled in accordance with manufac- turer's instructions using~ two application process solvent weld. Ends of pipes shall be cleaned with cleaner solution, and then joints are to have solvent 15400-4 applied to male ends of pipe and inserted into sockets of - fittings. Twist joints a half turn before setting to assure even distribution of solvent. ~_ B. Threaded ends used in the assembly of pipe shall conform to ASA dimensional standards B2 and shall be cut true and clean. Pipe ends shall be securely squared and reamed _ to remove all burrs and made up tight with an approved pipe lubricant applied to the male threads only. C. Copper pipe shall be assembled with sweat type fittings - and using solder and flux. Pipe ends shall be cut square, reamed to remove all burrs, and cleaned bright with fine sandpaper and steel wool. Solder shall take up .... by capillary action, and joint shall be made tight without a built-up head. 3.03 Securing and supporting pipes described as follows: A. All pipe shall be supported from the building structure by means of approved hangers and supports. Piping shall -- be supported to maintain required grade and pitch, prevent vibration, and provide For expansion and contraction. -- B. All hangers shall be secured to approved inserts wherever possible and practicable. Hanger inserts shall be set in place before concrete is poured. Field drilling where - required shall be done by tile Contractor. Where hangers attach to structural steel framing, approved beam clamps shall be employed. Where required, install Unistrut, or _ approved equal, channels to span between framing members. In no case shall the spacing of hangers be greater than ten Feet on center for pipe smaller than 1-1/2" in size. C. Vertical lines shall be adequately supported at their bases either by a suitable hanger placed in the horizontal line near the riser or by a base fitting set on a pedestal of foundation and From each floor slab by means of approved clamp type support bearing on the slab or beam. 3.04 Sleeves, floor and ceiling plates as follows: ~ A. Where pipes pass through floors, twenty-two (22) gauge galvanized sheet iron sleeves shall be used. In masonry walls, sleeves shall be galvanized steel pipe. In pipe chases, wall sleeves shall extend one and one-half - (1-1/2) inch beyond each finished surface. In pipe chases, floor sleeves shall extend one and one-half (1-1/2) inch above the floor slab and shall be cemented _ in a water-tight manner. Wall sleeves other than chases shall be made flush with the Finished surface. 15400-5 B. Sleeves through foundation walls shall be galvanized wrought iron with stop plate welded to sleeve and set in wall. Sleeves shall be caulked water-tight with oakum and lead. Verify location of all sleeves with the Architect. Prepare a complete dimensional sleeve layout showing all sleeves in both the floor and roof and furnish copies to all affected trades. 3.06 Open ends: Keep all ends of pipes including those extended through and above roof, drains, and fixture branches closed with caps or plugs so as to prevent dirt or building materials from entering the pipes and traps during the construction. 3.07 Flashing: All vent pipes which pass through the roof shall be provided with lead roof flashings. 3.08 Cross connections and interconnections.. No plumbing fixtures, devices, or piping shall be installed which will provide a cross connection or interconnection between a distributing supply for drinking or domestic purposes and a polluted supply such as a drainage system or a soil or waste pipe which will permit or make possible the backftow of sewage, polluted water, or waste into the water supply system. 3.0g Traps: Each fixture and piece of equipment requiring connection to the drainage system shall be equipped with a trap. Traps are specified to be supplied with the fixtures. Each trap shall be placed as near to the fixture as possible, and no fixture shall be double-trapped. Traps installed on hub-and-spigot pipe shall be extra-heavy cast iron. Traps installed ion threaded pipe shall be recess drainage pattern. 3.10 Cleanouts: A test tee, with cleanout plug, shall be ' installed at tile foot of every soil stack. Cleanouts shall be installed at each change of direction of all soil, waste, and drain lines and in straight runs of pipe shall be installed not more than fifty feet apart. Cleanout plugs shall be of heavy cast brass or bronze, shall be fitted with countersunk heads where Finished floors occur, and shall be of the same size as the pipe in which they are installed except that cleanouts larger than four inches in diameter shall not be required. All cleanouts shall be made accessible. -.- 3.11 Soil waste and vent piping as follows: A.Horizontal waste and soil pipe shall be given a grade of one quarter (1/4) inch per foot where possible and not less than one-eighth (1/8) inch per foot. Where practi- _ cable, two or more vents shall be connected together and 15400-6 _. extended as one vent through the roof. Vent connections to stacks shall be made with inverted fittings. All changes in pipe sizes on soil, waste, and drain lines, shall be made with reducing fittings or recessed reducers. - All changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of forth-five degrees wyes; longsweep quarter bend; sixth, eighth, or sixteenth bends may be used where direc- _- tion of flow is from horizontal to vertical unless prohi- bited by local code. Connection of horizontal discharge from fixtures in battery to a common vertical waste shall _ be done by a sanitary fitting only; regular tees or cros- ses will not be permitted. B. Relief of small size and isolated small vents (2" size or smaller) may be made of Schedule 40 PVC pipe if approved by the local Plumbing Inspector. _ 3.12 Hot and cold water piping as follows: A. All piping shall be attached with wrought-sweat fittings by the same manufacturer as the pipe utilizing a non-corrosive flux and the solders recommended by the manufacturer. No joints shall be made while the pipe is under strain. On all connections at elbows and side -- openings of tees, the pipes to be joined shall be supported at exact right angles to each other while fittings are sweated. B. There shall be no cross-connections in the water systems of' the building. All water lines to water closets and other items of equipment with inlets below the fixture -- overflow shall be fitted with approved siphon breaking devices. - C. The entire cold water supply system and the hot water circulating system including all of its branches shall be thoroughly sterilized with a solution containing not less _ than fifty (50) parts per million of available chlorine. The chlorinating material shall be either liquid chlorine to U.S. Army Specification No. 4-1 or shall be sodium hydrochlorite solution (Federal Specification 0-9-441). - The sterilizing solution shall be allowed to remain in each system for a period of eight (8) hours during which time the valves and faucets of the systems shall be -- opened and closed several times. After sterilization, the solution shall be flushed from the system with clean water until the residual chlorine is not greater than 0.2 parts per million. 3.13 Insulating couplings: Furnish and install approved insulating couplings at all connections between brass or - copper pipe and steel pipe or steel tanks. -- 15400-7 3.14 Water hammer arrestors as follows: A. Install permanently sealed water hammer arrestors on all hot and cold water branches and headers to plumbing fixtures, sized according to P.D.I. Standard WH 201. B. Provide arrestors at all quick closing valves on equipment. C. Install according to manufacturer's recommendations. D. 16" long capped pipe air chambers may be installed on a single fixture (not in a battery) furnished with manually controlled compression type faucets. 3.15 Plumbing fixtures and trim as follows: A. Connect completely to soil, waste, vent and water supplies. B. Thoroughly clean and disinfect upon completion of the installation. C. Installation: 1. Mount wall hung fixtures in a manner prescribed by the manufacturer. Fasten wall hangers with through bolts and back plates. 2. Provide chrome plated brass toggle bolts to secure fixtures tightly upon their hangers. 3. Provide vandal resistant stainless steel machine screws to secure equipment and appurtenances to back plates. 4.Fasten carriers to the floor with expansion anchors and lag bolts. 5.Refer to schedules and drawings for special mounting heights. D.Refer to plumbing fixture schedule on drawings for plumbing fixture model numbers and manufacturers. 3.16 Testing and adjusting: All water piping systems shall be properly tested to assure their being absolutely tight. In the case of pipes which are to be insulated, these tests shall be completed and the piping system proved to be absolutely right before any insulation is applied. Wherever 15400-8 pipes are placed so that they will be ultimately concealed, -- these tests shall be conducted assuring the absolute tightness of each piping system before concealing. END OF SECTION 15400 154O0-9 SECTION 15492 - COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Related documents: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.02 Description of work: A. A complete system, including air compressor, connections to equipment, and all piping, shall be furnished and installed shownplumbing materials and products. 1.03 Submittals: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for compressed air and vacuum piping compressor and vacuum pump equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials and products: A. Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indi- cated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. 2.02 Piping: A. Compressed air and vacuum piping shall be ASTM Specifica- tion B-88, Type L, hard drawn, seamless copper tubing with wrought copper solder fittings. No ferrous pi, ping will be permitted in the system. B. All piping shall be pitched back so as to drain to the point shown on the Plans. All branch takeoffs shall be made from the top of the mains. 2.03 Basic piping specialties: A. General: Provide piping specialties complying with the following listing: 15492-1 1. Pipe escutcheons. 2. Dielectric unions. 2.04 Basic supports and anchors: A. Provide supports and anchors complying with Division-15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Section 15140, "Supports and Anchors", in accordance with the following listing: Adjustable steel clevises and adjustable pipe saddle supports for horizontal pipe hangers and supports. 2.05 Basic valves: A. Provide valves complying with Division-15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Section 15140, "Valves", in accordance with the following listing: 1. Sectional and/or Shutoff Valves: Gate valves or ball valves, bronze body. 2. Check Valves: Swing check valves, bronze body. 2.06 Pressure system: A. The compressors shall be the type capable of delivering oil-free, clean, cool air without filters or after- coolers. B. The tank shall be of welded steel, A.S.M.E. construction, galvanized inside and out; equipped with gauge glass, pressure gauge, and constant pressure valve. C. The system provided shall be completely automatic. Con- trol of compressors shall be be by means of pressure switches which will automatically start and stop the pumps between desire limits. D. Each pump shall be provided with a magnetic across-the- line type starter for wall mounting, with thermal over- load protection in each leg, and under voltage release. Accessories for each compressor shall include: seal water solenoid valve, seal water adjusting valve, strainer, discharge separator with gauge glass and relief valve, inlet silencer, backflow preventer in the seal water line, and a drain funnel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Inspection: A. Examine areas and conditions under which compressed air piping systems are to be installed. 15492-2 3.02 Installation of compressed air and vacuum piping: A. Install piping in accordance with specifications. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit servicing of valves. 3.03 Tests: A. All compressed air and vacuum lines shall be tested at 150 pounds per square inch and proved tight at this pressure. END OF SECTION 15492 15492-3 SECTION 15800 - AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING & VENTILATING PART i - GENERAL 1.01 Work included is as follows: A. Furnish and instal) all equipment, ducts, registers, con- trols, etc., required to properly heat, cool, and venti- late the building per plans and these specifications. All workmanship shall be of the best available. All equipment shall be of types and brands indicated unless alternate is approved by the Owner. B. Furnish all scaffolds, tools, and other equipment re- quired to complete this job. Pay all fees 'for permits required in behalf of this work. C. The work shall, in general, comprise of, but not be limi- ted to furnishing and installing of the following: 1. Air conditioning and heating system. 2. Furnishing and installing exhaust fan and ducts in the restrooms. 1.02 Design conditions are as follows: A. Components of the heating and air conditioning systems have been designed and selected to produce the indoor conditions below noted when the outdoor conditions are as stated. Conditions shown are only for occupied periods. B. Indoor conditions: Summer 75° F db 50% relative humidity Winter 72° F db C. Outdoor conditions: Summer 102° F db 74° F wb Winter 18° F db 1.03 Submittals: A. Submit sheet metal shop drawings. B. Submit specifications and performance data sheets on all- mechanical equipment. 15800-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Air conditioning, heating, and ventilation systems as fol- lows: A. Furnace/coil units: 1. Unit shall include controls, refrigerant piping, eva- porator, gas heating capability, electronic sparking ignition, and other features to enable operation at highest rated efficiency. Cabinet enclosures shall be constructed of heavy gauge hot dipped galvanized metal with baked acrylic enamel finish. Units shall have EER ratings certified by ARI. 2. Each unit shall be the direct expansion cooling type with blower fans, coils, condensate pan; condensate drains, and of the capacities specified in the equip- ment schedule. Units shall be equipped with a return air plenum with cleanable or replaceable filters. Plenums shall be lined with one inch thick fiberglass insulation. Refrigerant piping shall be insulated so as to prevent condensation on the pipes and leaks into the building. 3.Coils shall be non-ferrous construction with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless tubes. 4. Blower assembly and compressors shall be resilently mounted for quiet operation. Blowers shall be perma- nently lubricated ball bearings and adjustable V-belt drives. 5. Provide transformers as required for control cir- cuitry. Also, provide magnetic starters with over- load protective devices, switches, fuses, etc. as required for proper protection. Furnish a wall- mounted thermostat with tamperproof cover for each unit with ON-OFF AUTO. 7. Contractor shall provide for factory start-up. 8. Approved manufacturers: Carrier, Trane, York, Lennox, and McQuay. B. Air-cooled condensing units: 1. Condenser complete with coils, fins mechanically bonded to tubes, upward discharge fan and fan drive assembly, fan motor, hermetic compressor, crankcase heater, controls, including high-low pressure cut- outs, manually reset, and compressor and condenser 158OO-2 fan motor contactors with high and low voltage protec- -- tion, manually reset, and five minute anti-short cycling timer. _ 2. Cabinet treated for rust resistance and finished in baked enamel, weatherproof construction. Condenser of non-ferrous materials. Provide a condenser coil inlet protection guard. 3, Unit designed to operate continuously at 100° F, D.B. ambient temperature with controls to allow operation down to 30° F, D.B. 4. Contractor shall provide for factory start-up and extended five-year warranty on compressors. 5. Entire unit rated at ARI Standard 210. 6. Carrier, Trane, or Lennox manufacturer. By same manufacturer as indoor unit. C. Refrigerant piping and accessories: 1. Furnish and instal) necessary refrigerant lines, fit- tings, refrigerant controls, etc., to properly inter- connect condensing units and cooling units. 2. Refrigerant lines shall be designed to afford a con- trolled distribution of refrigerant and a ready return of oil to compressor crankcase. .... 3. Provide service valves in the lines entering and leav'- lng each condensing unit and provide a charging valve, a dehydrator, and a sight glass. 4. In refrigerant piping systems, stop valves may be packless diaphragm type, or may be of packed, back-seating, sealcap type with packing suitable for .... refrigerant used, solenoid valves shall be of pack- less, manual-stem lift type with current characteris- tics to suit circuits with which they are inter- locked. 2.02 Gas-fired infrared radiant heaters: A. General: Provide gas-fired infrared radiant space heaters and indicated. Provide capacity as scheduled for natural gas. B. Construction: The heater's combustion surface shall be made of perforated ceramic refractory, and shall be capable of operating continuously at 1810° F. and shall withstand thermal shock when water quenched. 15800-3 C. Controls: Heaters shall be equipped with spark pilot ignition millivolt control system. The heater's control system shall be designed to shut-off the gas flow to the main burner and pilot burner in the event either a main gas supply or power supply line interruption or failure occurs. Control assembly shall be certified by AGA/UL. D. Provide the following controls, factory-piped and prewired to electrical junction box mounted on unit: 1. 115 volt automatic gas valve. 2. Safety pilot with 100% shutoff. 3. Pressure regulator with leak limiting device. 4. Manual main and adjustable pilot valves. 5. High limit switch. E. Certify units are in conformance with AGA applicable regulations. F. Provide the following accessories, factory-mounted, and prewired to electrical junction box: G. Provide temperature controls consisting of line voltage room thermostat, with sub-base or separate switch, con- taining off-automatic switch with locking cover and thermostat guard. H. Available manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturer's offering gas-fired radiant heaters which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2.03 Ventilation fans: Refer to schedule on drawings for rating, capacities, motor voltage requirements, and make furnished by the Owner. See Mechanical Plan and Mechanical Schedule for equip~nent to be furnished. Ventilation fan shall be set to turn on with indicated control device. 2.04 Materials as follows: A. Piping and fittings: 1. Condensate drainage: a. Type "L" hard drawn copper tubing or PVC piping as allowed by code. b. Outdoor: Type "L" hard-drawn copper tubing. 15800-4 2. Refrigerant piping: a. Copper tube: Type ACR, hard-drawn temper; wrought-copper, solder joint fittings. b. Copper tube above ground, 3/4" and smaller: Type ACR, soft annealed temper; cast copper-alloy flared fittings; flared joints. B. Pipe hangers and supports: 1. Hangers and supports shall be manufactured by Grinnel, Fee & Mason, Unistrut, Carpenter, or Blaw-Knox. C. Ductwork, plenums and related sheet metal work: 1. Rectangular ductwork: Standard galvanized steel sheets with minimum one mil thick coating of zinc applied on both sides by hot dipped process. Gauge shall be as recommended in the "Ouct Manual". 2. Flexible connections: 30 ounce UL approved glass fabric Neoprene coated on both sides; Vent-fabrics, - Inc.,"Ventglass: Complete with attachment accesso- ries.'' 3. Fiberglass ductboard may be accepted in place of sheet metal ducts provided interior dimensions remain as indicated on the plans and vapor barrier is on outside of ducts. D. Hanger materials: Uncoated hot-rolled steel bard, rods, angles, and galvanized steel bands. Furnish galvanized steel rods and angles where ductwork is exposed. One inch by 1/8 inch bands for ducts up to sixty inches wide and trapeze type with rods for larger ducts. E. Air distribution devices to be equal to Turtle & Bailey, Titus, Metal-Air, Barber-Coleman or Anemostat. F. Acoustic lining shall be one (1) inch thick, three (3) lb./ cu. ft. density Certain-Teed, Saint Gobain, "Ultra- lite Duct Liners", Manville, or Owens-Corning. 2.05 Fabrication is as follows: A. Rectangular sheet metal ductwork shall be constructed in accordance with the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Con- tractor's National Association "Duct Manual and Sheet Metal Construction for Ventilating and Air Conditioning 15800-5 Systems" Section 1 (latest edition), specifically Table 1 - Recommended Sheet Metal Gauges and these specifica- tions. B. Duct joints and seams: Rectangular ductwork - longitu- dinal seams shall be Pittsburg Lock, Button Punch Snap Lock, or "Duct Manual"; drive slips for rectangular duct- work may be used on the short side only up to a maximum eighteen (18) inch dimension. Their gauge shall be at least the same as the duct. Bend drive slips over at least 3/4" at corners. C. Elbows and tees: Rectangular elbows shall have turning vanes as shown in the "Duct Manual". Round elbows shall be constructed to have not less than the number of gores stipulated in Chapter 2, SMACNA High Velocity "Duct Manual" D. Transformers: Slope not to exceed one inch in seven inches and as shown in the "Duct Manual". Provide an angle at the connection to equipment not exceeding 45 degrees from the airflow on the inlet side and 30 degrees on the leaving side unless provided with vanes. E. Access doors: Install access doors where required for - access to equipment and controls mounted within duct work. Sizes shall be approved by the Architect. Doors shall be hinged Ventlok stamped insulated access doors complete with gasketing. F. Flexible connections: Provide at all equipment connec- tions. G. Instrument test openings: Provide openings in accessible locations as indicated and where required for air stream static pressure, velocity and temperature measuring access. Furnish openings complete with gaskets and insu- lation extension necks where required. H. Attach liner to the interior side of ducts with 100% coverage of an approved fire resistant adhesive and impale over welded metal fasteners. Secure with spring clips. Space fasteners a minimum of seventeen inches on centers each way. Provide a minimum of one row of fasteners per side. Fasteners shall start within three - inches of leading edge transverse joints. Seal all exposed joints and edges of transverse joints with a fire-resistant adhesive. Average noise reduction coeffi- cient for one (1) inch thick liner at noise frequencies of 250, 500, 1000, and 2000 hertz shall exceed 0.76. I. All duct sizes shown on plans are free areas. 15800-6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Piping is as follows: A. Properly support all piping in accordance with the Manu- facturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fit- tings Industry (MSS) Standard Practice SP-58 and SP-6g, latest edition. B. On covered piping, alt hangers shall be installed outside the covering with sheet metal protection saddles. Under · no circumstances shall hangers, supports, and guides be applied directly to horizontal pipe and tubing fin- ished with a vapor barrier covering. Protection saddles shall be as recommended in MSS SP-58 and SP-6g except as herein specified. 3.02 All ducts shall be firmly supported or hung and neatly - aligned and installed. All ductwork shall be hung tight to the building structure. Space hangers as required to support the ducts without sagging as required by the building frame- work and as required by other interferences. Locations and spacing of hangers and supports shall be coordinated by the contractor. Furnish and install all necessary supporting material and additional structural members. Provide for in- herent movement and expansion of the duct system. Seal open space between ducts and wall sleeves or openings air-tight with glass fiber or other non-combustible material. Flange - ducts for attachment of grilles at all outlets and inlets. Coordinate ducts with all other service lines, pipes, and ducts. Install all dampers and other devices required to .... balance the system and provide proper diffusion and even tem- peratures. Lighting fixtures, electrical conduit, and ceil- ings shall not be supported from ductwork or ductwork han- gers. Make necessary changes in duct sizes, provide cross- overs, etc. as required to fit ductwork into ceiling and other spaces. -- 3.03 Install equipment according to manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with applicable ASHRAE recommendations. 3.04 Installation of gas-fired infrared radiant unit heaters: A. General: Install gas-fired infrared radiant heaters as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's pub- - lished installation instructions. B. Hang units from substrate using threaded rods and build- .... lng attachments, secure rods to unit hanger attachments. Adjust hangers so unit is plumb and level. 15800-7 C. Extend gas piping to within 5' from unit, provide drop with manual gas shutoff valve, 1/8" NPT plugged test con- nection, tee, and drop pocket. Locate piping drop so as to not interfere with service of unit. Extend gas piping runout, full size of gas train inlet, from tee to gas train connection, provide union with sufficient clearance for unit removal and service. 3.05 Testing and balancing is as follows: A. Perform the following operations applicable to system balance and tests: 1. Check fan rotation. 2. Check filters (balancing shall be done with clean filters). 3. Test and adjust blower rpm to design requirements. 4. Test and record motor name plate and full load run- ning amperes. 5. Test and record system static pressures, suction, and discharge. 6. Test and adjust system for design cfm, return air, and outside air. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille, and register to within 5% of design cfm. Record room temperature and outside temperature. 7. Test and record entering and leaving air tempera- tures, db and wb, for zone thermostat set to full cooling and for zone thermostat set to full heating. 8. Test all clock thermostat and manual override con- trols. 9. Start-up, test, and adjust fuel-fired heaters in accordance with manufacturer's published start-up instructions. Verify proper line and manifold gas pressure. Check and calibrate controls, adjust burner for maximum efficiency. B. Necessary test equipment: Instruments, materials, and labor required to perform all the tests herein described shall be furnished as apart of the work of this division. C. Provide test results in tabulated formats. Measurements shall be made after air balance has been performed; and after all tests have been received and evaluated by the Architect, a final inspection will be scheduled. 15800-8 D. Contractor shall include all adjusted, i.e., actual cfm readings, etc. on his mechanical as-built drawings. The actual and design cfm quantities shall be shown on these drawings. E. Final inspection and final acceptance shall, in addition be subject to the foregoing requirements. 3.06 Operation and maintenance instructions are as follows: A. Instruction in correct operating procedures and mainten- ance of mechanical installation shall be given in person by the contractor or his qualified representative to designated member of the building operating personnel. END OF SECTION 15800 15800-9 SECTION 15980 - MOTOR FUEL FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description of work: A. Underground gasoline storage tanks, diesel fuel storage tanks, pumps, dispensers, waste oil basin, manholes, and accessories, and any other component parts reasonably incidental to providing a complete motor oil facility. B. Excavation, trenching and backfilling. C. Electrical and control wiring required for pumps, con- trol, dispensers, etc. are a part of the work of this section. D. Refer to other sections for earthwork, excavation, back- filling and concrete work. 1.02 Quality assurance: A. Perform the work with installer having a minimum of 3 years successful experience installing similar motor oil facilities. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A53 pipe, steel, black and hot-dipped, zinc- coated welded and seamless. b. A120 pipe, steel, black and hot-dipped, zinc- coated (galvanized) welded and seamless for ordinary uses. 2. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA): No. 30 flammable and combustible liquids code. 3. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Requirements applicable to product listing and labeling. 1.03 Submittals: A. Product Data: Sub,nit manufacturer's technical product data, including capacities of selected model clearly indicated, weights, furnished specialties and acces- sories; and installation and start- up instructions. 15980-1 B. Wiring Diagrams: Submit ladder-type wiring diagrams for power and control wiring required for final installation of pumps and controls. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to be field-installed. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each unit, control, and accessory. Include this data and product data in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. D. Deliver 3 copies of calibration chart and I dip stick for each underground tank to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Fiberglass tanks (gasoline and diesel fuel): A. Tanks: UL-listed and labeled; in compliance with applic- able requirements of NFPA 30; cylindrical; National Pipe Thread (NPT) fittings; polyester resin reinforced with glass fibers; circumferential reinforcing ribs; gage plate under fill hole with location clearly identified on outside of tank: B. Hold Down Straps: Fiberglass reinforced plastic straps; quantity and location as recommended by tank manufac- turer; furnished by tank manufacturer. C. Acceptable Fiberglass Tank Manufacturers: 1. Owens Corning Fiberglass Corp. 2. Xerxes Fiberglass Tank Co. 2.02 Piping: A. Fiberglass Pipe: UL-listed and labeled; threaded and bonded fittings. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53; standard weight (Schedule 40), galvanized; Class 300 galvanized fittings. 2.03 Pumps: A. Submerged pumping units for gasoline storage tank and diesel fuel storage tank. Pumping units shall be heavy duty, 14-15 gpm, with 1/3 HP explosion-proof motor. 2.04 Dispensers: A. Base: Heavy-gauge stamped steel with prime undercoat and baked enamel finish. 15980-2 B. Housing: Stainless steel top and upper side panels. C. Hose: Twelve feet of 5/8" I.D. gasoline resistant, anti- static hose with 3/4" replaceable couplings. Hose swivel shall be full circle. Hose retractor shall be automatic spring tension reel type. D. Nozzle: Standard 3/4" satin finished nozzle equipped with spring loaded, self-closing, outlet check valve. D. Shut-Off Control Valve: Diaphragm type shut-off valve, solenoid operated pilot valve and 35-micron filter. E. Meter: Displacement rotary vane type meter. 2.05 Accessories: A. Vent Cap: Two inches; aluminum body; 40 mesh brass screen; open type; vapors directed upward; set screw installation to vent line. 2.06 Backfill material: A. Pea Gravel: Clean naturally-rounded aggregate; particle size not less than 1/8 inch nor more than 3/4 inch diam.; free of clay, shale and organic matter. B. Sand: Natural river or bank sand; free of silt, clay, loam friable or soluble materials and organic matter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Tank installation: A. Perform excavation, trenching and backfilling in accordance with Section 02200. B. Slope tanks 2 inches down to fill end. C. Fill tanks with water when backfill has been placed to top of tank. D. Remove plugs at unused openings, apply sealing compound to pipe threads and replace. 3.02 Piping installation: A. Perform excavation, trenching and backfilling in accordance with Section 02200. B. Slope underground piping minim~n 1/8 inch per foot down to tanks. 15980-3 C. Install fiberglass pipe below ground and steel pipe above ground. D. Place a minimum of 6 inches sand and/or pea gravel back- _ fill all around piping. 3.03 Testing: - A. Prior to tank installation, tighten all fittings and pneumatically test with 3 to 5 psi pressure. Apply soap solution to all seams, ribs, fittings and visible dents. -- Observe for leaks. B. Perform "Holiday" test with Holiday detector on coal-tar epoxy coated steel tanks prior to installation. C. Prior to backfilling pneumatically test piping system with 100 psi pressure. Apply soap solution to all seams - and fittings. Observe for leaks. END OF SECTION 15980 15980-4 SECTION 16000 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK PART i - GENERAL 1.01 The general conditions of the'contract and applicable requirements of the general conditions govern this Division. 1.02 Scope of work: A. The work under this section of the specifications shall include all labor and materials noted, required or neces- sary for the complete electrical installation described herein and/or shown on the drawings. All work shall be completed to the entire satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer. B. This work includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Electric services hereinafter specified and/or shown on the drawings including fees, permits, and provi- sions for metering equipment as required. 2. Complete systems of distribution and utilization for light and power. 3. Empty conduit systems for telephones and other miscel- laneous communications systems. 4. Lighting fixtures and lamps. 5. Rough-in and final connections to mechanical equip- ment. 6. Rough-in and the connections of equipment furnished by others. 1.04 Each contractor shall obtain all permits, inspections and approvals applicable to his trade, as required by regulatory authorities. All fees and costs of any nature whatsoever incidental to these permits, inspections and approvals shall be assumed and paid by the contractor. The general building permit will be obtained under other sections of the work, and no portion of the costs involved in obtaining this permit will be paid by the contractor for the electrical trade. Any pro-rata cost. s for utilities serving this property will be paid for by the contractor and shall be included as part of this Contract. 1.05 Codes and standards: 16000-1 A. All materials and workmanship shall comply with all applicable codes, specifications, ordinances and utility company regul ations. B. In case of difference between applicable codes, specifica- tions, utility company regulations and the Contract Docu- ments, the most stringent shall govern. The contractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing of any such difference. Should the contractor perform any work that does not comply with the requirements of the applic- able codes and utility company regulations, he shall bear all costs arising in correcting these deficiencies. 1.06 The manufacturer's publi~shed directions shall be followed in the delivery, storage, protection, installation, piping, and wiring of all equipment and material. The contractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing of any conflict between the requirements of the Contract Documents and the manufacturers' directions and shall obtain the Architect's instructions before proceeding with the work. Should the contractor perform any such work that-does not comply with the manufacturers' directions or such instructions from the Architect, he shall bear all costs arising in connection with the deficiencies. 1.07 This contractor shall comply with all local customs as to which particular trade shall install any part or parts of any work or equipment specified under the heading of electrical work and shall plan and execute his work so as not to inter- fere with other contractors in the building. 1.08 Guarantee: A. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish the Architect, for transmittal to the Owner, the name, address and tele- phone number of those persons responsible for service on systems and equipment covered by the "Guarantee". Bo All electrical work to be guaranteed for a period of one year from date of final completion. C. Upon notice of any electrical malfunction, the contractor shall remedy the malfunction including all materials, equipment, and labor at no cost to the Owner. 1.09 Submittal data: A. Each Contractor shall, within thirty (30) days after award of the Contract, make a submittal of all proposed equipment to be used on the job. B. The Contractor shall submit through regular channels sub- mittal data as specified in the Architectural Section of 16000-2 __ the specifications. Upon receipt of this data, the Engineer will check, stamp and sign it, retain one copy, and return the remainder for distribution. .... C. Before submission of the submittal data, the contractor shall check each piece of apparatus, equipment and acces- sory to insure compliance with the requirelnents of the ..... plans and specifications, and shall clearly mark each submittal with his signature to indicate that. they are in full compliance. Any submittals received without the contractor's signature may be returned without being checked by the Engineer's office. D. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to point out ..... all deviations between the plans and specifications and materials submitted. ~ E. Each submittal shall be bound in an individual folder properly indexed and marked to indicate job, contractor, Architect, and Engineer. Data submitted shall show pro- posed equipment only and shall not be catalogues showing a manufacturer's complete line. Sufficient data shall be included to prove compliance with the specifications as far as use, capacity, efficiencies, physical size, qua- .... lity of materials, and all other pertinent specified par- ticulars. ~ 1.10 Shop drawings as required shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor at no additional cost to the Architect, Engineer, or Owner. These shop drawings shall be prepared to indicate installation of major equipment where special coordination problems exist. 1.11 Equipment identification: A. All major equipment such as switchboards, panelboards, transformers, and other similar equipment shall be identi- .... fled by the attachment of name plates constructed from laminated phenolic engraved plastic 3 ply with black sur- face and white interior core at least 1/16 inch thick. B. Complete all identification cards for switches, starters and other devices in all distribution panelboards, switch- boards, and similar pieces of equipment, on a typewriter in a neat manner and insert the card in the card holders behind a sheet of clear plastic. 1.12 As built drawings: A. Each contractor shall obtain at his own expense a com- plete set of blue line prints on which he shall keep an accurate record of the installation of all materials and systems covered by his contractural agreement. The 16000-3 record shall indicate the location of all equipment and the routing of all systems. All conduit buried in con- crete sla~,, walls and below grade shall be located by dimension unless a surface mounted device in each space indicates the exact location. He shall then obtain at his expense one complete reproducible set of the original drawings on which he shall neatly transfer his notations and deliver these drawings to the Engineer at the job completion before final payment for delivery to the Owner. B. In addition to the above, each contractor shall accumu- late during the job progress the following data in dupli- late prepared in a neat brochure or packet folder and shall turn it over to the Engineer for delivery to the Owner. 1. All warranties and guarantees and manufacturer's directions on equipment and material covered by the Contractor. 2. Copies of approved shop drawings. 3. Repair parts list of all major items and equipment including name, address and telephone number of local supplier or agent. 4. Diagrams hereinbefore specifie'd. 1.13 Each contractor shall maintain a competent superintendent or foreman for the job and shall be fully responsible for the supervision of his work. 1.14 Drawings and specifications: A. The interrelation of the specifications, drawings and schedules shall be as hereinbefore described in the Architectural Sections of the specifications. B. When the drawings do not give exact details as to the elevations of pipe, conduit and ducts, the contractors shall physically arrange the systems to fit in the space available at the elevations intended with the proper grades for the functioning of the systems involved. Piping, exposed conduit and the duct system are generally intended to be installed true and square to the building construction and located as high as possible again'st the structure in a neat and workmanlike manner. Work shall be concealed in all finished areas. C. Different electrical outlets, devices, etc. are indicated by symbols scheduled on the drawings. Approximate loca- tions are shown; however, the Architect or Engineer 16000-4 reserves the right to make reasonable changes in loca- tions without additional cost. D. Lines indicating branch circuits do not show exact rout- ing but indicate the arrangement and control of circuits. Conceal raceways (unless noted otherwise) and run in most direct manner between cabinets, outlets, etc. PART.2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials and manufacturers: A. Materials furnished shall be new of best quality and grade of standard manufacturer, shall conform to the National Board of Fire Underwriters' requirements, and shall bear the Underwriters' Laboratories seal of approval. B. Indication on drawings and/or naming in specifications of model numbers of a particular manufacturer shall not be construed as excluding from consideration similar and essentially equivalent items produced by other manufac- turers, subject to following provisions: 1. Each item of equipment shall fit plan and space allowed and surrounding conditions and fulfill com- pletely the function for which it is intended as well as item named on drawings or in specifications. 2. Full and complete catalog illustrations, specifica- tions, and descriptive data defining in detail each item shall be submitted to Architect for approval before sub-contractor places any order for such i terns. 2.0~ Each contractor shall furnish all scaffolding as required for the installation of his work. He shall either arrange with the General Contractor for servicing in connection with any rigging and hoisting required or provide his own equipment to hoist apparatus to be installed by him into place. Each con- tractor shall see that any equipment too large to permit pas- sage through doorways and access ways is brought to the job and set in place before the spaces are enclosed. 2.03 Hangers and supports: A. All horizontal runs of conduit shall be suspended from the structural members above by means of approved hangers. Supports and hangers shall be installed to permit free expansion and contraction in the conduit system as neces- sary. No conduit shall be self-supporting nor shall it be supported from the equipment connections. Branch cir- cuit conduit run above suspended ceiling may be fastened 16000-5 to ceiling hanger wires with approved type conduit clamps. B. Hangers shall be fastened to the construction by the use of malleable iron adjustable clamps, properly designed and sized for steel and shall be installed with lock nuts or bolts securely tightened. 2.04 Sleeves: A. Each and every conduit, regardless of material, which passes through a concrete slab, masonry wall, roof, or other portion of the building structure shall be free from the structure and shall pass through a sleeve. B. All sleeves, except as hereinbefore specified, shall be constructed from electrical metallic tubing or equivalent weight steel tubing and shall be flush on both sides of the surface penetrated. The sleeves shall be sized to allow free passage of the conduit to be inserted. C. Sleeves passing through walls or floor on or below grade or in moist areas shall be constructed of galvanized steel, schedule 40 pipe and shall be designed with suit- able flange in the center to form a waterproof passage. After the conduit has been installed in the sleeves, the void space around the conduit shall be caulked with jute twine and filled with an asphalt base compound to insure a waterproof penetration. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Each contractor shall notify the General Contractor suffi- ciently ahead of the const-ruction of any floors, walls, ceil- ing, roofs, etc., of the openings that will be required for his work. He shall also see that any and all sleeves that are required for his work are set at proper times so as not to hold up the progress of the job. Any cuttin§ and patchin§ required to be done because of lack of proper coordination shall be done by the General Contractor at the expense of the contractors involved. Do not request the General Contractor to cut any structural members w~thout first having received written permission from the Architect. Cutting of round open- ings which can be done by the use of a rotary drill may be done by the contractor requiring same. 3.02 Excavation and backfil!: A. Make all excavations necessary for the proper execution of work. After work has been installed, backfill with earth and properly compact to the extent that no depression or mound exists after backfill has had 16000 -6 adequate time to settle. Excess dirt (if any) and debris shall be removed as required. B. Repair all paving, etc. damaged in the execution of electrical work to the satisfaction of all parties concerned. 3.03 All concrete equipment foundations, bases, and roof curbs as required for the installation of electrical work hereinafter specified will be furnished and installed by the General Con- tractor. Each contractor under the electrical sections of the work shall be responsible for the proper coordination of his equipment with these bases. He shall furnish all anchor bolts and other accessories required for casting in these - concrete bases and shall also furnish proper template and dimension for casting bases and setting of all sleeves or anchor bolts. After equipment is set on concrete bases, the equipment shall be fully grouted to the base filling all void spaces with a non-shrinking grout. 3.04 Electric wiring of motors and equipment: A. The Electrical Contractor shall wire all automatic temper- ature control, all interlock and all power wiring for the installation of equipment furnished under other sections of the work. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish all disconnect switches as required for the proper operation of the equipment unless such equipment is specified to be factory mounted. B. The Mechanical Contractor shall furnish complete wirin.g diagrams sllowing powe~ wiring, interlock wiring and tem- perature control wiring. Diagrams shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval within thirty (30) days after the submittals for equipment have been approved. Dia- grams shall be based on this approved equipment and shall be complete integrated drawings, not a series of manufac- turer's individual diagrams. After these diagrams have been approved by the Engineer, copies will be furnished to the Electrical Contractor by the Mechanical Contractor. They shall be followed in detail. C. Each contractor shall note that the electrical design and drawings are based on the equipment scheduled and sl~own on the drawings. If any Mechanical Contractor should submit for approval equipment requiring changes to the electrical design for which the Electrical Contractor will request an extra, this extra shall be paid by the contractor providing tile equipment requiring tile change. 16000-7 3.05 Final inspections: A. The purpose of the final inspection is to determine whether tile contractor has completed tile work in a proper and workmanlike manner, that he has apparently installed tile work in accordance with the intent of the drawings and specifications, and that in the Architect and Engi.neer's opinion the work is satisfactory for tile Owner to accept. B. It shall be the duty of each contractor to personally make a special inspection trip assuring himself that the work on the subject is ready for final acceptance before calling upon the Architect and Engineer to make a final inspection. C. In order to delay final acceptance of the work, each con- tractor shall have all necessary bonds, guarantees, receipts, affidavits, etc. called for in the various articles of this specification, prepared and signed in advance, and together with a letter or transmittal, list- ing each paper included, shall deliver tile same to the Architect at or before the time of said final inspection. Tile contractor is cautioned to check over each bond, receipt, etc. before preparing same for submission to see that tile terms check with the requirements of the specifi- cations. 3.06 Cleaning: A. This contractor shall thoroughly clean all fixtures, switches, panelboards and other devices and equipment furnished and set in place under his contract. Ail sur- faces shall be properly polished and shall be free of paint and other dirt and debris. B. This contractor shall be required to touch up or refinish all equipment furnished with factory applied finishes which have been damaged during the construction of the work. He shall properly protect the fronts of all panel- boards, switchboards and other similar equipment to pre- vent marring and other defacing. 3.07 Testing and load balancing: A. Test all circuits to assure them to be free of grounds. Light and test each lamp. Prove and test energy avail- able at the load side of disconnect switches and final point of connection to driven equipment. The contractor shall make all reasonable tests as required by tile Engineer to prove the integrity of the system. 16000-8 B. The various branch circuits served from the lighting panelboards vary in loading. The contractor shall care- fully balance the load on each phase when connecting the various branch circuits in each panelboard. When all load is turned on and the system is operating at 100% demand, the initial unbalance shall not exceed 10%. C. Furnish at the completion of the project or each bonafide portion of the project, a final inspection certificate from the local inspecting authority. 3.08 Grounding: A. All conduit work, motors, starters, and electrical equip- ment wired and connected by this contractor shall be effectively and permanently grounded in full accordance with Article 250, N.E.C. B. Carefully and securely ground all fluorescent fixture bodies to the conduit system. END OF SECTION 16000 16000-9 SECTION 16050 - RACEWAY SYSTEM AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.O1 Furnish and install complete systems of electrical raceways with all fittings, outlet boxes, coverplates and accessories. 1.02 Unless otherwise noted, all raceways and accessories shall be hot-dipped galvanized or sherardized. 1.03 Unless otherwise noted, and at contractor's option, rigid aluminum conduit may be used in lieu of rigid steel conduit, except where underground or in concrete. 1.04 As allowed by code, all branch circuit wiring within wood frame construction buildings may be non-metallic sheathed cable (ROMEX) at the contractor's option. Refer to "conductors" section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.O1 All raceways installed in concrete, through concrete unless through sleeve, or where exposed to mechanical injuries, shall be rigid conduit. Aluminum conduit shall not be installed directly in the earth or in concrete. All other raceways may be electric metallic tubing or PVC as specified herein. 2.02 Fittings for use on raceway systems shall be as follows: A. On all rigid conduit, either aluminum or steel, use stand- ard UL approved threaded or compression type fittings. B. On all EMT use compression-type water-tight fittings or sock-on fittings with insulated bushings. Indenture and set screw type fittings will not be allowed. 2.03 Plastic conduit: At contractor's option plastic conduit may be installed as follows if allowed by codes: A. Schedule 40 in concrete or below slab at grade. B. Schedule 40 underground outside building with either 36" cover or concrete encased. 2.04 Outlet boxes shall be standard, stamped, galvanized steel boxes except as hereinafter noted. Each box shall be of the proper size to accommodate the device and/or function for which it is used. Boxes For wall devices shall be single or multiple gang boxes, properly designed and sized to accept the required devices, and shall be furnished complete with 16050-t Plaster rings Where required Box maSonry' t~Vpe. BOxe bolt,, fi,~,.;(~nc,h .o~.tagon bny,~g of l~gh~nn ~,. la~o, ~n Shall be h~tr'y~ll device nla~2, s~.t1 b~ furnJs'i,~z,.nch "no furnished comp/et ~-,van~zed cast jp~ZCa rot exterior-__ neoprene gask_~ e ~th ~eather COVers and rubber ~S. BOXES -PrOOf ~" Or cast op grade or belo~ -. _ fop ~nstallatfon ~ or COncrete. floor brahe ~_." ~nreaaed Conduit ,~_~e ga~vanSzed . . ~ s, , ~,~ may be S~am~ .u"~rances. cast ~o, or crete Proof inlets ""¢~, galvanized s~a~er proot mere- floor box ~,,~, - and ad'us =~_ . ==, Ooxes With con ~rass, watj~ ~re ~Jicatt~d'e ~ps. ~here fiusk ~ - they sh=~"~e°uled. Wher~ ~'.'._?[eaaed outl~'~' ~ Polished t?_of oZti t o ,,e receptacle ~pe W~th tbrea~ are Shown, 2.0~ · ~¢u COVers for W~reways, ~Unc~ion and PUll boxes shall be fabricated accordance With NEMA and National Electric Code Standards a regu~rements insofar as material, a methods of fastenin and pull b _ ~.ape Conc g_Uges, d~me~ · are not s~.~es ~h~/, be~r ,,~[ned. ~11 ~ir~.~s'.°ns, ano a~c~ ...:~..~¢u o~ the dr .... ~- unuer~rJ~ers' ¢ ~n N.E.C c~--~',rigs, they sh~l~ ~ ,due/. ~hepe ' ~auuaP~s Tko.~. "~ ~e s$ ~d ~ ~"'ca ard. gray enamel ~ith Sides and backs Spo~~elded in Pos~t~on ' '"mY Shall b~ ~]~ '." accord_ and the removab.le Scre~ cover mounted ~ith brass machine Screws. Flexible conduit Shall be a's manufactured by Green_ fiTld or equal and . vanized int~-: Shall be i~f' Fittings and ~Jq~id tight and ~?_.?r ,wet loca~in/ ~-.u,~ Squeeze t,,~ ~¢uuneCCors shal~ ~.- ~,,Fa~nea with · ~." UL labe,~t~'ngs For rlex~h,~se~ for Smallerg., ap?_~ay · cu uomes~f ..... ~'~ conauf~ ..... '~exlDle ~ '~nur~c~urer. ,,,a~ oe turn~she~ by All racewa]s sh~]l b expose~ sh~11 be ,~ _~. r~.n.conce~le~ ~ _ . d_~ e the res ..... U~ldfng. ecermJne from t~- p.unslD~lit~ of _ . m/nat~on at t~"~cnitectural dra,..~t~ Electrical T _ outlet. ~_ ".~ Site, the ~=~, ;*'"9~ and b- =~.- .fade to shown ~'~ outlet locati~_2~V~_~OcatJon ~_~¢jual,deter_ ~ ~,_ ~" ~ne Plan ,~ o,,~ Shall b~ .~-.e~cn aha ev ~'~', uetails ._ .5-ences thaf ~-. "~> ~n door ~...:_ tic sn~. Z. ~ well as m*~:~.' ,,,ay arise fr ..... *-,,gs or 'n ?~. ~hese modis~'~'r~cation to c ~,,, ~o ~onstruc_ contract Price. The Owner reserves the right to relocate . "": w~thou~ change lighting fixtures and POWer convenience out/ets to a point w~thin eight feet of that shown without any change in con- ~6050-2 tract price providing the contractor is advised Of the new location before he starts installation of the conduit and boxes affected. The contractor shall check such conditions throughout the entire job and shall notify the Architect of discrepancies that may occur before proceeding with the installation of the work. Wall boxes shall be set in advance of wall construction. They shall be blocked in place and secured. All wall boxes shall be set flush with the finished building construction, and the contractor shall furnish and install extension sleeves as required to extend boxes to the finished surfaces of special furring or wall finishes. 3.03 Refer to "Wiring Devices" for mounting height of specific type outlets. 3.04 Conduit sizes as shown on the drawings are minimum. Where sizes are not shown, use 1/2 inch conduit as minimum size. Ream out ends of all conduit before installation of wire. Keep dry during construction by properly plugging or capping all ends and swab out before wires are pulled in. All bends shall be made with approved bending devices; and all crushed, deformed or injured conduit must be replaced before pulling of wire. Conduit shall be run to avoid proximity to steam and hot pipes keeping a minimum of 3 inches between these pipes and the conduit. Do not install conduit larger than i inch horizontally in concrete slabs without written approval from the Architect. All roof penetrations shall be made in adequate time to allow for proper flashings. Where conduit penetrates concrete or steel beams, provide suitable sleeves allowing a minimum gap of 1/4 inch. Where these penetrations must be waterproofed, the gap shall be properly caulked. 3.05 Lubrication for pulling wires shall be soap stone blown through raceways or soap stone paste on wires. Wire lubri- cant, such as Ideal "Yellow 77" may be used if compatible with insulation of wires. 3.06 All empty raceways shall have nylon pull cord left in them and properly tagged at each end to identify terminal points. 3.07 All motors and other rotating equipment shall be connected to the conduit system by the use of a section of flexible con- - duit not less than 12" nor more than 24"in length, lhis flex- ible connection shall be furnished for both power and control wire. 3.08 All rigid metallic conduits shall be equipped w~th double locknuts and molded plastic insulated bushings where such conduits enter sheet metal construction such as panel boards , wireways, cabinets, pullboxes, junction boxes and other race- ways. Install grounded type insulated bushings where speci- fied. All ri§~d metallic conduits terminating into pressed steel boxes shall be installed with insulated throat. 16050-3 3.09 All EMT conduits shall be equipped with insulated throat bush- ings and locknuts where such conduits enter outlet and junc- tion boxes as well as where such conduits enter outlet and junction boxes as well as where such conduits enter sheet metal construction such as panelboards, wireways cabinets, pul lboxes and other raceways. ' 3.10 All rigid and EMT conduits shall be equipped with expansion fiLLings where they cross an expansion joint in the concrete fill or where they cross an expansion joint and are rigidly attached to the independent structures. Install exterior bonding junipers for eactl conduit crossing. END OF SECTION 16050 16050-4 SECTION 16100 - CONDUCTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Furnish and install all wiring, cable, and connectors. 1.02 All conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be type TW, THW, or THWN. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be type THW stranded or THWN stranded. 1.03 Minimum size for power and lighting circuits shall be #12. Insulation rating of all conductors over 50-volts up to and including 480 voltS shall be 600 volt. 1.04 Acceptable manufacturers: Anaconda, General, G.E., Okonite, Triangle or equal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Type TW wire shall have thermoplastic, 60°C' 600 volt ~nsula- t~on suitable for wet or dry locationS. thermoplastic, 75°C' 600 volt ~nsulat~on 2.02 ~ype ~HW shall have suitable for wet or dry locations. 2.03 Type THWN sh~ll be thermoplastic 75~c, 600 volt insulation sui't- able for wet or dry locations. PARl 3 - EXECUTION connections to terminal using pressure type connector. 'tted. All joints in conduc- 3.01 Make .... ~ n-t be perm~ ..... m,~t,rs and then Soldered jg~ts ~_']L b~, first twisting tn~su~'~ live steel, rs shal~ De m~u: ~= .... ~:ted cadium ~,o~:~t to . . _ ~ mnnroved ~,>u,u . , -- '- *he cataIogue capac aPPlying_~ u~_~;ector in all sizes up.~u ~,~[,~ be allowed, un spring ~ype cu,, n case w~ll w~re ,uc~ CnnnpCt rS listed of the ?nneC_t°~J:. ~t;ogue capacity of?~q::, tvn; solder- sizes larger ,~,o, ~ ith an approveo ~'~'~ .~ ctrical ~,,,~ Joint shall b: mad~ w .... UL a-proved plost~c ele . e~-~, ~ ~-r insulateO Wl~n o . v~ ~. -ive an ~nsulat~ng less conn~u .... ~ ~avers requ~reu ~u ~ tape with t~e numo~ u.. ~ . quality equal to that of the conductor itself 3.02 Wire coding requirements as follows:d in accordance with National A. All wire sha~l be E?_!~[.~?~e Where factor.~ c°]°[.j2~n~ ~l¢ctrical Code requ~[~m~- .... ~ach end wit~ a ~;;A1 k conauc~or~' u. ....... se a a ~ble, mai ..... ::n~itive Dlast~c tape or Dy ~n~ ~olors of coIored pressu-: ....... rough- a brilliant waterproof lacquer properly applied. for each phase and the neutral shall be consistent th out the system. 16100-1 B. Color coding shall be as follows: Phase "A" shall be black. Phase "B" shall be red. Phase "C" shall be blue. Neutral shall be white. Ground shall be green. 3.03 Installation of conductors shall be made in a neat and workman- like manner to meet code requirements and shall be run con- tinuous w.ithout weld, splice or joint between boxes. Do not install wires in conduit unless the entire system of conduit and outlet boxes is permanently in place. All conductors shall __ be pulled using a UL approved wire lubricant as required. 3.04 All circuits must meet voltage drop requirements of NEC. Where neCessary, it shall be the contractor's responsibility to use · larger wire (and conduit) than is shown in the drawings, to meet these requirements. END OF SECTION 16100 16100-2 SECTION 16150 WIRING DEVICES PART i - GENERAL 1.01 Supply and instal! all devices indicated on the drawings, as specified herein and as required to form complete and inte- grated systems. '~- 1.02 Devices shall be as manufactured by G.E., Arrow Hart, Hubbell, P & S Bryant, Leviton, or equal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Wall switches shall be as follows: Type Hubbell No. Single Pole 1221 Series Two Pole ' 1222 Series Three Way 1223 Series Four Way 1224 Series 2.02 Receptacles: A. 20 AMP - 125V, 2P/3W grounding: P & S #5351 (single) - P & S #5352 (duplex) Bo Weatherproof cover: P & S #4510 · 2.03 Coverplates for each and every device including telephone outlets shall be furnished and installed under this Contract. All plates shall be one piece. No sectional plates will be allowed. In all finished areas unless specifically indicated to the contrary, furnish and install smooth ivory plastic coverplates with matching screws. In toilet rooms and other similar areas, furnish and install .040 inch stainless steel brushed satin finish coverplates with matching screws. In machinery rooms and other similar areas with exposed conduit, furnish galvanized steel plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Local switches: A. Install and wire local switches to control outlets, appli- ances, circuits, etc. at points indicated on the draw- ings. 16150-1 B. The contractor shall veri~y color of all devices with Architect before ordering. The color selected by the Architect will be a standard color available and cata- logued by ma~!ufacturer. C. Install weatherproof type where noted and/or as required by N.E.C. D. Feed-through local switches only if specifically noted. 3.02 Combination switch and pilot: Install at points shown on drawings and where otherwise required. 3.03 Convenience and other receptacles: Install at points shown and/or scheduled on drawings. 3.04 Weatherproof convenience outlets: Install at points indi- cated on drawings, scheduled, specified or required by N.E.C. or N.B.F.U. due to special use or particular location. 3.05 Unless noted to the contrary on drawings or directed other- wise during the progress of the work, all wiring devices shall be mounted at the height listed below: A. Switches 54" above finished floor. B. Duplex and single receptacles 1'-0" above finished floor. C. Wall telephone outlets 1'-0" above finished floor. D. At locations above counters or lavatories, set devices 4" above countertops or lavatories, unless otherwise noted. E. Light switches shall be installed on the strike side of doors as actually hung; advise Architect where drawings contradict. F. Starters and disconnect switches 5'-0" above finished floor if possible. G. Clock outlets 7'-0" above finished floor. END OF SECT[ON 16150 16150-2 SECTION 16200 - PHOTO ELECTRIC CONTROL PART i - GENERAL 1.01 Shall furnish and install photo electric control devices as required and shown on the drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Photo-sensitive lighting controls shall be weatherproof en- closed units suitable for operation on 120, volts as noted, 60 cycle power. The controls shall function to energize artificial lighting when natural lighting level drops to a preset adjustable value and to de-energize artificial light- ing when natural lighting level rises above the preset adjust- able value. The operation shall be fail safe in that in the event of failure of any components of the control, the arti- ficial lighting shall be continuously energized. 2.02 A time delay device shall be included to prevent switching of artificial lighting due to transient lighting changes. Unit shall be provided with a precise method field adjustment of both on and off lighting levels. The controls shall be tem- perature compensated and shall be suitable for operation from minus 20 to 120 degrees F. and shall be completely unaffected by humidity. Switch mechanisms shall be snap acting of suffi- cient capacities to adequately handle the loads to be encoun- tered. 2.03 Photo-sensitive device shall be a solid state pre-aged, stabilized, and hermetically sealed unit. The entire unit shall be enclosed in a metal or plastic housing which shall screen out ultra-violet rays, shall provide maximum equipment life, and shall be capable of being faced in the desired direction for proper operation. Power consumption shall not exceed 3 watts per unit at any time. The unit shall be factory tested and guaranteed. Unit shall be furnished complete with proper mounting base for installation encountered and shall be furnished complete with all miscellaneous required appurtenances for proper operation in the system. 2.04 Approved manufacturers: Precision, Photo Switch, General Electric, Westinghouse, and Revere. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Refer to other sections of the specifications. END OF SECTION 16200 16200-1 SECTION 16300 - SAFETY SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Furnish and install all safety switches shown on drawings and/or required by N.E.C. 1.02 Provide a disconnect switch for each device and each motor as required by N.E.C. regardless of contract under which the motor or device is provided. 1.03 Switches shall have number of poles and ratings as noted or required and shall be for general duty unless otherwise noted. 1.04 All switches mounted outside shall be weatherproof. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Furnish and install safety switches as indicated on the plans and/or required by code. All safety switches shall be NEMA heavy duty type HD and underwriters' Laboratories listed. 2.02 Switch interior: All switches shall have switchblades which are fully visible ~n the OFF position when the door is open. Sw~tches shall be of dead-front construction with permanently pattached arc suppressors hinged or otherwise attached to permit easy access to line-side lugs without removal of the arc suppressor. Lugs shall be UL listed for copper cables and front removable. All current carrying parts shall be plated by electrolytic processes. 2.03 Switch mechanism: Switches shall have a quick-make, quick- break operating handle and mechanism which shall be an inte- gral part of the box, not the cover. Switches shall have dual cover interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the switch door in the ON position or closing of the switch me- chanism with the door open. 2.04 Enclosures: Switches shall be furnished in NEMA 1 §eneral purpose enclosure where installed indoors and NEMA 3R (rain- tight) where installed outdoors. Covers on NEMA 1 enclosures shall be attached with p~n type hinges, Raintight covers shall be securable in the open position. NEMA 3R switches thru 200 amperes shall be provided with closing caps and have provisions for interchangeable hubs. 2.05 Ratings: Switches shall be horsepower rated for 250 volts AC or DC or 600 volts AC as required by the circuit. All swit- ches shall meet I2T requirements and shall have provisions for the class fuses as specified. 16300-1 2.06 Switches shall be Square D heavy duty type or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Safety switches fusible and non-fusible shall be furnished and installed as indicated on the drawings. Disconnect switches shall.be provided for all motors that are "out of sight" of the motor running protection device and as shown on the drawings. 3.02 Switches shall be connected ahead of all controls and taps to ~nsure ma×imum safety for maintenance and repair. END OF SECTION 16300 16300-2 SECTION 16350 - FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Supply and install all fuses required to each fused device. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer, either Gould-Shawmut or Bussman, shall have characteristics to insure retention of positive selective coordination as designed, shall be of the sizes shown on ~chedules, and where not ~ndicated on the drawings, they shall be of the required size for proper operation of the equipment protected. 2.02 Fuses, 601 amperes to 6000 amperes, shall be Gould-Shawmut Form 480, A4BY or equal. The design shall provide time-delay of not less than four seconds at 500% of ampere ratin§ and 45 seconds at 300% of ampere rating. The interrupting rating shall be 200,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. Peak let-thru cur- rents (Ip) and energy let-thru values (12T) shall not exceed the values established by Underwriter's Laboratories Standard for Class L fuses. 2.03 Fuses rated 600 amperes or less for all general power cir- cuits shall be Gould-Shawmut A2D( )R or A6D( )R or equal, .as required by the system dual element, UL Class R time-delay type. Fuses 1/10 ampere to 600 amperes, shall be of a true dual-element construction, incorporating a thermal over- loading element using a 280 degrees F melting point alloy to provide thermal protection for the fuse and fuseholder and a separate short-circuit element. The design shall provide time-delay of not less than 200,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. Peak let-thru values shall be established by Underwriter's Laboratories Standard for Class RK1 fuses. 2.04 Fuses ~nstalled in individual motor circuits shall be sized at 125% of motor nameplate current rating or the next stand- ard fuse size, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Fuses shall not be installed until the installation is com- plete and final tests and inspections have been made prior to energizing the equipment, including thorough cleaning and tightening of all electrical connections. 3.02 Upon completion of the building, the Electrical Subontractor shall provide the Owner with spare fuses as shown below: 1. Three fuses each rating installed 601 to 6000 amperes. 16350-1 2. 10% of each type and rating installed 110 to 600 amperes (min. of 3 each size). 3. One standard carton of each type and rating installed 0 to 100 amperes. 3.03 A fuse identification label, showing type and size, shall be placed inside the door of each switch. 3.04 'Contractor shall submit time current characteristics curves on all the types and sizes of fuses he proposes to use on the job, for approval prior to purchase. END OF SECTION 16350 16350-2 SECTION 16400 - BRANCH CIRCUIl AND LIGHTING PANELBOARDS PART i - GENERAL 1.01 Panelboards shall consist of a box, front, interior and cir- cuit protective devices and shall be manufactured in accord- ance with NEMA standards and bear applicable Underwriter's Laboratories labels. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 The box shall be fabricated from code gauge galvanized sheet steel in accordance with the latest UL Standards and shall have a turned edge around the front for rigidity and for clamping on front. Standard knockouts shall be provided. The front shall be fabricated from sheet steel and finished with baked on gray enamel over a rust inhibitor. Each front shall have a doormounted on semi-concealed hinges with a cylinder lock index card and car~l holder. All panelbo.ard locks shall be master keyed and all index cards shall be properly com- pleted on a typemaster. 2.02 The interiors shall consist of a factory assembled rigid frame, supporting the rectangular bus, the mains and neutral bar. The bussing shall be copper or aluminum arranged for sequence phasing throughout. The neutral bar shall be loca- --.. ted at the opposite end of the structure from the mains and shall have numbered terminals. The mains shall be either solderless lugs or a main circuit protective device as sche- duled. 2.03 The circuit protective devices shall be molded case circuit breakers of the quick-make, quick-break thermal magnetic type. The number of poles and ampere rating of devices shall be as scheduled. The short circuit rating shall be in accordance with NEMA Standards for sizes required. 2.04 Branch circuit and lighting panels designated for 120/240 volt, I or 3 phase, 3 or 4 wire service shall be Square D type "NQOB" with QOB frame, bolt-in branch breakers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Refer to Section 16000. END OF SECTION 16400 16400-1 SECTION 16540 - LIGHT FIXTURES PART I GENERAL 1.01 Provide and install all light fixtures as noted on the drawings. The fixtures shall be as described herein and on the drawings. Installation shall be in accordance with highest standards of workmanship. Fixtures indicated in the drawings as furnished by Owner shall be installed by tile Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 The light fixture schedule on the drawings describes the fix- tures to be used, and lists the manufacturer and catalog number. Comparable items by other manufacturers will be considered if complete information including photometric data is submitted. 2.02 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and properly install fixtures suitable to the requirements and conditions of each location as shown on the drawing. For example, suitable mounting hardware and all necessary acces- sories and options shall be provided, fixtures in wet loca- tions shall be certified as suitable for same, and recessed fixtures shall be suitable for the ceiling in which they will be installed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install all lighting fixtures complete and ready for service, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 Install all fixtures straight and true with reference to adja- cent walls. 3.03 Install all lighting fixtures so the weight of the fixture is supported either directly or indirectly by a sound structural member of the building, using adequate number and type of fasteners to ensure a safe installation. 3.04 Coordinate ceiling grid installation with the general contrac- tor so that lay-in fixtures will be symmetrically placed. 3.05 Electrical drawings show approximate locations of fixtures; however, the Architect shall have final authority as to exact location. Changes in location by the Architect (if prior to rough-in) shall not be subject to extra payment. END OF SECTION 16540 16540-1 SECTION 16550 - LAMPS PART i - GENERAL 1.01 All lamps used on this project shall be new, shall be deliv- ered to the job site in the original packing cases and sleeves, and shall be of the same manufacture.' Unless other- wise scheduled, incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted general service lamps, and fluorescent lamps shall be rapid start. 1.02 Fluorescent lamp color shall be standard cool white unless otherwise noted. 1.03 Incandescent lamps shall be 130 volt inside frost unless noted. 1.04 Approved manufacturers: General Electric, Sylvania, and Westinghouse. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Refer to other sections of the specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Refer to other sections of the specifications. END OF SECTION 16550 16550-1 SECTION 16600 - BALLASTS PART i - GENERAL 1.01 Ballasts for fluorescent and high intensity discharge lamps, unless otherwise scheduled, shall be Class "P", high power factor, two lamps if possible and manufactured in accordance with CBM Standards, ETL certified, and UL approved. Built-in thermal protection shall be provided in all fluorescent ballasts of sizes and types in which this feature is available. All ballasts shall be rated to operate at the service voltage as shown and as specified, plus or minus the deviations which the electric service company is allowed by franchise. 1.02 Approved ballast manufacturers: Universal, Westinghouse, Advance, or Jefferson. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Refer to other sections of'the specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Refer to other sections of the specifications. END OF SECTION 16600 16600-1 SECTION 16650 - CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER OR OT~ER SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 Mechanical Equipment: A. The Electrical Contractor under this section of work shall furnish the disconnect switches and shall run secon- dary load size wiring and conduit from the disconnect switches to mechanical equipment furnished by others and as noted on the drawings. B, The final connections at the equipment shall be made by the Electrical Contractor. 1.02 Miscellaneous'equipment: A. This contractor shall rough-in for and make final connec- tions to all miscellaneous equipment requiring electrical connections as shown and called for on the drawings. All work shall be done in accordance with drawings. All work shall be done in accordance with approved shop drawings furnished By the equipment supplier. Where rough-in only is called for, sufficient pigtails shall be left in the outlet boxes to facilitate extension to the equipment. Ends of conductors shall be properly taped and boxes furnished with suitable covers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Refer to other sections of the specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Refer to other sections of the specifications. END OF SECTION 16650 16650-1 SECTION 16700 - AIR CONDITIONING POWER CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING PART I - GENERAL 1.01 All air conditioning power, control and interlock wiring shall be furnished and installed by the Mechanical Contractor, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Refer to other sections of the specifications for product requirements including, but not limited to the following: A. Section 16000 - Special Conditions for Electrical Work B. Section 16050 - Raceway Systems and Accessories C. Section 16100 - Conductors PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Refer to other sections of the specifications. 3.02 It is the responsibility of the electrical contractor to check fuse, circuit breaker and wire size requirements for the equipment actually installed, (which may differ from that described on the drawings) and supply materials accordingly. If the mechanical contractor makes substitutions which cause additional expense to the electrical contractor, he shall reimburse the electrical contractor. 3.03 At the completion of the work, there shall be a meeting of tile mechanical contractor, electrical contractor, and Temperature contractor and they shall jointly check each power circuit and each control circuit and mutually agree that the equipment is properly wired and that the controls and power circuits will function properly. A letter to this -effect, signed by all three parties, shall be turned over to the Owner before acceptance and/or payment. END OF SECTION 16700 16700-1